The URL can be used to link to this page

CONTRACT 6311 Public Works Contract CLOSEDAgreement No. 6311 PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT BETWEEN THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO AND UNION CONSTRUCTION COMPANY CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOM FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PROJECT NO.. PW 21-09 This CONTRACT is entered into this 16th day of March, 2022 by and between the CITY OF EL SEGUN DO, a general law city a4—mimicipal corporation —C'the City") and JZNIQN CON_STRUCTIONCOMPANY, a California sole proprietorship ("'the Contractor"). 1. WORK. A. The Contractor will provide all work required by the Contract Documents (the "Work"). The Contractor agrees to do additional work arising from changes ordered by the City in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The Contractor and the City agree to abide by the terms and conditions contained in the Contract Documents; C. The Contractor will ftirnish all of the labor; supplies and materials; equipment; printing; vehicles; transportation, office space and facilities; all tests, testing and analyses, and all matters whatsoever (except as otherwise expressly specified to be furnished by the City) needed to perfoiln and complete the Work and provide the services required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents. D. "Contract Documents" means the Notice Inviting Bids; Instructions to Bidders; Supplementary Instructions to Bidders; Proposal; this Contract; Standard Specifications; Supplementary Conditions; Exhibits; Technical Specifications; List of Drawings; Drawings; Addenda; Notice to Proceed; Change Orders; Notice of Completion; and all other documents identified in the Contract Documents which together form the contract between the City and the Contractor for the Work. The Contract Documents constitute the complete agreement between the City and the Contractor and supersede any previous agreements Or understandings. 2. CONTRACT SUM. The City agrees to pay the Contractor a sum not to exceed FOUR HUNDRED SEVENTY-EIGHT THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED EIGHTY-SIX ;L�� DOLLARS ($478 386) for the Work in the manner set forth in the Contract Documents. The City may adjust this amount as set forth in the Contract Documents. I-D-1 Agreement No. 6311 3. TIME FOR PERFORMANCE. A. The Contractor will fully complete the Work within fifty-five (55) working days (the "Contract Time.,,) Construction on the project shall not begin prior to July 5,2022. B. The Contract Time will commence when the City issues a Notice to Proceed. The Contract Docuirients will supersede any conflicting provisions included on the notice to proceed issued pursuant to this Contract. C. The Contractor may not perform any Work until: The Contractor furnishes proof of insurance as required by the Contract Documents; and The City gives the Contractor a written, signed, and numbered purchase order and notice to proceed. D. By signing this Contract, the Contractor represents to the City that the Contract Time is reasonable for completion of the Work and that the Contractor will complete the Work within the Contract Time. E. Should the Contractor begin the Work before receiving written authorization to proceed, any such Work is at the Contractor's own cost and risk. 4. DISPUTES. Disputes arising from this contract will be determined in accordance with the Contract Documents and Public Contracts Code § § 10240-10240. 13. THIRD PARTY CLAIMS, In accordance with Public Contracts Code § 201, the City will promptly inform the Contractor regarding third -party claims against the Contractor, but in no event later than ten (I O) business, days after the City receives such claims. Such notification will be in writing and forwarded in accordance with the "Notice" section of the Contract Documents. As more specifically detailed in the Contract Documents, the Contractor agrees to indemnify and defend the City against any third -party claim. 6. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, The Contractor will provide the City with a Taxpayer Identification Number. PERMITS AND LICENSES. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor, at its sole expense, will obtain and maintain during the Contract Time, all necessary permits, licenses, and certificates that may be required in connection with the Work, 8. OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS. All documents, data, studies, drawings, maps, models, photographs and reports prepared by the Contractor under the Conti -act Documents are the City's property. The Contractor may retain copies of said documents and materials as desired, but will deliver all original materials to the City upon the City's written notice. I-D-2 Agreement No. 6311 9. INDEMNIFICATION. The Contractor agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold the City harmless as set forth in the Contract Documents, The requirements as to the types and limits of insurance coverage to be maintained by the Contractor as ;required by the Contract Documents, and any approval of such insurance by the City, arc not intendcd to and will not in any manner limit or qualify the liabilities and obligations otherwise assumed by the Contractor pursuant to the Contract Documents, including, without limitation, to the provisions concerning indemnification. 10. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. The City and the Contractor agree that the Contractor will act as an independent contractor and will have control of all work and the manner in which is it performed. The Contractor will be free to contract for similar service to be performed for other employers while under contract with the City. The Contractor is not an agent or employee of the City and is not entitled to participate in any pension plan, insurance, bonus or similar benefits the City provides for its employees, Any provision in this Contract that may appear to give the City the right to direct the Contractor as to the details of doing the work or to exercise a measure of control over the work means that the Contractor will follow the direction of the City as to end results of the work only. 11. AUDIT OF RECORDS. The Contractor will maintain full and accurate records with respect to all services and matters covered under this Contract. The City will have fi-ee access at all reasonable times to such records, and the right to examine and audit the same and to make transcript therefrom, and to inspect all program data, documents, proceedings and activities. The Contractor will retain such financial and program service records for at least three (3) years after termination or final payment under the Contract Documents. 12. NOTICES, All communications to either party by the other party will be deemed made when received by such party at its respective name and address as follows: The Ci City of El Segundo 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245 Lifan Xu, City Engineer (310) 524-2368 lxu@elsegundo.org Thp Contractor Union Construction Company 1353 N. Pacific Ave. Glendale, CA 91202 Paul Shin, Owner (213) 422-5004 unioncpc@yahoo.com I-D-3 Agreement No. 6311 Any such written communications by mail will be conclusively deemed to have been received by the addressee three (3) days after deposit thereof in the United States hail, postage prepaid and properly addressed as noted above. In all other instances, notices will be deemed giveii at the time of actual delivery. Changes may be made in the names or addresses of persons to whom notices are, to be given by giving notice in the manner prescribed in this paragraph. 13. NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY. This Contract and every provision herein is for the exclusive benefit of the Contractor and the City and not for the benefit of any other party. There will be no incidental or other beneficiaries of any of the Contractor's or the City's obligations under this Contract. 14. INTERPRETATION. This Contract was drafted in, and will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, and exclusive venue for any action involving this Contract will be in Los Angeles County. 15. EFFECT OF CONFLICT. In the event of any conflict, inconsistency, or incongruity between any provision of the Contract Documents, precedence will be as follows: A. This Contract; B. The Standard Specifications; and C. Precedence of documents as determined in the Standard Specifications. 16. SEVERABILITY. If any portion of the Contract Documents are declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then such portion will be deemed modified to the extent necessary in the opinion of the court to render such portion enforceable and, as so modified, such portion and the balance of this Contract will continue in full force and effect. 17. AUTHORITY/MODIFICATION. The Parties represent and warrant that all necessary action has been taken by the Parties to authorize the undersigned to execute this Contract and to engage in the actions described herein. This Contract rnay be modified by written amendment. The City's city manager, or designee, may execute any such amendment on the City's behalf. 18. ACCEPTANCE OF FACSIMILE SIGNATURES. The Parties agree that this Contract, agreements ancillary to this Contract, and related documents to be entered into in connection with this Contract will be considered signed when the signature of a party is delivered by facsimile transmission. Such facsimile signature will be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature. 19. COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS. The parties agree that all of the provisions hereof will be construed as both covenants and conditions, the same as if the words importing such covenants and conditions had been used in each separate paragraph. i-D-4 Agreement No. 6311 20. CAPTIONS.The captions of the paragraphs of this Contract are for convenience of reference only and will not affect the interpretation of this Contract. 21. TIME IS OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence for each and every provision of the Contract Documents. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this contract the day and year first hereinabove written. CITY OF EL SEGUNDO UNION CONSTRUCTION COMPANY e �.� Darrell George Pau 1 S iin Interim City Manager Owner 4AT"I"' -� ST: Tracy Weaver City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: MARK D. H- SIJE'Y, City Attorney Joaquin Deputy Inez, Attorney Taxpayer ID No. Contractor State License No.: % Contractor City Business License No.: LI I Insurance Reviewed by: s- 'G�4a`v2 Joseph Lillio, Finance Director I-D-5 Agreement No. 6311 PROPOSAL FOR THE CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOM FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 21-09 Date , 20-�2 Company Name: TO THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO: In accordance with the City of El Segundo's Notice Inviting Sealed Bids, the undersigned BIDDER hereby proposes to furnish all materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals required for the above stated project as set forth in the Plans, Specifications, and contract documents therefor, and to perform all work in the manner and time prescribed therein. BIDDER declares that this proposal is based upon careful examination of the work site, Plans, Specifications, Instructions to Bidders, and all other contract documents. Submittal of this bid shall be considered evidence that the BIDDER has satisfied himself regarding the contract documents, access and any other field conditions which may effect bid prices. If this proposal is accepted for award, BIDDER agrees to enter into a contract with the City of El Segundo at the unit and/or lump sum prices set forth in the following Bid Schedule. BIDDER understands that failure to enter into a contract in the manner and time prescribed will result in forfeiture to the City of El Segundo of the proposal guarantee accompanying this proposal. BIDDER understands that a bid is required for the entire work, that the estimated quantities set forth in the Bid Schedule are solely for the purpose of comparing bids, and that final compensation under the contract will be based upon the actual quantities of work satisfactorily completed. THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO RESERVES THE RIGHT TO INCREASE OR DECREASE THE AMOUNT OF ANY QUANTITY SHOWN AND TO DELETE ANY ITEM FROM THE CONTRACT. It is agreed that the unit and/or lump sum prices bid include all apparent expenses, taxes, royalties, and fees. In the case of discrepancies in the amounts bid, unit prices shall govern over extended amounts, and words shall govern over figures. If awarded the Contract, the undersigned further agrees that in the event of the BIDDER'S default in executing the required contract and filing the necessary bonds and insurance certificates within ten working days after the date of the City of El Segundo's notice of award of contract to the BIDDER, including sending by U.S. Mail a Public Works Contract for signature by the Awardee, the proceeds of the security accompanying this bid shall become the property of the City of El Segundo and this bid and the acceptance hereof may, at the City of El Segundo's option, be considered null and void. I-C-1 Agreement No. 6311 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMPLIANCE BIDDER certifies that in all previous contracts or subcontracts, all reports which may have been due under the requirements of any agency, State, or Federal equal employment opportunity orders have been satisfactor-ty filed, and that no such reports are currently outstanding. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION CERTIFICATION BIDDER certifies that affirmative action has been taken to seek out and consider minority business enterprises for those portions of the work to be subcontracted, and that such affirmative actions have been fully documented, that said documentation is open to inspection, and that said affirmative action will remain in effect for the life of any contract awarded hereunder. Furthermore, BIDDER certifies that affirmative action will be taken to meet all equal employment opportunity requirements of the contract documents. NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT BIDDER declares that the only persons or parties interested in this proposal as principals are those named herein; that no officer, agent, or employee of the City of El Segundo is personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this proposal; that this proposal is made without connection to any other individual, firm, or corporation making a bid for the same work and that this proposal is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. I-C-2 Agreement No. 6311 BID SCHEDULE CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOM FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 21-09 Company Name; A BASE BID ITEMS — CONSTRUCTION MUST BE COMPLETE BY MAY 27, 2022 TWO FAMILY RESTROOMS AND MULTI -STALL WOMEN'S AND MEN'S RESTROOMS TOTAL AREA APPROXIMATELY 782 S. FT. UNIT PRICE IN ITEM FIGURES NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY ($) AMOUNT ($) Mobilization/Demolition including 1 Building Permit Fees and Hazardous LS 1 Material Abatement as necessary 2 Relocate equipment and panels after LS 1 enlarging the Mechanical Room �b 3 Install in -wall plumbing piping and LS 1 conduits for new fixture locations 3 :,480 4 Install new metal stud walls, drywall, LS 1 waterproofing/moisture barrier .............. 45 8 e 5 Relocate underground plumbing as LS 1 necessary and replace with new 6 Install new floor drains with self- LS 1 priming traps 7 Re -concrete slab and grade to drain LS I Install new plumbing fixtures, 8 accessories, partitions, and other LS 1 restroom components. 8.76 9 Provide recessed hose bibbs in each EA 4 restroom for custodial cleaning 10 Install new tile walls LS 1 11 Install new tile floors LS 1 / ,b,r 360.... I-C-3 a Agreement No. 6311 BASE BID ITEMS CONTINUED ITEM J DESCRIPTION UNIT UNIT OTY PRICE(S) AMOUNT Relocate, clean and repair HVAC and 12 LS 1 install exhaust components as needed 000 13 Upgrade electrical and lighting LS 1 PO 14 Install new doors and repair windows LS 1 O� 15 Install ceiling and wall paint and finishes LS 1 73bo as necessary. Remove and reconstruct concrete 16 sidewalk, including adjustment of water SF 2,800 valve cover to grade. 17 Construct concrete curb ramp EA 2 18 Remove and reconstruct concrete curb LF 20 O 19 Remove and reconstruct concrete curb LF 17 and gutter 20 Remove and reconstruct asphalt SF 70 concrete pavement Provide one ADA portable restroom 21 and a handwashing station near the LS 1 Checkout Building during construction 8i 4co __---- ............. ............ .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. _ 22 Miscellaneous Improvements LS 1 $15,000 TOTAL BID ITEMS 1 THROUGH 22 _$ O� TOTAL BID WRITTEN IN WORDS;Ite Si')( Poi IaLV5 All work shall be per these specifications and attachments. Prevailing wage rates apply. The City of El Segundo reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to waive any irregularity, and to take all bids under advisement for a period of ninety (90) calendar days. I-C-3b Agreement No. 6311 THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK I-C-4 Agreement No. 6311 BIDDER'S INFORMATION BIDDER certifies that the following information is true and correct: Form of Legal Entity (i.e_, individual, partnership, corporation, etc.) If corporation, State of Incorporation (i.e_, California) Business n 1 State Contractor's License No. and Class DIR# _" a State License Original Date Issued.,9_9 Expiration Date 2 The following are the names, titles, email addresses, and phone! numbers of all individuals, firm members, partners, joint venturers, and/or corporate officers having principal interest in this proposal; ,, _ U 4, ll " r The date of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy judgments against any principal having an interest in this proposal is as follows: All current and prior DBA's, aliases, and/or fictitious business names for any principal having an interest in this proposal are as follows: I-C-5 Agreement No. 6311 BIDDER'S INFORMATION (CONTINUED) Company Name: Cc Bidder shall list the name of the person who attended the mandatory pre -bid job walk: Name: <--61ut Title: I-C-6 Agreement No. 6311 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, BIDDER executes and submits this proposal with the names, titles, hands, and seals of all a forenamed principals this day of , 20_22. BIDDER Subscribed and sworn to this ''I day of \4 i Al , 20ZL. a SEAN MTT'fhTh31 � otary vU)hc C�slo6r u rt Los Anaa[as County a Crns"r nor sion # 2292096 My T 1trrFi Expire.5 Jun 81 2023 1-C-% Agreement No. 6311 PROPOSAL GUARANTEE BED BOND CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOM FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 21-09 KNOW ALL MIEN BY THESE PRESENTS that, Union Construction. Company , as BIDDER, and Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) , as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto the City Of El Segundo, in the penal sum of Ton Perwnt ofToW Bid AmountDOLLARS (S , which is ten 0 0%) percent of the total amount bid by �BIDDER to the City of El Segundo for the above stated project, for the payment of which sum, BIDDER and SURETY agree to be bound, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. *of Bid Amount THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH that, whereas BIDDER is about to submit a bid to the City of El Segundo for the above stated project, if said bid is rejected, or if said bid is accepted and a contract is, awarded and entered into by BIDDER in the manner and time specified, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect in favor of the City of El Segundo. IN WITNESS, WHEREOF the parties hereto have set their names, titles, hands, and seals this 7th day of January 022 .2 BIDDER* union Construction Company; 1353 N. Pacific Avenue, Glendale, CA 91202; (213)422-5000 SURETY* � Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual); PO Box 14498 Des Moines, IA 50306; (515)243-8171 Vanessa Copeland, Aftomey-in-Fact; 151 Kalmus Drive, Suite A201, Costa Mesa, CA 92626; (714)546-5100 Subscribed and sworn to this day of See Attached '20—. NOTARY PUBLIC *Provide BIDbER/SURETY name, title, address and telephone number and the name, title, address and telephone number for authorized representative. I-C-8 Agreement No. 6311 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE 1189 ., ,„. „ ,�s i. a,.,w ,,, „a, � , .o �..^,w.a ... .. ,,..; „�,, ..;✓„., *. .M.. . wF„ ,.. M✓....,. ,.,, d, � rv�,.� e�+s... � � �, ,,,,..,.. A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California ) County of Orange ) On °% ': before me, Lisa Pellerito personally appeared Vanessa Copeland Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(a) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their- authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/tlieir signature(s) on the instrument the person(, or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. 40ta; p,,blic - Capifiayrnia w Granse C,Oumzy ta<amaraapsztlarn j 238323 raM �amrr. Ex��ves �e% t8. $pia5 Place Notary Seal Above I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my and and ofcial Signature: S1 psaliAr of Notary Public OPHONAL Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could present fraudulent and reattachment of this form to another document Description of Attached Document Type or Title of Document: Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: Vanessa Copeland ❑ Individual ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner: ❑Limited ❑ General ® Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing:. Number of Pages: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ❑ Individual ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner: ❑Limited ❑ General ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: Rev. 1-15 Agreement No. 6311 .MERCHAN BONDING COMPANYti POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents, that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., both being corporations of the State of Iowa (herein collecfively called the "Companies") do hereby make, constitute and appoint, individually, Eric Lowey; Jennifer Grenrood; Karyl A Richter; Kevin Cathcart; Lisa Pellerito; Mark Richardson; Michael Castaneda; Natassia Smith; Teresa I Jackson; Vanessa Copeland their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, to sign its name as surety(ies) and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. This Power-of-Attomey is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the following By -Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) on April 23, 2011 and amended August 14, 2015 and adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants National Bonding, Inc., on October 16, 2015. "The President, Secretary, Treasurer, or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and authority to appoint Attorneys -in -Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof." "The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company, and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed." In connection with obligations in favor of the Florida Department of Transportation only, it is agreed that the power and aut hority hereby given to the Attorney -in -Fact includes any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts required by the State of Florida Department of Transportation. It is fully understood that consenting to the State of Florida Department of Transportation making payment of the final estimate to the Contractor and/or its assignee, shall not relieve this surety company of any of its obligations under its bond. In connection with obligations in favor of the Kentucky Department of Highways only, it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given to the Attorney -in -Fact cannot be modified or revoked unless prior written personal notice of such intent has been given to the Commissioner - Department of Highways of the Commonwealth of Kentucky at least thirty (30) days prior to the modification or revocation. In Witness Whereof, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 11th day of January 2021 y ` «� %p0�°,«" MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) MERCHANT NATIONAL BONDING, INC. o- ". ". 803 ;, 1933 By President STATE OF IOWA COUNTY OF DALLAS ss. On this 11th day of January 2021 before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did say that he is President of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the Corporate Seals of the Companies; and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors. ,+ POLLY MASON Commission Number 750576 A My Commission Expires * /OvO. January 07, 2023 Notary Public (Expiration of notary's commission does not invalidate this instrument) I, William Warner, Jr., Secretary of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER -OF -ATTORNEY executed by said Companies, which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked. In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of the Companies on this 7th day of January 2022 kr«M 00,'4f^� 'AMp4Pj«w «p«dLa°"yy T/..,�y'7�y_i^ ^V w, P 4� N a "«: 2003 1933 Secretary Agreement No. 6311 CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE DECLARATION (Business and Professions Code Section 7028.15) 1. BIDDER'S Contractor's License Number is: Class No.: 2. The expiration date of BIDDER'S Contractor License is: 3. BIDDER acknowledges that Section 7028,15(e) of the Business and Professions Code provides as follows: "A licensed contractor shall not submit a bid to a public agency unless his or her contractor's license number appears clearly on the bid, the license expiration date is stated, and the bid contains a statement that representations herein are made under penalty of perjury. Any bid not containing this information, or a bid containing information which is subsequently proven false, shall be considered non -responsive and shall be rejected by the public agency." The undersigned declares, under penalty of perjury, that the representations made by the undersigned in this bid proposal are true and correct. Executed one, 2022 , at (insert City and State where Declaration signed). , i at��Skrin Typed Name - ..4�0� .. ,.w . �. Company Name I-C-9 Agreement No. 6311 NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID State of California ) ss. County of J65. ApoeR�3 I Pckul ........... ........... being first duly sworn, deposes and say that he or she is the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the BIDDER has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other BIDDER to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any BIDDER or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the BIDDER has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the BIDDER or any other BIDDER, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other BIDDER, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. . - - - �/' VCA !A,) 1 "T'yed Name Title . �. w ....�.µ Name of Bidder/Company Name Date I-C-Io Agreement No. 6311 WORKER'S COMPENSATION CERTIFICATION Section 1861 OF THE LABOR CODE (Workers' Compensation) Pursuant to Section 1861 of the Labor Code, the BIDDER, in submitting his/her PROPOSAL, shall sign the following certification: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self- insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract." Signature of Bidder: Title: Business Name: �t Business Address: �....�"` ,. Telephone Number: (25-)422-4 Dated this J0 day of -r , 202; .- Agreement No. 6311 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOM FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 21-09 Company Name: �l Jill(_P1 jS�U C)T) Qlh As detailed in Section 2-3.1 (Page II-B-3) of the City Standard Specifications, Bidder certifies that it has listed below all subcontractors who will perform work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the total bid price or certifies that the bidder is fully qualified to perform and will perform that portion of the work itself. Subcontractor's ............... . Contractor Description of License No., & Portion of Name of DIR Work Estimated Subcontractor Address Registration No. Subcontracted $ Amount (Number and Street) (CSLB #) (City, Zip Code) ..................................................... (DIR #) I -- T C4 2 e 44V� C 6°� . A .......... .. .. e oo ��Q�5 (cam _��_� _�� _.:_" ,. 2- ._ .. -tanVOTH._.. ... �� .... b©� O / (Make copies of this page if additional space is needed) (A lof idder , Date I-C-12 Agreement No. 6311 REFERENCES Company Name: (1 The following are the names, addresses, and telephone numbers for public agencies for which BIDDER has performed similar work as the prime contractor or maj or subcontractor within the past five (5) years: 1. Project Title: Location: Name and address of owner Name and current telephone number of person familiar with project Type of Work: Contract amount: $ Date completed: .... _ yk, Amount of work done by m lour firm under contract $� ®� _ Did your firm have any financial interest in Project?� 2. Project Title. ®" Location:'�.� IIIC�+� * .1 Name and addreg of owner (OW&I Me EATIMMi Name and current telephone number of person familiar with project Type of Work: a I; U S-TiMLZIVS M PhY-eM fMk- Contract amount: $ O�C�`= Date completed: Amount of work done by my/our firm under contract $ con Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? I-C-13 Agreement No. 6311 3. Project Title: ' 4 Location: 4CIZa, Name a d a dress of owner 6 i + 3 � a Name and cu-rent telephone number of person familiar with project Contract amount., $ � � �_ Date completed: Amount of work done by my/our firm under contract $10 "r_ OOIO „ yy Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? Location: 5 rw % , «•FT M M owner ame ,arid burreht telephone number of person familiar with project: Type of Work: Contract amount: Date completed: 7'� m Amount of work done by my/our firm under contract $ 160,, oc>n - Did your firin have any financial interest in Project? ! o r I-C-14 Agreement No. 6311 5. Project Title: Name and addressof owner current telophone number of person familiar with p j Name and ro ect: Type of Work: Contract amount. Date completed., e Amount of work done by my/our firm under contract $�— Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? Bidder may attach atMilional reference pages if necessary. The following are the names, addresses, and telephone numbers for all brokers and sureties from whom BIDDER intends to procure insurance`bonds: I-C-1 5 Agreement No. 6311 P R t VA,-(= REFERENCES Company Name: 2GtIM CO The following are the names, addresses, and telephone numbers for public agencies for which BEDDER has performed similar work as the prime contractor or major subcontractor within the past five (5) years: Project Title: Name and address of owner Name and current telephone number of person familiar with project Type of Work: %11 Contract amount: $144ZL� Date completed: 4 "sr).., Amount of work done by my/our firm under contract $__C) "-� Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? /y 2. Project Title: Location: act Name and address of owner " Name and current telephone number of person familiar with project Type of Work: Contract amount: 14 $J oco Date completed: Amount of work done by my/our firm under contract $3i Did your firm have any financial interest in Project?_W� I-C-13 Agreement No. 6311 3. Projeqt Title: Location: Name and idlress (;f ' owner I U —.7"M Id I F41 I-L%.- Inv-rrN Is. Name and cc: rent teehonenumber of person familiar %rith project Type Of Work: Contr4ct amount: Dale completed: Amount of work done by my/our firm under contract $ Did yoorfirm have any financial interest in Pro ect? 4c, 4. Project Title: Locatiiipn: Nam; ind address of owner Name and current telephone number of person familiar with project: Type of Work: Contratt amount: $ Date conipleted'- AmounI ; t of work done by my/our firm under contract $ Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? I-C-14 Agreement No. 6311 BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF PAST CONTRACT DISQUALIFICATIONS CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOM FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 21-09 Company Name: J� Please state all instances of being disqualified, removed, or otherwise prevented from bidding on, or completing, a federal, state, or local government project due to a violation of a law or safety regulation. Have you ever been disqualified from any government contract? Yes ❑ No 2. If yes, explain the circumstances:. 1 Are you registered in accordance with Labor Code § 1725.5 [Note: failure to register requires the City to reject your bid as nonresponsive]? Yes ;K No ❑ r s S attire Name (Ple se Print) I-C-16 Agreement No. 6311 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS [MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH PROJECT PROPOSAL] CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOM FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 21-09 Company Name: To be awarded this contract, the successful bidder must procure and maintain the following types of insurance with coverage limits complying, at a minimum, with the limits set forth below: Tyne of Insurance Limits Commercial general liability: $2,000,000 Business automobile liability: $1,000,000 Workers compensation: Statutory requirement Commercial general liability insurance must meet or exceed the requirements of ISO-CGL Form No. CG 00 01 11 85 or 88. The amount of insurance set forth above must be a combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage for the policy coverage. Liability policies must be endorsed to name the City, its officials, and employees as "additional insureds" under said insurance coverage and to state that such insurance will be deemed "primary" such that any other insurance that may be carried by the City will be excess thereto. Such endorsement must be reflected on ISO Form No. CG 20 10 11 85 or 88, or equivalent. Such insurance must be on an "occurrence," not a "claims made," basis and will not be cancelable or subject to reduction except upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the City. Insurer will agree in writing to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by Contractor for the City. Automobile coverage must be written on ISO Business Auto Coverage Form CA 00 01 06 92, including symbol 1 (Any Auto). The Consultant must furnish to the City duly authenticated Certificates of Insurance evidencing maintenance of the insurance required under this Agreement, endorsements as required herein, and such other evidence of insurance or copies of policies as may be reasonably required by the City from time to time. Insurance must be placed with admitted insurers with a current A.M. Best Company Rating equivalent to at least a Rating of "A:VII." Certificate(s) must reflect that the insurer will provide thirty (30) day notice of any cancellation of coverage. The Consultant will require its insurer to modify such certificates to delete any exculpatory wording stating that failure of the insurer to mail written notice of cancellation imposes no obligation, and to delete the word "endeavor" with regard to any notice provisions. The City requires California Worker's Compensation Coverage with the associated Waiver. Out-of-state coverage will not be accepted in lieu of the California coverage, because the work is being performed in the State of California. By signing this form, the bidder certifies that it has read, understands, and will comply with these insurance requirements if it is selected as the City's consultant. Failure to provide this insurance will render the bidder's proposal "nonresponsive." �ZLQI--2n 2 2� Date cr' 3j r re '11�1 7�� I-C-17 Agreement No. 6311 CITY"®r ELSEGUNDO December 14, 2021 ADDENDUM NO. 1 to THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS for CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOMS IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 21-09 ATTENTION BIDDERS: The following additions, modifications, and clarifications to the specifications shall be included in, and become a part of, any contract which may be executed for the above project in the City of El Segundo: 1. The bid due date and time is changed to Tuesday, January 11, 2022 at 11:00 am. In response to contractor questions: 2. The Engineer's Estimate for this project is $477,200. 3. On Page I-A-3 of the specifications, in the Notice Inviting Sealed Bids, this sentence, "For these projects, those acceptable classes of license shall be "A" and "B." has been revised to replace the word "and" with the word "or." The sentence now reads: "For these projects, those acceptable classes of license shall be "A" or "B." Please be advised that proposed concrete and asphalt work, required in the parking lot outside the Checkout Building, may require a subcontractor with an A or other license. As evidence that the BIDDER has read this Addendum, the BIDDER must acknowledge same in the space provided below and submit this completed Addendum page with the Bid Proposal. Failure to provide such acknowledgement shall render the bid as non- responsive and subject to rejection. Signature: m Date:m� Print Company Name: Page 1 of 1 I 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245-3895 (310) 524-2300 Fax (310) 640-0489 Agreement No. 6311 CITYOF ELSEGUNDO January 5, 2022 ADDENDUM NO.2 to THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS for CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOMS IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 21-09 ATTENTION BIDDERS: The following additions, modifications, and clarifications to the specifications shall be included in, and become a part of, any contract which may be executed for the above project in the City of El Segundo: 1. The bid due date and time remains Tuesday, January 11, 2022 at 11:00 am. 2. Please see this project's attached Supplement to Addendum 2 for bid opening instructions, bid -related questions and the responses to them, as well as additional specifications for project clarification. As evidence that the BIDDER has read this Addendum, the BIDDER must acknowledge same in the space provided below and submit this completed Addendum page with the Bid Proposal. Failure to provide such acknowledgement shall render the bid as non- responsive and subject to rejection. Signature: Date: Print Company Name: .171,.6zl ...................... Page 1 of 1 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245-3895 (310) 524-2300 Fax (310) 640-0489 Agreement No. 6311 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOM FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 21-09 PREMIUM IS FOR THE CONTRACT TERM AND IS SUBJECT TO ADJUSTMENT BASED ON FINAL CONTRACT PRICE Bond No. CAC721139 Bond Fee: $8,176.00 Union Construction Company ("PRINCIPAL") and Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Iowa .... and licensed by the State of California to execute bonds and undertakings as sole surety, as surety ("SURETY"), are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ("CITY") in the sum of ' DOLLARS, lawful money of the United States, which may be increased or decreased by a rider hereto executed in the same manner as this bond, for the payment of which sum PRINCIPAL and SURETY bind themselves, their successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by this instrument. ' Four Hundred Seventy Eight Thousand Three Hundred Eighty Six and 001100 PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply this bond for the faithful performance of any and all of the conditions and stipulations set forth in this bond, SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 21-09, and the public works contract executed with such Specifications. In the case of any default in the performance of the conditions and stipulations of this undertaking, it is agreed that PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply the bond or any portion thereof, to the satisfaction of any damages, reclamation, assessments, penalties, or deficiencies arising by reason of such default. BOND CONDITIONS 1. PRINCIPAL will construct the public improvements identified in SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 21-09, a copy of which is on file with CITY's Engineering Division ("Public Project"). Such performance will be in accordance with C.ITY's plans and profiles which are made a part of this bond when said plans and profiles are approved by the City Council and filed with CITY's Engineering Division. CITY has estimated the required amount of the bond as shown above. 2. PRINCIPAL's work on the Public Project will be done in accordance with CITY's plans and specifications and with any permit issued by CITY. Should PRINCIPAL fail to complete all required work within the time allowed, CITY may, at its sole discretion, cause all required work to be done and the parties executing the bond will be firmly bound for the payment of all necessary costs therefor. PRINCIPAL will guarantee its work against, any defective work, labor, or I-E-1 Agreement No. 6311 materials on the Public Project for a period of one (1) year following the Public Project's completion and acceptance by CITY. 4. This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees due compliance with all applicable law including, without limitation, the El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC"). 5. SURETY, for value received, agrees that no changes, extensions of time, alteration or modification of SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 21-09 or of the obligation to be performed will in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the contract documents or of the obligation to be performed. 6. This bond consists of this instrument; the plans and specifications identified above; and the following two (2) attached exhibits all of which are incorporated herein by reference: A. A certified copy of the appointment, power of attorney, bylaws or other instrument entitling or authorizing the persons executing this bond to do so; B� A certificate issued by the county clerk for the county in which SURETY's representative is located confonning with California Code of Civil Procedure § 995.640 and stating that SURETY's certificate of authority has not been surrendered, revoked, cancelled, annulled, or suspended, or in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted; and T Should PRINCIPAL perform its obligations within the time allowed, PRINCIPAL's obligation will be void upon the acceptance of the performance by CITY; otherwise this obligation will remain' in full force and effect. [SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE] I-E-2 Agreement No. 6311 L r 8 SIGNED AND SEALED this 12th Union Co ion Cornoa - s PRESID PRINCIPAL's SECRETARY dayof May 20 �_... 22 Me,chant f6onding Comps 7' (Mutual) Surf tI.Y° �A Vanessa Copeland, Attorney -in -Fact PRINCIPAL's MAILING ADDRESS: 1353 N. Pacific Avenue, Glendale, CA 91202 NIA SURETY'sSECRETARY SURE'W's MAILING ADDRESS: PO Box 14498 Des Moines, IA 50306 NOTE: (1) ALL signatures must be acknowledged by a notary public. Retum one (1) original to City Clerk's Office. (2) Bond shall be effective for one (1) year after acceptance of the job. I-E-3 Agreement No. 6311 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached and not the truthfulness. accuracy. or validity of that document. State of California Count* of Orange ) On before me. Lisa Pellerito . Notan Public. personally appeared Vanessa Copeland Na►ne(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknovyledged to me that he/she/thcv- executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacitv(ies), and that by his/her/tk-ir signature(s) on the instrument the person(s)_ or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted_ executed the instrument. LtSA PELLERI"o Notary Pctrrlc C ,Storat Orange C my iE Commission 4"2383234 . , y Comm. Expires Norr 162025 Place Notary Seal Above 1 certIfv under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the lays of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and offs li,al°°ffel. Signature.' W t/ ,!p �— .e'. ax rr.rxtrr r i`*colary Public _--- _ ....r._-,.--------- --- OPTIONAL Though the information below is not required by lan-_ it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could present fraudulent and reattachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Type or Title of Document: Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: Vanessa Copeland ❑ Individual ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s):_ ❑ Partner: ❑Limited ❑ General © Attornev in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: Number of Pages: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ❑ Individual ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner: ❑Limited ❑ General ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: Rev. 1-15 Agreement No. 6311 E RC HAN �i "S BONDING COMPANY - POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents, that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., both being corporations of the State of Iowa (herein collectively called the "Companies") do hereby make, constitute and appoint, individually, Eric Lowey; Jennifer Grenrood; Karyl A Richter; Kevin Cathcart; Lisa Pellerilo; Mark Richardson; Michael Caslaneda; Natassia Smith; Teresa I Jackson; Vanessa Copeland their true and lawful Altomey(s)-in-Fact, to sign its name as surety(ies) and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. This Power-of-Attomey is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the following By -Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) on April 23. 2011 and amended August 14, 2015 and adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants National Bonding, Inc., on October 16, 2015. "The President, Secretary, Treasurer, or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and authority to appoint Atlomeys-in-Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof." "The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company, and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed." In connection with obligations in favor of the Florida Department of Transportation only, it is agreed that the power and aut hority hereby given to the Attomey-in-Fact includes any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts required by the State of Florida Department of Transportation. It is fully understood that consenting to the State of Florida Department of Transportation making payment of the final estimate to the Contractor and/or its assignee, shall not relieve this surely company of any of its obligations under its bond. In connection with obligations in favor of the Kentucky Department of Highways only, it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given to the Attomey-in-Fact cannot be modified or revoked unless prior written personal notice of such intent has been given to the Commissioner - Department of Highways of the Commonwealth of Kentucky at least thirty (30) days prior to the modification or revocation. In Witness Whereof, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 111h day of January 2021 (xl3 MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC. "^ w pia t :Z: aW — 'w 2003 ;;chi 1933 °^ By President STATE OF IOWA """ COUNTY OF DALLAS ss. On this 11th day of January 2021 before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did say that he is President of MERCHANTS 13ONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the Corporate Seals of the Companies; and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors. ~tAd, POLLY MASON Commission Number 750576 My Commission Expires 4/ove, January 07, 2023 Notary Public (Expiration of notary's commission does not invalidate this instrument) I, William Warner, Jr., Secretary of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER-OF-ATTOIRNEY executed by said Companies, which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked. In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of the Companies on this 12th day of May 2022 .. CO r,Iy �L"0,I% 0. *..b- '„�» r " T. 2003" " 1933 Secretary POA 0018 (1/20) "`"""'"° Agreement No. 6311 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOM FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 21-09 Bond No. CAC721139 Bond Fee: Listed on Performance Bond Union Construction Company as principal ("PRINCIPAL") and 'Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Iowa and licensed by the State of California to execute bonds and undertakings as sole surety, as surety ("SURETY"), are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ("CITY") in the sum of ' DOLLARS, lawful money of the United States, which may be increased or decreased by a rider hereto executed in the same manner as this bond, for the payment of which sum PRINCIPAL and SURETY bind themselves, their successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by this instrument. * Four Hundred Seventy Eight Thousand Three Hundred Eighty Six and 001100 This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees payment by PRINCIPAL to contractors, subcontractors, and persons renting equipment; payment by PRINCIPAL and all PRINCIPAL'S subcontractors for all materials, provisions, provender, or other supplies, and equipment used in, upon, for or about the performance of the work contemplated in CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOM FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 21-09 {"Public Project"), the public works contract executed for such Public Project, and for all work or labor of any kind performed for the Public Project. In the case of any default in the performance of the conditions and stipulations of this undertaking, it is agreed that PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply the bond or any portion thereof, to the satisfaction of any damages, reclamation, assessments, penalties, or deficiencies arising by reason of such default. BOND CONDITIONS 1. PRINCIPAL will construct the public improvements identified in SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 21-09, and the public works contract executed for such Specifications, copies of which is on file with CITY's Engineering Division ("Public Project"). Such performance will be in accordance with CITY's plans and profiles, which are made apart of this bond when said plans and profiles are approved by the City Council and filed with CITY's Engineering Division. PRINCIPAL will pay all contractors, subcontractors, and persons renting equipment. 3. PRINCIPAL will pay for all materials and other supplies, for equipment used in, on, for or about the performance of the Public Project, and will pay for all work and labor I-F-1 Agreement No. 6311 thereon. 4. This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees due compliance with all applicable law including, without limitation, the El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC"). 5. SURETY, for value received, agrees that no changes, extensions of time, alteration or modification of SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 21-09, or of the obligation to be performed will in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the contract documents or of the obligation to be performed, 6. This bond consists of this instrument; the plans and specifications identified above; and the following TWO (2) attached exhibits all of which are incorporated herein by reference: A. A certified copy of the appointment, power of attorney, bylaws or other instrument entitling or authorizing the persons executing this bond to do so; and B. A certificate issued by the county clerk for the county in which SURETY's representative is located confomiing with California Code of Civil Procedure § 995.640 and stating that SURETY's certificate of authority has not been surrendered, revoked, cancelled, annulled, or suspended, or in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted. 7. Should PRINCIPAL perform its obligations within the time allowed, PRINCIPAL's obligation will be void upon the acceptance of the performance by CITY; otherwise this obligation will remain in full force and effect. [SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE] I-F-2 Agreement No. 6311 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE 1189 A notan- public or other officer completing this certificate verifies oil hy the Identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached and not the truthfulness. accuracy. or valid1ty of that document. State of California County of orange ) _ ................._.._...... _w._ " t On � �"" before me_ Lisa Pellerito . Notary Public. personally appeared Vanessa Copeland Namc(s) of Signer(s ryho proved to me on the basis of satisfacton- evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they- executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/Eheir signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. LISA PELLERI—O Notary %biic - Ca.ifcr'lia Orange C,oLntj fly Commission 12383234 Comm. Expires Nov 16, 2025 Place Notary Seal .above I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the lays of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my iiand and off clallca( n Signature. Start 1pwld�� a�I" i�os,or;�� I��taNrNwc OPTIONAL Though the information bolo« is not required by law. it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could present fraudulent and reattachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Type or Title of Document: Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: Vanessa Copeland ❑ Individual ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner: ❑Limited ❑ General ® Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: Number of Pages: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ❑ Individual ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner: ❑Limited ❑ General ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Tru stet ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: Rev. 1-15 Agreement No. 6311 SIGNED AND SEALED this 12th day of May 47 20 22 Union Co�istru w " �ovnlreny MOChan� is Bonding Co any (Mutual) PR1N A ''s ESIII Ff%Ps--AMVMT Attorney=in-Fact Vanessa Copeland, Attorney -in -Fact ............. NIA PRINCIPAL's SECRETARY SURETY's SECRETARY PRINCIPAL's MAILING ADDRESS: SURETY'S MAILING ADDRESS: 1353 N. Pacific Avenue, Glendale, CA 91202 PO Box 14498 Des Moines, IA 50306 NOTE: (1) ALL signatures must be acknowledged by a notary public. Return one (1) original to City Clerk's Office, (2) Bond shall be effective for one (1) year after acceptance of the job. I-F-3 Agreement No. 6311 MERCHANi77� BONDING COMPANY - POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents, that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., both being corporations of the Stale of Iowa (herein collectively called the "Companies") do hereby make, constitute and appoint, individually, Eric Lowey; Jennifer Grenrood; Karyl A Richter; Kevin Cathcart; Lisa Pellerilo; Mark Richardson; Michael Castaneda; Nalassia Smith; Teresa I Jackson; Vanessa Copeland their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, to sign its name as surety(ies) and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. This Power -of -Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the following By -Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) on April 23. 2011 and amended August 14, 2015 and adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants National Bonding, Inc., on October 16, 2015. "The President, Secretary, Treasurer, or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and authority to appoint Attorneys -in -Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof." "The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company, and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed." In connection with obligations in favor of the Florida Department of Transportation only, it is agreed that the power and aut horily hereby given to the Attomey-in-Fact includes any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts required by the State of Florida Department of Transportation. It is fully understood that consenting to the State of Florida Department of Transportation making payment of the final estimate to the Contractor and/or its assignee, shall not relieve this surety company of any of its obligations under its bond. In connection with obligations in favor of the Kentucky Department of Highways only, it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given to the Attomey-in-Fact cannot be modified or revoked unless prior written personal notice of such intent has been given to the Commissioner - Department of Highways of the Commonwealth of Kentucky at least thirty (30) days prior to the modification or revocation. In Witness Whereof, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 11th day of January 2021 ggqqwqq�qqq qqr qw w' w w Np fr gw.ry „C w MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) .;.„ . cy ,x»„ MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC. cg t0• �r o. r 2003 1933 By STATE OFIOWA "Yggrgq'•ww•rr• w«wwww• COUNTY OF DALLAS ss. On this 11th day of January 2021 before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did say that he is President of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the Corporate Seals of the Companies; and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors. 1 POLLY MASON Commission Number 750576 a - My Commission Expires /oPI January 07, 2023 Notary Public (Expiration of notary's commission does not invalidate this instrument) 1, William Warner, Jr., Secretary of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER -OF -ATTORNEY executed by said Companies, which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked. In VVdness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of the Companies on this 12th day of May , 2022 qwq ggqq" r qr • " w \tkG Co _J,_ -o- q " w 1933 Secretary 2003 POA 0018 (1/20) w*gwgq'qqqqqqwqr, ...«. EXHIBIT B Agreement No. 6311 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PLANS & SPECIFICATIONS FOR CHECKOUT BUILDING STROOM FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT P„ OVEMENT OJECT PROJECT N W 21-09 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ENGINEERING DIVISION 350 MAIN STREET EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245 310-524-2300 https://www.elsegundo. org/government/departments/city-clerk/bid-rfp litt is:/Iwm, a. l u i o. i-Lgo riii'Tient,l )artment:s/ tiblie- or s/"-e(itiest_ )tibli - o, -bi( MANDATORY PRE -BID MEETING MONDAY, DECEMBER 20, 2021 AT 10:15 AM at the Northeast corner of the Checkout Building at 401 Sheldon Street, El Segundo, CA 90245 See Maps on Page 2 BIDS DUE TUESDAY, DECEMBER 28, 2021 AT 11:00 AM Agreement No. 6311 MANDATORY PRE -BID MEETING RECREATION PARK CHECKOUT BUILDING MONDAY, DECEMBER 20, 2021 AT 10:15 AM 401 Sheldon St., El Segundo, CA 90245 {; FIP'r fPR I,.�1 �d,+W - I^'JWiW�mag ��➢'+r1tl�rvR[ VW9'9M ��N w Nw ` /II „ram t�, a"Ng' P EWynWA-" E d�Yiy Atr�'' J� _ camaeu, r E f Vicinity Map �' � �; pp �t q 4 £ ManP:4-nAva .� J -. r w n v — � x.. J� SW �, ,. a• E f MMIn Ave r �'1� - �e J' ;. i t G _ u1- E EI3 GTandt, N4 J o'0 "t h"u i o Location Map 2 Agreement No. 6311 BIDS WILL BE RECEIVED UP TO THE HOUR OF 11:00 A.M. TUESDAY, DECEMBER 28, 2021 IN THE OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK CITY HALL 350 MAIN STREET EL SEGUNDO, CALIFORNIA 90245 AT WHICH TIME THEY WILL BE PUBLICLY OPENED N Agreement No. 6311 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO CONTRACTORS Contractors are required to review section 7-3 of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, pages II-B-25 thru II-B-26 "LIABILITY INSURANCE". ONLY CONTRACTORS ABLE TO OBTAIN AND FURNISH THE REQUIRED COVERAGE AND ENDORSEMENT "ISO" FORMS SHOULD CONSIDER SUBMITTING A BID PACKAGE. The Contractor will be required to apply and obtain an Encroachment Permit from the City Public Works Department as well as any applicable Building/Safety Permit from the City Development Services Department. The Contractor shall be responsible for calling the Building Safety Division for inspections. All noted deficiencies shall be corrected by the contractor. The project will not be accepted as complete until the contractor obtains a final sign -off from the Department of Planning and Building Safety. 0 B. BIDDING INSTRUCTIONS 1. DEFINITION 2. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 3. BIDDING DOCUMENTS 4. INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 5. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 6. SUBCONTRACTORS 7. ADDENDA 8. PRE -BID CONFERENCE 9. FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS 10. BID SECURITY 11. MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID 12. OPENING OF BIDS 13. REJECTION OF BIDS 14. AWARD C. PROPOSAL Agreement No. 6311 PAGE I -A -I TO A-3 I-B-1 TO B-8 I-B-1 I-B-1 I-B-2 I-B-2 I-B-3 I-B-3 I-B-3 I-B-3 I-B-4 I-B-5 I-B-6 I-B-6 I-B-6 I-B-6 I-C-1 TO C-17 1. PROPOSAL, FIRST PAGE I-C-1 2. BID SCHEDULES I-C-3 3. BIDDER'S INFORMATION I-C-5 TO I-C-6 4. BIDDER AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT I-C-7 5. PROPOSAL GUARANTEE BID BOND I-C-8 6. CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE DECLARATION I-C-9 7. NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT I-C-10 8. WORKER'S COMPENSATION CERTIFICATION I-C-11 9. DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS I-C-12 10. REFERENCES I-C-13 TO I-C-15 11. BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF PAST DISQUALIFICATIONS I-C-16 12. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS I-C-17 13. FED. LABOR COMPLIANCE DOCUMENTS I-C-19 TO I-C-33 D. CITY OF EL SEGUNDO PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT I-D-1 TO D-5 E. FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND I-E-I TO E-3 F. MATERIAL AND LABOR BOND I-F-1 TO F-3 Agreement No. 6311 A. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS II-A-1 TO A-2 1, REGISTRATION OF CONTRACTORS II-A-1 2. INSURANCE AND CITY BUSINESS LICENSE II-A-1 3. EMERGENCY INFORMATION II-A-1 4. FURNISHING OF WATER II-A-1 5, CALIFORNIA — OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION II-A-1 6. SOUND CONTROL II-A-2 7. AIR POLLUTION CONTROL II-A-2 8. WORKER UNIFORMS II-A-2 B. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS II-B-1 TO B-34 0-1 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS II-B-I 0-2 NUMBERING OF SECTIONS II-B-1 0-3 MODIFICATIONS II-B-1 1-2 DEFINITIONS II-B-1 1-2.1 ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS II-13-1 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS 11-B-2 2-0 SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK II-13-3 2-1.1 ACCESS TO PROJECT SITE II-B-3 2-1.2 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF CONTRACT II-B-3 DOCUMENTS 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS II-B-3 2-3.1 GENERAL II-13-3 2-3.2 ADDITIONAL RESPONSIBILITY II-13-4 2-4 CONTRACT BONDS II-B-4 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS II-B-5 2-5.1 GENERAL II-B-5 2-5.2 PRECEDENCE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS II-B-5 2-5.5 ACCURACY OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS II-13-6 2-8 RIGHT-OF-WAY II-13-6 2-8.1 ADDITIONAL WORK AREAS AND FACILITIES II-B-6 2-9 SURVEYING II-B-6 2-9.3 SURVEY SERVICE II-B-6 2-9.3.1 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYING II-13-6 2-9.3.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT II-B-7 3-3.2.2 BASIS FOR ESTABLISHING COSTS II-B-7 3-3.2.3 MARK UP II-B-7 IF Agreement No. 6311 SECTION II — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Continued) 3-3.3 DAILY REPORTS BY CONTRACTOR 3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS 3-5 DISPUTED WORK 4-1.3 INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS 4-1.3.1 GENERAL 4-1.3.2 INSPECTION OF MATERIALS NOT PRODUCED LOCALLY 4-1.6 TRADE NAMES OR EQUALS 5-2 PROTECTION 5-2.1 INCORRECT LOCATION OF UTILITIES 5-4 RELOCATION 5-4.1 RESPONSIBILITY OF UTILITY REMOVAL OR RELOCATION 5-5 DELAYS 5-5.1 CALCULATING IDLE TIME 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK 6-1.1 CONTRACT SCHEDULE 6-1.2 CONTENT OF CONTRACT SCHEDULE 6-1.3 EFFECT OF CONTRACT SCHEDULE 6-1.4 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR 6-4.1 GENERAL 6-4.2 TERMINATION OF CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL OVER THE WORK 6-4.3 SURETY'S ASSUMPTION OF CONTROL 6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 6-6.1 GENERAL 6-6.2 EXTENSION OF TIME 6-6.3 PAYMENT FOR DELAYS TO CONTRACTOR 6-6.4 WRITTEN NOTICE AND REPORT 6-7.2 WORK DAYS AND WORKING HOURS 6-7.4 NIGHT WORK 6-7.5 WEEKEND AND HOLIDAY WORK 6-8 COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE 6-8.1 GENERAL GUARANTY 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 6-9.1 FAILURE TO COMPLETE WORK ON TIME 6-11 DISPUTES AND CLAIMS; PROCEDURE 6-11.1 GENERAL 6-11.2 FORM PAGE Agreement No. 6311 SECTION II — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Continued) 6-11.3 CLAIMS SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER 6-11.4 CLAIMS IS PREREQUISITE TO OTHER REMEDY 6-11.5 DECISION ON CLAIMS 6-11.6 APPEAL OF ENGINEER'S DECISION 6-11.7 MEDIATION 6-11.8 ARBITRATION 6-11.9 WHEN ARBITRATION DECISION BECOMES BINDING 6-11.10APPEAL TO SUPERIOR COURT; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 7-2 LABOR 7-2.3 PREVAILING WAGES 7-2.4 RECORD OF WAGES PAID; INSPECTION 7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE 7-3.1 GENERAL 7-3.2 INDEMNIFICATION AND DEFENSE 7-5 PERMITS 7-8.1 CLEAN UP AND DUST CONTROL 7-8.1.1 GENERAL 7-8.1.2 WATERING 7-8.6 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 7-9 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS 7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY 7-10.1 TRAFFIC AND ACCESS 7-10.2 STREET CLOSURES, DETOURS, BARRICADES 7-10.5 PROTECTION OF THE PUBLIC 7-15 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL,. 9-2 LUMP SUM WORK 9-3.2 PARTIAL AND FINAL PAYMENTS 9.3.3 DELIVERED MATERIALS 100- 1 TERMINATION OF AGENCY LIABILITY In II-B-20 II-B-21 II-B-21 II-B-21 II-B-22 II-B-22 II-B-22 II-B-22 II-B-23 II-B-23 II-B-24 II-B-24 II-13-24 II-B-27 II-B-28 II-B-28 II-B-28 II-B-28 II-B-28 II-B-29 II-B-30 II-B-30 II-B-30 II-B-31 II-13-31 II-13-32 II-13-33 II-B-34 II-B-34 Agreement No. 6311 FEW VIZEQUOM Appendix I — City Map Appendix 2 — Typical No Parking Sign — El Segundo Standard ST- 18 Appendix 3 — Construction and Demolition Materials Recycling Fo Appendix 4 — Asbestos and Lead -Containing Materials Report Appendix 5 — Project Plans I Agreement No. 6311 NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS FOR CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOM FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT IN THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO PROJECT NO.: PW 21-09 The City of El Segundo is accepting sealed bids in the City Clerk's office, 350 Main Street, El Segundo, California 90245, until 11:00 a.m. on: TUESDAY, DECEMBER 28, 2021 at which time they will be publicly opened. Bids will not be accepted after that time. As described in the Bidding Documents, the bids are for a public works project ("Project") which consists of furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals for the Checkout Building Restroom Facilities Improvement Project and related work as shown on the plans on file with the City's Public Works Department. Construction must be complete by May 27, 2022 Work on the Project must be performed in strict conformity with Specifications No. PW 21-09 as adopted by the El Segundo City Council on December 7, 2021 which is filed with the Public Works Department. Contractors bidding the project shall provide a minimum of five government agency, preferably municipal, references. The references shall be for the contractors' building similar projects (in terms of scope, size, type, magnitude and complexity), as the prime contractor in the past five (5) years. Bidders shall include references, etc. to demonstrate qualification. Copies of the Plans, Specifications, Contract Documents and Engineer's estimate are available from the Engineering Division of the Public Works Department, City of El Segundo, 350 Main Street, El Segundo, California, 90245. Plans and Specifications are alternately available electronically via https://www.elsegundo.org/government/departments/public-works/request- public-works-bid A mandatory pre -bid meeting is scheduled for Monday, December 20, 2021, at 10:15 AM at the northeast corner of the Recreation Park Checkout Building, 401 Sheldon Street, El Segundo, CA 90245. See maps on Page 2 of these specifications. Failure to attend the mandatory meeting will disqualify a company's bid. All questions regarding the project are due to https://www.elsegundo.org/government/departments/public-works/request-public- works-bid by Monday, December 20, 2021, at 4:00 PM. The terms and conditions for bidding on the Project are described in the attached Bidding Instructions. I-A-1 Agreement No. 6311 This project requires payment of State prevailing rates of wages for Los Angeles County. The contractor must post copies of the prevailing schedule at each job site. Copies of these rates of wages are available from the State of California Department of Industrial Relations Prevailing Wage Unit, Telephone No. (415) 703-4774. The website for this agency is currently located at www.dir.ca.gov. Note that the Project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by California Department of Industrial Relations. Pursuant to California law, the City must find bids failing to comply with all applicable Labor Code requirements including, without limitation, Labor Code § § 1725.5 and 1771.4 to be nonresponsive. The contractor to whom the contract is awarded must assist in locating, qualifying, hiring and increasing the skills of minority group employees and applicants for employment, as set forth in Executive Order 11246 and 11375. Any contract entered into pursuant to this notice will incorporate the provisions of the State Labor Code. Compliance with the prevailing rates of wages and apprenticeship employment standards established by the State Director of Industrial Relations will be required. Affirmative action to ensure against discrimination in employment practices on the basis of race, color, national origin, ancestry, sex, or religion will also be required. The City of El Segundo hereby affirmatively ensures that minority business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this notice and will not be discriminated against on the basis of race, color, national origin, ancestry, sex, or religion in any consideration leading to the award of contract. The Contractor's duty to pay State prevailing wages can be found under Labor Code Section 1770 et. Seq. and Labor Code Sections 1775 and 1777.7 outline the penalties for failure to pay prevailing wages and employ apprentices including forfeitures and debarment. Five percent (5%) will be deducted from each progress payment and retained by the City. The remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid to the Contractor. Pursuant to Public Contracts Code ("PCC") § 22300, the Contractor may substitute securities for retention monies held by the City or request that the City place such monies into an escrow account. The Contractor is notified, pursuant to PCC § 22300, any such election will be at the Contractor own expense and will include costs incurred by the City to accommodate the Contractor's request. In entering into a Public Works contract, or a subcontract, to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the Contractor, or Sub -Contractor, offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title and interest in, and to, all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Section 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with Section 167001 of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the Contractor, without further I-A-2 Agreement No. 6311 acknowledgment by the parties. Bids must be prepared on the approved Proposal forms in conformance with the Instructions to Bidders and submitted to the City Clerk, 350 Main Street, City of El Segundo, in a sealed envelope plainly marked on the outside: CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOM FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT "SEALED BIDS FOR PROJECT NO.: PW 21-09 IN THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO DO NOT OPEN WITH REGULAR MAIL" The bid must be accompanied by a bid bond, made payable to the City of El Segundo for an amount no less than ten percent (10%) of the amount bid for the base contract. No bid will be accepted from a Contractor who has not been licensed in accordance with the provisions of the State Business and Professions Code. For these projects, those acceptable classes of license shall be "A" and "B". The successful Contractor and his Sub -Contractors will be required to possess the correct license for their project classifications, and valid City Business Licenses from the City of El Segundo. The City of El Segundo reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to waive any irregularity, and to take all bids under advisement for a period of ninety (90) calendar days. Any contract entered into pursuant to this notice shall become effective or enforceable against the City of El Segundo only when the formal written contract has been duly executed by the appropriate officer(s) of the City of El Segundo. DATED this day of 12021 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO, CALIFORNIA Tracy Weaver, City Clerk I-A-3 Agreement No. 6311 1. DEFINITIONS. Unless provided otherwise, the definitions in the Greenbook, Special Conditions, or other Contract Documents are applicable to all Bidding Documents. 1.1 "Addenda" means written or graphic instruments issued by the City before the Bid Deadline that modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications, or corrections. 1.2 "Alternate" means a proposed change in the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents which, if accepted, may result in a change to either the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, or both. 1.3 "Bid Deadline" means the date and time designated in the Notice for Bids as the last date and time for receipt of Bids, as may be revised by Addenda. 1.4 "Bidder" means a person or firm that submits a Bid. 1.5 "Bidding Documents" means the construction documents prepared and issued for bidding purposes including all Addenda. 1.6 "Lump Sum Base Bid" means the sum stated in the Bid for which Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents, but not including unit price items or Alternates. 1.7 "Unit Price" means an amount stated in the Bid for which Bidder offers to perform the Unit Price Work for a fixed price per unit of measurement. 2. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS. By making its Bid, Bidder represents that: 2.1 Bidder read, understood, and made the Bid pursuant to the requirements in the Bidding Documents. 2.2 Bidder visited the Project site and is familiar with the conditions under which the Work will be performed and the local conditions as related to the Contract Documents. 2.3 The Bid is based upon the materials, equipment, and systems required by the Bidding Documents. 2.4 Bidder and all Subcontractors, regardless of tier, have the appropriate current licenses issued by the State of California Contractor's State License Board for the Work to be performed. If Bidder is a joint venture, the Bidder will have a joint venture license appropriate for the performance of the work, and each member of the joint venture will likewise have the appropriate license. Business and Professions Code § § 7000-7191 establish licensing requirements for contractors. If a Bidder, that is a specialty contractor, submits a Bid involving 3 or more specialized building trades, the work of which is more than incidental and supplemental to the performance of the Work for which Bidder holds a specialty contractor license, Bidder must also hold either (1) a specialty contractor "C" license in each such trade, (2) a General Engineering contractor "A" license, or (3) a General Building contractor `B" license. This requirement is applicable whether or not Bidder lists a Subcontractor for each such trade. 2.5 If licensure or proper licensure is controverted, then proof of licensure pursuant to this section must be made by production of a verified certificate of licensure from the Agreement No. 6311 Contractors' State License Board which establishes that the individual or entity bringing the action was duly licensed in the proper classification of contractors at all times during the performance of any act or contract covered by the action. Nothing in this subdivision requires any person or entity controverting licensure or proper licensure to produce a verified certificate. When licensure or proper licensure is controverted, the burden of proof to establish licensure or proper licensure is on the licensee. 2.6 Bidder has the expertise and financial capacity to perform and complete all obligations under the Bidding Documents. 2.7 The person executing the Bid Form is duly authorized and empowered to execute the Bid Form on Bidder's behalf. 2.8 Bidder is aware of and, if awarded the Contract, will comply with Applicable Code Requirements in its performance of the Work. 2.9 The Bidder has paid the City's business license fee(s) 2.10 The Bidder, per SB 854 requirements for public projects, has registered with and paid their annual fee to the California State Department of Industrial Relations. Information about SB 854 and its requirements can be found at this link: http://www.dir.ca.gov/Public-Works/SB854.html 3. BIDDING DOCUMENTS 3.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from the City's Public Works Department for the sum stated in the Notice for Bids. 3.2 Bidders will use a complete set of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids. 3.3 The City makes copies of the Bidding Documents available, on the above terms, for the sole purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and does not confer a license or grant permission for any other use of the Bidding Documents. 4. INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS. 4.1 Before submitting its Bid, Bidder will carefully study and compare the various documents comprising the Bidding Documents and compare them with any other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction which relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted; will examine the Project site, the conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and the local conditions; and will at once report to the City's Representative errors, inconsistencies, or ambiguities discovered. 4.2 Requests for clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents will be addressed to the City's Representative. 4.2.1 The release of the bid package begins a quiet period for potential Bidders participating in this project. The City of El Segundo realizes it is critical to provide Bidders with a vehicle to ask questions so that quality responses can be prepared. Questions must be submitted in writing to project managers via the City website: https: //www. elsegundo.org/government/departments/public-works/request- public-works-bid Responses to all questions will be provided in writing to all Bidders in accordance with the schedule below. We will not identify companies or I-B-2 Agreement No. 6311 individuals that pose questions. Potential bidders must not call City of El Segundo employees to discuss potential projects or ask questions regarding the bid. Questions Due by Monday, December 20, 2021, at 4:00 PM Questions Answered by December 27, 2021 4.3 Clarifications, interpretations, corrections, and changes to the Bidding Documents will be made by Addenda. Clarifications, interpretations, corrections, and changes to the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not be binding and Bidders must not rely upon them. 5. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS. No substitutions will be considered before award of Contract. Substitutions will only be considered after award of the Contract and as provided for in the Contract Documents. 6. SUBCONTRACTORS. 6.1 Each Bidder will list in the Bid Form all first -tier Subcontractors that will perform work, labor or render such services. The Bid Form contains spaces for the following information when listing Subcontractors: (1) Work Activity; (2) name of Subcontractor; (3) city of Subcontractor's business location. Failure to list any of these items on the Bid Form will result in the City treating the Bid as if no Subcontractor was listed for the Work and that Bidder represents to the City that it is fully qualified to perform that portion of the Work and will perform do so. 6.2 Subcontractors listed in the Bid Form will only be substituted after the Bid Deadline with the City's written consent in accordance with California law. I-B-3 Agreement No. 6311 7. ADDENDA. 7.1 Addenda will be in writing and issued only by the City. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all who are known by the City to have received a complete set of Bidding Documents and who have provided a street address for receipt of Addenda. 7.2 Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection at the City's Public Works Department. 7.3 The City will issue Addenda so that they are received by prospective Bidders not later than three (3) business days before the Bid Deadline. Addenda that withdraw the request for Bids or postpone the Bid Deadline may be issued anytime before the Bid Deadline. 7.4 Each Bidder is responsible for ensuring that it has received all issued Addenda before issuing a Bid. 8. PRE -BID CONFERENCE. Bidder will attend a Pre -Bid Conference where City will discuss the Bidding Documents, answer questions, accept comments, and conduct a Project site visit. The City requires all Pre -Bid Conference attendees to arrive for the meeting on time and to sign an attendance list which is used to determine if Bidders meet this requirement. Any Bidder not attending the Pre -Bid Conference in its entirety will be deemed to have not complied with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and its Bid will be rejected. 9. FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS 9.1 Bids will be submitted on the Bid Form included with the Bidding Documents. Bids not submitted on the City's Bid Form will be rejected. 9.2 All blanks on the Bid Form will be filled in legibly in ink or by typewriter. 9.3 Bidder's failure to submit a price for any Alternate or unit price will result in the Bid being considered as nonresponsive. If Alternates are called for and no change in the Lump Sum Base Bid is required, enter "No Change." 9.4 Each Bidder must fill out the "Bidders Statement of Past Contract Disqualifications" form stating any and all instances of contract disqualifications due to a violation of a law or safety regulation. The Bidder must explain the circumstances of each disqualification. The City may reject the bid based on such information. 9.5 Bidder will make no stipulations on the Bid Form nor qualify the Bid in any manner. 9.6 The Bids will be based upon full completion of all the Work as shown on the plans and specifications. It is expressly understood that the plans are drawn with as much accuracy as is possible in advance, but should errors, omissions or discrepancies exist in the plans which show conditions that vary from those encountered in construction, the Bidder (if awarded the Contract) specifically agrees to construct a completed work ready for the use and in the manner which is intended. In the event of increasing or decreasing of work, the total amount of work actually done or materials or equipment furnished must be paid for according to the unit or lump sum price established for such work under the contract, wherever such unit or lump sum price has been established. In the event no prices are named in the contract to cover such changes or alterations, the cost of such changes must be covered as extra work. 9.7 The Bid Form will be signed by a person or persons legally authorized to bind Bidder to a contract. Bidder's Representative will sign and date the Declaration included in the Bid Form. Failure to sign and date the declaration will cause Bid to be rejected. Agreement No. 6311 9.8 Bids must be submitted in writing on the Proposal forms provided by the City of El Segundo. One (1) set of these Proposal forms is inserted loose herein for use by the bidders. Bidders are required to submit one (1) original set of the proposal forms. All information requested therein must be clearly and legibly set forth in the manner and form indicated. 9.9 Bidders must satisfy themselves by personal examination of the work site, Plans, Specifications, and other contract documents, and by any other means as they may believe necessary, as to the actual physical conditions, requirements and difficulties under which the work must be performed. No bidder shall at any time after submissions of a proposal make any claim or assertion that there was any misunderstanding or lack of information regarding the nature or amount of work necessary for the satisfactory completion of the job. Any errors, omissions, or discrepancies found in the Plans, Specifications, or other contract documents shall be called to the attention of the City of El Segundo and clarified prior to the submission of proposals. 10. BID SECURITY 10.1 Each Bid will be accompanied by Bid Security, in the amount of 10% of the Lump Sum Base Bid as security for Bidder's obligation to enter into a Contract with the City on the terms stated in the Bid Form and to furnish all items required by the Bidding Documents. Bid Security will be a Bid Bond on the form provided by the City or a certified check made payable to "City of El Segundo." When a Bond is used for Bid Security, failure to use the City's Bid Bond form will result in the rejection of the Bid. 10.2 If the apparent lowest responsible Bidder fails to sign the Agreement and furnish all items required by the Bidding Documents within the time limits specified in these Instructions to Bidders, the City will disqualify such Bidder and select the next apparent lowest responsible Bidder until all bids have been exhausted or the City may reject all bids. In such an event, the disqualified Bidder will be liable for and forfeit to the City the amount of the difference, not to exceed the amount of the Bid Security, between the amount of the disqualified Bid and the larger amount for which the City procures the Work. 10.3 If a Bid Bond is submitted and an attorney -in -fact executes the Bid Bond on behalf of the surety, a notarized and current copy of the power of attorney will be affixed to the Bid Bond. The surety issuing the Bid Bond will be listed in the latest published State of California, Department of Insurance list of, "Insurers Admitted to Transact Surety Insurance in This State." 10.4 The City will retain Bid Security until the occurrence of one of the following: 10.4.1 All items required by the Bidding Documents have been furnished and the Agreement has been signed by the successful Bidder and the City. 10.4.2 The specified time has elapsed during which Bids may be withdrawn. 10.4.3 All Bids have been rejected. 10.5 The Bid Form, Bid Security, and all other documents required to be submitted with the Bid must be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. The envelope must be addressed to the City Clerk. The envelope must be identified with the Bidder's name and address, and identify the Project for which the Bid is submitted, as follows: Agreement No. 6311 "SEALED BIDS FOR PW 21-09: CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOM FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT. DO NOT OPEN WITH REGULAR MAIL." Proposals may be mailed or delivered by messenger. 10.6 Bids will be deposited at the designated location on or before the Bid Deadline. A Bid received after the Bid Deadline will be returned to Bidder unopened. 10.7 Bidder will assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. 10.8 Oral, telephonic, facsimile, or telegraphic Bids are invalid and will not be accepted. 10.9 All proposals must be submitted, filed, made, and executed in accordance with State and Federal laws related "to bids for contracts of this nature whether the same is expressly referred to herein or not. Any bidder submitting a proposal shall by such action thereby agree to each and all of the terms, conditions, provisions, and requirements set forth, contemplated, and referred to in the Plans, Specifications, and other contract documents, and to full compliance therewith. 11. MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID. 11.11 Before the Bid Deadline, a submitted Bid maybe modified or withdrawn. Notice of such action will be given to the City in writing and signed by the Bidder's authorized representative. A change so made will be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. 11.12 A withdrawn Bid may be resubmitted up to the Bid Deadline, provided that it then fully complies with the Bidding Requirements. 11.13 Bid Security will be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as modified or resubmitted. 11.14 Bids may not be modified, withdrawn, or canceled within sixty (60) days after the Bid Deadline unless otherwise provided in Supplementary Instructions to Bidders. 11.15 Proposals may not be withdrawn after said Bid Deadline without forfeiture of the proposal guarantee. 11.16 The withdrawal of a proposal will not prejudice the right of the bidder to submit a new proposal, providing there is time to do so. 11.17 No mention shall be made in the proposal of Sales Tax, Use Tax, City Business License, or any other tax, as all amounts bid will be deemed and held to include any such taxes, which may be applicable. 11.18 No mention shall be made in the proposal of the cost of bonds as all amounts bid will be deemed and held to include any such costs, which may be applicable. 12. OPENING OF BIDS. Bids submitted in the manner required by these instructions and are received on or before the Bid Deadline will be opened publicly. 13. REJECTION OF BIDS. 13.1 The City will have the right to reject all Bids. 13.2 The City will have the right to reject any Bid not accompanied by the required Bid Security or any other item required by the Bidding Documents, or a Bid which is in any other way materially incomplete or irregular. 13.2.1 Unrequested/unauthorized conditions, limitations, or provisions attached to a proposal will render it irregular and may cause its rejection. The completed proposal forms shall be without interlineations, alterations, or erasures. Agreement No. 6311 Alternative proposals will not be considered unless specifically requested. No oral, telegraphic, or telephonic proposal, modification, or withdrawal will be considered. 13.3 In the event that any bidder acting as a prime contractor has an interest in more than one proposal, all such proposals will be rejected, and the bidder will be disqualified. This restriction does not apply to subcontractors or suppliers who may submit quotations to more than one bidder, and while doing so, may also submit a formal proposal as a prime contractor. No proposal will be accepted from a bidder who has not been licensed in accordance with the provisions of the State Business and Professions Code. 14. AWARD 14.1 The City may retain all bids for a period of sixty (90) days for examination and comparison, and to delete any portion of the work from the contract. 14.2 The City will have the right to waive nonmaterial irregularities in a Bid and to accept the lowest responsive Bid as determined by The City. 14.3 The City will have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Bidding Documents. 14.4 The City will determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Lump Sum Base Bid plus all unit prices multiplied by their respective estimated quantities as stated in the Bid Form, if any, plus the Contractor Delay Damages multiplied by the "multiplier" as stated in the Bid Form, plus the amounts of all accepted Alternates. 14.4.1 Inclusion of Contractor Delay Damages within the Bid Form is solely for the purpose of determining the low bidder and establishing the City's maximum daily liability as a result of City delays to Contractor, if any, and City has no obligation to pay any daily Contractor Delay Damages except as provided for in these Contract Documents for Compensable Delays. In the event that City becomes liable to Contractor for compensable delays, City agrees to pay Contractor the daily Contractor Delay Damages set forth in the Proposal Form or Contractor's actual daily delay damages, whichever is less, for each day of Compensable Delay as provided for by these Contract Documents. 14.5 The City will select the apparent lowest responsive and responsible Bidder and notify such Bidder within thirty (30) days (unless number of days is modified in Supplementary Instructions to Bidders) after the Bid Deadline or reject all bids. Within ten (10) days after receiving the City's notice that Bidder was selected as the apparent lowest responsible Bidder, Bidder will submit to the City all of the following items: 14.5.1 One original of the Agreement signed by Bidder. 14.5.2 One original of the Payment Bond. 14.5.3 One original of the Performance Bond. 14.5.4 Certificates of Insurance on form provided by the City. 14.5.5 Names of all Subcontractors, with their addresses, telephone number, facsimile number, trade on Bidders' company stationery. Evidence, as required by the City, of the reliability and responsibility of the proposed Subcontractors such as statements of experience, statements of financial condition, and references. I-B-7 Agreement No. 6311 14.5.6 Preliminary Contract Schedule. 14.5.7 Selection of Retention Options and Escrow Agreement for Deposit of Securities in Lieu of Retention and Deposit of Retention. If not submitted, the City will withhold retention. 14.5.8 Cost Breakdown. 14.6 Before award of the Contract, the City will notify Bidder in writing, if the City objects to a Subcontractor proposed by Bidder, in which case Bidder will propose a substitute acceptable to the City. Failure of the City to object to a proposed Subcontractor before award will not preclude the City from requiring replacement of any Subcontractor based upon information received subsequent to award, information which cannot be properly evaluated before award due to time constraints, or information relating to a failure to comply with the requirements of the Contract. 14.7 If Bidder submits the original signed Agreements and all other items within ten (10) days after receiving the City's notification, and all such items comply with the requirements of the Bidding Documents, the City will award the Contract to Bidder by signing the Agreement and returning a signed copy of the Agreement to Bidder. 14.8 If the City consents to the withdrawal of the Bid of the apparent lowest responsible Bidder, or the apparent lowest responsible Bidder fails or refuses to sign the Agreement or submit to the City all of the items required by the Bidding Documents, within ten (10) days after receiving the City's notification, or the City determines that the Bidder is not financially or otherwise qualified to perform the Contract, the City may reject such Bidder's Bid and select the next apparent lowest responsible Bidder, until all bids are exhausted, or reject all Bids. Agreement No. 6311 PROPOSAL FOR THE CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOM FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 21-09 Date I .... ..._, 20 Company Name: TO THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO: In accordance with the City of El Segundo's Notice Inviting Sealed Bids, the undersigned BIDDER hereby proposes to furnish all materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals required for the above stated project as set forth in the Plans, Specifications, and contract documents therefor, and to perform all work in the manner and time prescribed therein. BIDDER declares that this proposal is based upon careful examination of the work site, Plans, Specifications, Instructions to Bidders, and all other contract documents. Submittal of this bid shall be considered evidence that the BIDDER has satisfied himself regarding the contract documents, access and any other field conditions which may effect bid prices. If this proposal is accepted for award, BIDDER agrees to enter into a contract with the City of El Segundo at the unit and/or lump sum prices set forth in the following Bid Schedule. BIDDER understands that failure to enter into a contract in the manner and time prescribed will result in forfeiture to the City of El Segundo of the proposal guarantee accompanying this proposal. BIDDER understands that a bid is required for the entire work, that the estimated quantities set forth in the Bid Schedule are solely for the purpose of comparing bids, and that final compensation under the contract will be based upon the actual quantities of work satisfactorily completed. THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO RESERVES THE RIGHT TO INCREASE OR DECREASE THE AMOUNT OF ANY QUANTITY SHOWN AND TO DELETE ANY ITEM FROM THE CONTRACT. It is agreed that the unit and/or lump sum prices bid include all apparent expenses, taxes, royalties, and fees. In the case of discrepancies in the amounts bid, unit prices shall govern over extended amounts, and words shall govern over figures. If awarded the Contract, the undersigned further agrees that in the event of the BIDDER'S default in executing the required contract and filing the necessary bonds and insurance certificates within ten working days after the date of the City of El Segundo's notice of award of contract to the BIDDER, including sending by U.S. Mail a Public Works Contract for signature by the Awardee, the proceeds of the security accompanying this bid shall become the property of the City of El Segundo and this bid and the acceptance hereof may, at the City of El Segundo's option, be considered null and void. I-C-1 Agreement No. 6311 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMPLIANCE BIDDER certifies that in all previous contracts or subcontracts, all reports which may have been due under the requirements of any agency, State, or Federal equal employment opportunity orders have been satisfactorily filed, and that no such reports are currently outstanding. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION CERTIFICATION BIDDER certifies that affirmative action has been taken to seek out and consider minority business enterprises for those portions of the work to be subcontracted, and that such affirmative actions have been fully documented, that said documentation is open to inspection, and that said affirmative action will remain in effect for the life of any contract awarded hereunder. Furthermore, BIDDER certifies that affirmative action will be taken to meet all equal employment opportunity requirements of the contract documents. NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT BIDDER declares that the only persons or parties interested in this proposal as principals are those named herein; that no officer, agent, or employee of the City of El Segundo is personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this proposal; that this proposal is made without connection to any other individual, firm, or corporation making a bid for the same work and that this proposal is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. I-C-2 Agreement No. 6311 BID SCHEDULE CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOM FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 21-09 Company Name: BASE BID ITEMS — CONSTRUCTION MUST BE COMPLETE BY MAY 27, 2022 TWO FAMILY RESTROOMS AND MULTI -STALL WOMEN'S AND MEN'S RESTROOMS TOTAL AREA APPROXIMATELY 782 SQFT. UNIT PRICE IN ITEM FIGURES NO DESCRIPTION -UNIT QTY ($) ........_ AMOUNT ($� Mobilization/Demolition including 1 Building Permit Fees and Hazardous LS 1 Material Abatement as necessary 2 Relocate equipment and panels after LS 1 enlarging the Mechanical Room 3 Install in -wall plumbing piping and LS 1 conduits for new fixture locations 4 Install new metal stud walls, drywall, LS 1 waterproofing/moisture barrier 5 Relocate underground plumbing as LS 1 necessary and replace with new ........ 6 Instal.-... 1 new floor drains with self- LS 1 priming traps 7 Re -concrete slab and grade to drain LS 1 Install new plumbing fixtures, 8 accessories, partitions, and other LS 1 restroom components. 9 Provide recessed hose bibbs in each EA 4 restroom for custodial cleaning 10 Install new tile walls LS 1 11 Install new tile floors LS 1 I-C-3a Agreement No. 6311 BASE BID ITEMS CONTINUED UNIT ITEM .-._....._........ DESCRIPTION .._. TION UNIT QTY PRICE ($) AMOUNT ($) 12 Relocate, clean and repair HVAC and LS 1 install exhaust components as needed 13 Upgrade electrical and lighting LS 1 14 Install new doors and repair windows LS 1 15 Install ceiling and wall paint and LS 1 finishes as necessary. Remove and reconstruct concrete 16 sidewalk, including adjustment of water SF 2,800 ........._. valve cover to grade. _...... ... 17 Construct concrete curb ramp I EA 2 18 Remove and reconstruct concrete curb LF 20 19 Remove and reconstruct concrete curb LF 17 and gutter ........ 20 Remove and reconstruct asphalt SF 70 concrete pavement Provide one ADA portable restroom 21 and a handwashing station near the LS 1 Checkout Building during construction 22 Miscellaneous Improvements LS 1 $15,000 TOTAL BID ITEMS 1 THROUGH 22 TOTAL BID WRITTEN IN WORDS: All work shall be per these specifications and attachments. Prevailing wage rates apply. The City of El Segundo reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to waive any irregularity, and to take all bids under advisement for a period of ninety (90) calendar days. I-C-3b Agreement No. 6311 W�� Agreement No. 6311 BIDDER'S INFORMATION Company Name: BIDDER certifies that the following information is true and correct: Form of Legal Entity (i.e., individual, partnership, corporation, etc. If corporation, State of Incorporation (i.e., California) Business Address Telephone No. Facsimile No. State Contractor's License No. and Class DIR# State License Original Date Issued Expiration Date _„ ........_. The following are the names, titles, email addresses, and phone numbers of all individuals, firm members, partners, joint venturers, and/or corporate officers having principal interest in this proposal: The date of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy judgments against any principal having an interest in this proposal is as follows: All current and prior DBA's, aliases, and/or fictitious business names for any principal having an interest in this proposal are as follows: I-C-5 Agreement No. 6311 �11 MELVIN 11,11 Fill I I 1� 111 1 1,11017 IMAM= Company Name: Bidder shall list the name of the person who attended the mandatory pre -bid job walk: Name: Title: I-C-6 Agreement No. 6311 hands, and seals of all a forenamed principals this - day of . .......... _ �. 2W Subscribed and sworn to this - day of _, 20 MW Agreement No. 6311 PROPOSAL GUARANTEE BID BOND CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOM FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 21-09 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that, , as BIDDER, and , as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto the City of El Segundo, in the penal sum of _ DOLLARS ($_), which is ten (10%) percent of the total amount bid by BIDDER to the City of El Segundo for the above stated project, for the payment of which sum, BIDDER and SURETY agree to be bound, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH that, whereas BIDDER is about to submit a bid to the City of El Segundo for the above stated project, if said bid is rejected, or if said bid is accepted and a contract is awarded and entered into by BIDDER in the manner and time specified, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect in favor of the City of El Segundo. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have set their names, titles, hands, and seals this day of .20 BIDDER* SURETY* Subscribed and sworn to this day of 20,_ NOTARY PUBLIC *Provide BIDDER/SURETY name, title, address and telephone number and the name, title, address and telephone number for authorized representative. I-C-8 Agreement No. 6311 CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE DECLARATION (Business and Professions Code Section 7028.15) 1. BIDDER'S Contractor's License Number is:. Class No.: 2. The expiration date of BIDDER'S Contractor License is: 20 3. BIDDER acknowledges that Section 7028.15(e) of the Business and Professions Code provides as follows: "A licensed contractor shall not submit a bid to a public agency unless his or her contractor's license number appears clearly on the bid, the license expiration date is stated, and the bid contains a statement that representations herein are made under penalty of perjury. Any bid not containing this information, or a bid containing information which is subsequently proven false, shall be considered non -responsive and shall be rejected by the public agency." The undersigned declares, under penalty of perjury, that the representations made by the undersigned in this bid proposal are true and correct. Executed on ............._._„� 20, at Signature Typed Name Title Company Name (insert City and State where Declaration signed).. I-C-9 Agreement No. 6311 NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID State of California ) ss. County of ) being first duly sworn, deposes and say that he or she is of the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the BIDDER has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other BIDDER to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any BIDDER or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the BIDDER has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the BIDDER or any other BIDDER, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other BIDDER, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. Signature Typed Name Title Name of Bidder/Company Name Date I-C-10 Agreement No. 6311 Section 1861 OF THE LABOR CODE (Workers' Compensation) Pursuant to Section 1861 of the Labor Code, the BIDDER, in submitting his/her PROPOSAL, shall sign the following certification: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self- insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract." Signature of Bidder: Title: Business Name: Business Address: Telephone Number: Dated this mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm ITm day of -------y 20 I-C-11 Agreement No. 6311 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOM FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 21-09 Company Name: As detailed in Section 2-3.1 (Page II-B-3) of the City Standard Specifications, Bidder certifies that it has listed below all subcontractors who will perform work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the total bid price or certifies that the bidder is fully qualified to perform and will perform that portion of the work itself. .......,_...., Subcontractor's Contractor Description of License No., & Portion of Name of DIR Work Estimated Subcontractor Address Registration No. Subcontracted $ Amount (Number and Street) (CSLB #) (City, Zip Code) (DIR #) . .............. 7[, ___---------- ....... . ................... ....... ..................... _._. _.. ___ _............................ (Make copies of this page if additional space is needed) Signature of Bidder Date I-C-12 Agreement No. 6311 Company Name: The following are the names, addresses, and telephone numbers for public agencies for which BIDDER has performed similar work as the prime contractor or major subcontractor within the past five (5) years: 1. Project Title: Location: Name and address of owner Name and current telephone number of person familiar with project Type of Work: Contract amount: $ _.� Date completed: Amount of work done by my/our firm under contract $ Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? 2. Project Title: Location: Name and address of owner Name and current telephone number of person familiar with project Type of Work: Contract amount: $ Date completed: Amount of work done by my/our firm under contract $ Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? I-C-13 Agreement No. 6311 3. Project Title: Location: Name and address of owner Name and current telephone number of person familiar with project Type of Work: Contract amount: $, . . . . . ................ Date completed: Amount of work done by my/our firm under contract $ Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? 4, Project Title: Location: Name and address of owner Name and current telephone number of person familiar with project: Type of Work: Contract amount: $ Date completed: Amount of work done by my/our firm under contract $ Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? I-C-14 Agreement No. 6311 Project Title: Location: Name and address of owner Name and current telephone number of person familiar with project: Type of Work: Contract amount: $ Date completed: Amount of work done by my/our firm under contract $ Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? Bidder may attach additional reference pages if necessary. The following are the names, addresses, and telephone numbers for all brokers and sureties from whom BIDDER intends to procure insurance bonds: I-C-15 Agreement No. 6311 1 6XW1 1 Ef W ikl 10 h, f-A 9 0 11 M 0 11 N 13 M CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOM FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 21-09 Company Name: Please state all instances of being disqualified, removed, or otherwise prevented from bidding on, or completing, a federal, state, or local government project due to a violation of a law or safety regulation. 1. Have you ever been disqualified from any government contract? Yes 0 No 11 1 If yes, explain the circumstances: 3. Are you registered in accordance with Labor Code § 1725.5 [Note: failure to register requires the City to reject your bid as nonresponsive]? Yes 11 No El Bidder's Signature Name (Please Print) I-C-16 Agreement No. 6311 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS [MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH PROJECT PROPOSAL] CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOM FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 21-09 Company Name: To be awarded this contract, the successful bidder must procure and maintain the following types of insurance with coverage limits complying, at a minimum, with the limits set forth below: Tune of,histrrance Limits Commercial general liability: S2,000,000 Business automobile liability: S1,000,000 Workers compensation: Statutory requirement Commercial general liability insurance must meet or exceed the requirements of ISO-CGL Form No. CG 00 01 11 85 or 88. The amount of insurance set forth above must be a combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage for the policy coverage. Liability policies must be endorsed to name the City, its officials, and employees as "additional insureds" under said insurance coverage and to state that such insurance will be deemed "primary" such that any other insurance that may be carried by the City will be excess thereto. Such endorsement must be reflected on ISO Form No. CG 20 10 11 85 or 88, or equivalent. Such insurance must be on an "occurrence," not a "claims made," basis and will not be cancelable or subject to reduction except upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the City. Insurer will agree in writing to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by Contractor for the City. Automobile coverage must be written on ISO Business Auto Coverage Form CA 00 01 06 92, including symbol 1 (Any Auto). The Consultant must furnish to the City duly authenticated Certificates of Insurance evidencing maintenance of the insurance required under this Agreement, endorsements as required herein, and such other evidence of insurance or copies of policies as may be reasonably required by the City from time to time. Insurance must be placed with admitted insurers with a current A.M. Best Company Rating equivalent to at least a Rating of "ARIL" Certificate(s) must reflect that the insurer will provide thirty (30) day notice of any cancellation of coverage. The Consultant will require its insurer to modify such certificates to delete any exculpatory wording stating that failure of the insurer to mail written notice of cancellation imposes no obligation, and to delete the word "endeavor" with regard to any notice provisions. The City requires California Worker's Compensation Coverage with the associated Waiver. Out-of-state coverage will not be accepted in lieu of the California coverage, because the work is being performed in the State of California. By signing this form, the bidder certifies that it has read, understands, and will comply with these insurance requirements if it is selected as the City's consultant. Failure to provide this insurance will render the bidder's proposal "nonresponsive." Date Bidder's Signature I-C-17 Agreement No. 6311 END PROPOSAL SECTION I-C-18 Agreement No. 6311 PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT BETWEEN THE CITY OF EL DO AND [CONTRACTOR] CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOM FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 21-09 This CONTRACT is entered into this _ day of 20 by and between the CITY OF EL SEGUNDO, a general law city and municipal corporation ("the City") and-.__.�..........("the Contractor"). 1. WORK. A. The Contractor will provide all work required by the Contract Documents (the "Work"). The Contractor agrees to do additional work arising from changes ordered by the City in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The Contractor and the City agree to abide by the terms and conditions contained in the Contract Documents; C. The Contractor will furnish all of the labor; supplies and materials; equipment; printing; vehicles; transportation; office space and facilities; all tests, testing and analyses; and all matters whatsoever (except as otherwise expressly specified to be furnished by the City) needed to perform and complete the Work and provide the services required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents. D. "Contract Documents" means the Notice Inviting Bids; Instructions to Bidders; Supplementary Instructions to Bidders; Proposal; this Contract; Standard Specifications; Supplementary Conditions; Exhibits; Technical Specifications; List of Drawings; Drawings; Addenda; Notice to Proceed; Change Orders; Notice of Completion; and all other documents identified in the Contract Documents which together form the contract between the City and the Contractor for the Work. The Contract Documents constitute the complete agreement between the City and the Contractor and supersede any previous agreements or understandings. 2. CONTRACT SUM. The City agrees to pay the Contractor a sum not to exceed Dollars ($ ) for the Work in the manner set forth in the Contract Documents. The City may adjust this amount as set forth in the Contract Documents. Agreement No. 6311 A. The Contractor will fully complete the Work within fifty-five (55) working days (the "Contract Time.") or no later than May 27, 2022, whichever occurs first. B. The Contract Time will commence when the City issues a Notice to Proceed. The Contract Documents will supersede any conflicting provisions included on the notice to proceed issued pursuant to this Contract. C. The Contractor may not perform any Work until: i. The Contractor furnishes proof of insurance as required by the Contract Documents; and i. The City gives the Contractor a written, signed, and numbered purchase order and notice to proceed. D. By signing this Contract, the Contractor represents to the City that the Contract Time is reasonable for completion of the Work and that the Contractor will complete the Work within the Contract Time. E. Should the Contractor begin the Work before receiving written authorization to proceed, any such Work is at the Contractor's own cost and risk. 4. DISPUTES. Disputes arising from this contract will be determined in accordance with the Contract Documents and Public Contracts Code §§ 10240-10240.13. 5. THIRD PARTY CLAIMS. In accordance with Public Contracts Code § 9201, the City will promptly inform the Contractor regarding third -party claims against the Contractor, but in no event later than ten (10) business days after the City receives such claims. Such notification will be in writing and forwarded in accordance with the "Notice" section of the Contract Documents. As more specifically detailed in the Contract Documents, the Contractor agrees to indemnify and defend the City against any third -party claim. 6. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. The Contractor will provide the City with a Taxpayer Identification Number. 7. PERMITS AND LICENSES. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor, at its sole expense, will obtain and maintain during the Contract Time, all necessary permits, licenses, and certificates that may be required in connection with the Work. OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS. All documents, data, studies, drawings, maps, models, photographs and reports prepared by the Contractor under the Contract Documents are the City's property. The Contractor may retain copies of said documents and materials as desired, but will deliver all original materials to the City upon the City's written notice. 1-D-2 Agreement No. 6311 9. INDEMNIFICATION. The Contractor agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold the City harmless as set forth in the Contract Documents. The requirements as to the types and limits of insurance coverage to be maintained by the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents, and any approval of such insurance by the City, are not intended to and will not in any manner limit or qualify the liabilities and obligations otherwise assumed by the Contractor pursuant to the Contract Documents, including, without limitation, to the provisions concerning indemnification. 10. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. The City and the Contractor agree that the Contractor will act as an independent contractor and will have control of all work and the manner in which is it performed. The Contractor will be free to contract for similar service to be performed for other employers while under contract with the City. The Contractor is not an agent or employee of the City and is not entitled to participate in any pension plan, insurance, bonus or similar benefits the City provides for its employees. Any provision in this Contract that may appear to give the City the right to direct the Contractor as to the details of doing the work or to exercise a measure of control over the work means that the Contractor will follow the direction of the City as to end results of the work only. 11. AUDIT OF RECORDS. The Contractor will maintain full and accurate records with respect to all services and matters covered under this Contract. The City will have free access at all reasonable times to such records, and the right to examine and audit the same and to make transcript therefrom, and to inspect all program data, documents, proceedings and activities. The Contractor will retain such financial and program service records for at least five (5) years after termination or final payment under the Contract Documents. 12. NOTICES. All communications to either party by the other party will be deemed made when received by such party at its respective name and address as follows: The City Lifan Xu City Engineer City of El Segundo 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245 (310) 524-2368 The Contractor Any such written communications by mail will be conclusively deemed to have been received by the addressee three (3) days after deposit thereof in the United States Mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed as noted above. In all other instances, notices will be deemed given at the time of actual delivery. Changes may be made in the names or addresses of persons to whom notices are to be given by giving notice in the manner prescribed in this paragraph. 13. NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY. This Contract and every provision herein is for the exclusive benefit of the Contractor and the City and not for the benefit of any other party. I-D-3 Agreement No. 6311 There will be no incidental or other beneficiaries of any of the Contractor's or the City's obligations under this Contract. 14. INTERPRETATION. This Contract was drafted in, and will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, and exclusive venue for any action involving this Contract will be in Los Angeles County. 15. EFFECT OF CONFLICT. In the event of any conflict, inconsistency, or incongruity between any provision of the Contract Documents, precedence will be as follows: A. This Contract; B. The Standard Specifications; and C, Precedence of documents as determined in the Standard Specifications. 16. SEVERABILITY. If any portion of the Contract Documents are declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then such portion will be deemed modified to the extent necessary in the opinion of the court to render such portion enforceable and, as so modified, such portion and the balance of this Contract will continue in full force and effect. 17. AUTHORITY/MODIFICATION. The Parties represent and warrant that all necessary action has been taken by the Parties to authorize the undersigned to execute this Contract and to engage in the actions described herein. This Contract may be modified by written amendment. The City's city manager, or designee, may execute any such amendment on the City's behalf. 18. ACCEPTANCE OF FACSIMILE SIGNATURES. The Parties agree that this Contract, agreements ancillary to this Contract, and related documents to be entered into in connection with this Contract will be considered signed when the signature of a party is delivered by facsimile transmission. Such facsimile signature will be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature. 19. COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS. The parties agree that all of the provisions hereof will be construed as both covenants and conditions, the same as if the words importing such covenants and conditions had been used in each separate paragraph. 20. CAPTIONS. The captions of the paragraphs of this Contract are for convenience of reference only and will not affect the interpretation of this Contract. 21. TIME IS OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence for each and every provision of the Contract Documents. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this contract the day and year first hereinabove written. I-D-4 Agreement No. 6311 Scott Mitnick City Manager ATTEST: Tracy Weaver, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: MARK D. HENSLEY, City Attorney David H. King, Assistant City Attorney Insurance Reviewed by: Taxpayer ID No. Contractor State License No.: Contractor City Business License No.: I-D-5 Agreement No. 6311 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOM FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 21-09 Bond No. Bond Fee: ("PRINCIPAL") and a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of and licensed by the State of California to execute bonds and undertakings as sole surety, as surety ("SURETY"), are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ("CITY") in the sum of DOLLARS, lawful money of the United States, which may be increased or decreased by a rider hereto executed in the same manner as this bond, for the payment of which sum PRINCIPAL and SURETY bind themselves, their successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by this instrument. PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply this bond for the faithful performance of any and all of the conditions and stipulations set forth in this bond, SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 21-09, and the public works contract executed with such Specifications. In the case of any default in the performance of the conditions and stipulations of this undertaking, it is agreed that PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply the bond or any portion thereof, to the satisfaction of any damages, reclamation, assessments, penalties, or deficiencies arising by reason of such default. BOND CONDITIONS 1. PRINCIPAL will construct the public improvements identified in SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 21-09, a copy of which is on file with CITY's Engineering Division ("Public Project"). Such performance will be in accordance with CITY's plans and profiles which are made a part of this bond when said plans and profiles are approved by the City Council and filed with CITY's Engineering Division. CITY has estimated the required amount of the bond as shown above. 2. PRINCIPAL's work on the Public Project will be done in accordance with CITY's plans and specifications and with any permit issued by CITY. Should PRINCIPAL fail to complete all required work within the time allowed, CITY may, at its sole discretion, cause all required work to be done and the parties executing the bond will be firmly bound for the payment of all necessary costs therefor. PRINCIPAL will guarantee its work against any defective work, labor, or I-E-1 Agreement No. 6311 materials on the Public Project for a period of one (1) year following the Public Project's completion and acceptance by CITY. 4. This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees due compliance with all applicable law including, without limitation, the El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC"). 5. SURETY, for value received, agrees that no changes, extensions of time, alteration or modification of SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 21-09 or of the obligation to be performed will in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the contract documents or of the obligation to be performed. 6. This bond consists of this instrument; the plans and specifications identified above; and the following two (2) attached exhibits all of which are incorporated herein by reference: A. A certified copy of the appointment, power of attorney, bylaws or other instrument entitling or authorizing the persons executing this bond to do so; B. A certificate issued by the county clerk for the county in which SURETY's representative is located conforming with California Code of Civil Procedure § 995.640 and stating that SURETY's certificate of authority has not been surrendered, revoked, cancelled, annulled, or suspended, or in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted; and 7. Should PRINCIPAL perform its obligations within the time allowed, PRINCIPAL's obligation will be void upon the acceptance of the performance by CITY; otherwise this obligation will remain in full force and effect. [SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE] I-E-2 Agreement No. 6311 SIGNED AND SEALED this day of PRINCIPAL's PRESIDENT PRINCIPAL's SECRETARY K SURETY's PRESIDENT SURETY's SECRETARY PRINCIPAL's MAILING ADDRESS: SURETY's MAILING ADDRESS: NOTE: (1) ALL signatures must be acknowledged by a notary public. Return one (1) original to City Clerk's Office. (2) Bond shall be effective for one (1) year after acceptance of the job. I-E-3 Agreement No. 6311 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOM FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 21-09 Bond No. Bond Fee: ("PRINCIPAL") and corporation as principal incorporated under the laws of the State of __ .............................. and licensed by the State of California to execute bonds and undertakings as sole surety, as surety ("SURETY"), are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ("CITY") in the sum of DOLLARS, lawful money of the United States, which may be increased or decreased by a rider hereto executed in the same manner as this bond, for the payment of which sum PRINCIPAL and SURETY bind themselves, their successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by this instrument. This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees payment by PRINCIPAL to contractors, subcontractors, and persons renting equipment; payment by PRINCIPAL and all PRINCIPAL'S subcontractors for all materials, provisions, provender, or other supplies, and equipment used in, upon, for or about the performance of the work contemplated in CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOM FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 21-09 ("Public Project"), the public works contract executed for such Public Project, and for all work or labor of any kind performed for the Public Project. In the case of any default in the performance of the conditions and stipulations of this undertaking, it is agreed that PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply the bond or any portion thereof, to the satisfaction of any damages, reclamation, assessments, penalties, or deficiencies arising by reason of such default. BOND CONDITIONS I. PRINCIPAL will construct the public improvements identified in SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 21-09, and the public works contract executed for such Specifications, copies of which is on file with CITY's Engineering Division ("Public Project"). Such performance will be in accordance with CITY's plans and profiles, which are made a part of this bond when said plans and profiles are approved by the City Council and filed with CITY's Engineering Division. 2. PRINCIPAL will pay all contractors, subcontractors, and persons renting equipment. 3. PRINCIPAL will pay for all materials and other supplies, for equipment used in, on, for or about the performance of the Public Project, and will pay for all work and labor I-F-1 Agreement No. 6311 thereon. 4. This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees due compliance with all applicable law including, without limitation, the El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC"). 5. SURETY, for value received, agrees that no changes, extensions of time, alteration or modification of SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 21-09, or of the obligation to be performed will in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the contract documents or of the obligation to be performed. 6. This bond consists of this instrument; the plans and specifications identified above; and the following TWO (2) attached exhibits all of which are incorporated herein by reference: A. A certified copy of the appointment, power of attorney, bylaws or other instrument entitling or authorizing the persons executing this bond to do so; and B. A certificate issued by the county clerk for the county in which SURETY's representative is located conforming with California Code of Civil Procedure § 995.640 and stating that SURETY's certificate of authority has not been surrendered, revoked, cancelled, annulled, or suspended, or in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted. 7. Should PRINCIPAL perform its obligations within the time allowed, PRINCIPAL's obligation will be void upon the acceptance of the performance by CITY; otherwise this obligation will remain in full force and effect. [SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE] I-F-2 Agreement No. 6311 SIGNED AND SEALED this _ day of PRINCIPAL's PRESIDENT PRINCIPAL's SECRETARY PRINCIPAL's MAILING ADDRESS 20 SURETY's PRESIDENT SURETY'S SECRETARY SURETY's MAILING ADDRESS: NOTE: (1) ALL signatures must be acknowledged by a notary public. Return one (1) original to City Clerk's Office. (2) Bond shall be effective for one (1) year after acceptance of the job. I-F-3 Agreement No. 6311 SECTION II - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CITY OF EL SEGUNDO PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 1. REGISTRATION OF CONTRACTORS No bid will be accepted from a Contractor who has not been licensed in accordance with the provisions of the laws of the State of California relating to licensing of contractors, for the type of work to be performed under this Contract. 2. INSURANCE AND CITY BUSINESS LICENSE Contractor and Sub -Contractors will obtain appropriate insurance and a City Business License before execution of the construction contract. 3. EMERGENCY INFORMATION The names, addresses and telephone numbers of the CONTRACTOR and subcontractors, or their representatives, will be filed with the City Engineer and the City Police Department BEFORE PERFORMING WORK. 4. FURNISHING OF WATER Water necessary for the prosecution of the work as herein specified will be furnished by the City in the following manner: The CONTRACTOR will deposit with the City Water/Wastewater Division the sum of One Thousand Four Hundred Forty -Four Dollars ($1,444.00) to insure against damage to a 2'/2" Fire Hydrant water meter which will be furnished and installed by the City at a point convenient to the site of the work. This deposit will be refunded to the CONTRACTOR upon completion of the Project if, after removal and inspection of said meter by the City, it is found to be in satisfactory condition. In event of damage to this meter while under the jurisdiction of the CONTRACTOR, all or any part of said deposit may be retained by the City. A non-refundable Activation Fee of One Hundred Ten Dollars ($110.00) will be charged upon activation of the temporary meter. 5. CALIFORNIA - OCCUP '_➢wIONAL SAFETY HEALTHwwADMINISTRATIO All work performed under this contract will be done in strict compliance with the Cal -OSHA Rules and Regulations, latest edition. II-A-1 Agreement No. 6311 6. SOUND CONTROL The Contractor will comply with all local sound control and noise level rules, regulations and ordinances that apply to any work performed pursuant to the contract. Each internal combustion engine, used for any purpose on the Project or related to the Project, will be equipped with a muffler of a type recommended by the manufacturer. No internal combustion engine will be operated on the Project without said muffler. The use of loud signals will be avoided in favor of light warnings except those required by safety laws for the protection of personnel. 7. AIR POLLUTION CONTROL The Contractor is put on notice that he must abide by all existing rules and regulations of the SCAQMD (South Coast Air Quality Management District), relating to all operations or equipment which discharge visible emissions or solid or liquid particles to the atmosphere. 8. WORKER UNIFORMS All workers under the employment of the Contractor or his/her Sub -Contractor will wear an orange vest or an orange shirt while working in the public right-of-way. II-A-2 Agreement No. 6311 0-0 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 0-1 GENERAL Except as modified by these Standard Specifications, the provisions of the latest edition of the "Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction" and its supplements prepared and promulgated by the Southern California Chapters of the American Public Works Association and the Associated General Contractors of America, constitute the Standard Specifications for this project. 0-2 NUMBERING OF SECTIONS The numbering contained within the Standard Specifications of the Contract Documents is intended to correspond with Greenbook numbering. 0-3 MODIFICATIONS To the extent that the provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with the Greenbook, the Contract Documents take precedence. 1-2 DEFINITIONS The following subsection is added to Subsection 1-2 of the Greenbook. 1-2.1 ADDITIONAL :1 EFINITIONS Acceptance — The date on which the City Council accepts the Work as complete. Architect, Design Engineers, Soils Engineer, Structural Engineers - Advisors employed by the City. Bidder - Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, submitting a proposal for the work contemplated, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative. City Council - The body constituting the awarding authority of the City. Compensable Delay -- a delay entitling the Contractor to an adjustment of the Contract Sum and an adjustment of the Contract Time in accordance with this Agreement. II-B-1 Agreement No. 6311 Due Notice - A written notification, given in due time, of a proposed action where such notification is required by the contract to be given a specified interval of time (usually 48 hours or two working days) before the commencement of the contemplated action. Notification may be from Engineer to Contractor or from Contractor to Engineer. Engineer - The City Engineer, or designee, as defined in the Greenbook. Unless otherwise provided, all correspondence and decisions made relative to the contract will be by the City Engineer or his designated representative. Greenbook — The most recent edition of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. PCC — California Public Contract Code. Prompt - The briefest interval of time required for a considered reply, including time required for approval of a governing body. Public Works Director — The City's Public Works Director, or designee. ❑ (Check if applicable) State Standard Specifications - State of California Standard Specifications, dated July 1992, Business and Transportation Agency, Department of Transportation Working Days - A working day is defined as any day, except Saturdays, Sundays, legal holidays and days when work is suspended by the Engineer, as provided in Subsection 6-3 and days determined to be non -working in accordance with Subsection 6-7, "Time of Completion." 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS The following Subsection is added to Subsection 1-3 of the Greenbook. 1-3.1 The following abbreviations are added to Subsection 1-3 of the Greenbook. AAN American Association of Nurserymen AGC Associated General Contractors of America AISC American Institute of Steel Construction APWA American Public Works Association ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers IEEE Institute of Electric and Electronic Engineers NEC National Electric Code Green Book The most current edition of the Standard Specification for Public Works Construction, and subsequent supplements prepared by Southern California Chapters of AGC and APWA WATCH Work Area Traffic Control Handbook SPPWC Standard Plans for Public Works Construction by the American Public II-B-2 Agreement No. 6311 Works Association current edition and subsequent supplements ASA American Standard Association CITY City of El Segundo SSP State of California Standard Plans, current edition SSS State of California Standard Specifications, current edition SECTION 2 — SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK The following subsections 2-1.1 and 2-1.2 are added to the Greenbook. 2-1.1 ACCESS TO PROJECT SITE Not later than the date designated in the current Contract Schedule submitted by the Contractor, the City will provide access to the real property and facilities upon which the Work is to be performed, including access to real property and facilities designated in the Contract Documents for the Contractor's use. 2-1.2 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents and all copies furnished to or provided by the Contractor are the City's property and may not be used on other work. 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS Subsection 2-3 Subcontractors of Greenbook is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following subsection. 2-3.1 GENERAL Except as provided in PCC § § 4100 et. seq., each bidder will file with its bid the name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvement, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specifically fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent of the prime contractor's total bid. Only one subcontractor will be listed for each portion of the work, which portion will be defined in the bid. In each instance, the nature and extent of the work to be sublet will be described. The failure of the Contractor to specify a subcontractor, or the listing of more than one subcontractor for the same portion of the work, constitutes an agreement by the Contractor that it is fully qualified to perform that portion itself and that it will perform that portion itself. The Contractor must have the City Council's written consent to substitute a subcontractor other than that designated in the original bid, to permit any subcontract to be assigned or transferred, or to allow a subcontract to be performed by other than the 11-B-3 Agreement No. 6311 original subcontractor. Subcontracting of work for which no subcontractor was designated in the original bid, and which is more than one-half of one percent of the work, will be allowed only in cases of public emergency or necessity, and then only after a finding reduced to writing as a public record of the City Council setting forth the facts constituting the emergency or necessity. Violation of any of the above provisions will be considered a breach of the Contract, and the City may terminate the Contractor's control over the Work, cancel the contract, or assess the Contractor a penalty of not more than ten percent of the subcontract involved. All persons engaged in the work, including subcontractors and their employees will be considered as employees of the Contractor. The Contractor will be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, procedures, and the coordination of all portions of the Work. The City will deal directly with, and make all payments to, the prime Contractor. When subcontracted work is not being prosecuted in a satisfactory manner, the Contractor will be notified to take corrective action. The Engineer may report the facts to the City Council. If the City Council so orders, and on receipt by the Contractor of written instructions from the Engineer, the subcontractor will be removed immediately from the Work. That subcontractor will not again be employed on the Work. If licensure or proper licensure is controverted, then proof of licensure pursuant to this section must be made by production of a verified certificate of licensure from the Contractors' State License Board which establishes that the individual or entity bringing the action was duly licensed in the proper classification of contractors at all times during the performance of any act or contract covered by the action. Nothing in this subdivision requires any person or entity controverting licensure or proper licensure to produce a verified certificate. When licensure or proper licensure is controverted, the burden of proof to establish licensure or proper licensure is on the licensee. 2-3.2 ADDITIONAL RESPONSIBILITY Add the following to Subsection 2-3.2 Additional Responsibility: The Contractor will submit experience statements for each subcontractor who will perform contract work that amounts to more than ten percent (10%) of the Work. 2-4 CONTRACT BONDS The following paragraph is added to Subsection 1-7.2 of the Greenbook. The Faithful Performance Bond and the Labor and Materials Bond must be paid up and II-B-4 Agreement No. 6311 in effect for one year after the acceptance of the job by the City in accordance with the guarantee required by Subsection 6-8.1. 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Subsection 2-5.1 of the Greenbook is replaced by the following subsection. 2-5.1 GENERAL The Contractor will maintain the following at the Work site: One as -built copy of the Plans and Specifications, in good order and marked to record current changes and selections made during construction. As -built plans are to be submitted to the City representative for approval prior to acceptance of the project as complete. 2. The current accepted Contract Schedule. 3. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples.. 4. Approved permits from other agencies, including Cal -OSHA permits for trench shoring. All other required submittals, The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents will govern the Work. The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative and to describe and provide for a complete project. Anything in the Specifications and not on the Plans, or on the Plans and not in the Specifications, will be as though shown or mentioned in both. Payment for any items on the plans for which there are no specific bid item will be included in the various items of work or in any item to which it is appurtenant. If the Contractor performs any work which it knows or should know involves an error, inconsistency, or omission without notifying and obtaining written consent from the Engineer, the Contractor will be responsible for the resulting losses, including, without limitation, the costs of correcting defective work. 2-5.2 PRECEDENCE OF CONTRACT CT DOCUMENTS The following paragraph is added to subsection 2-5.2 of the Greenbook: As the figured dimensions shown on the plans and in the specifications of the Contract may not in every case agree with scaled dimensions, the figured dimensions will be followed in preference to the scaled dimensions, and plans to a large scale will be II-B-5 Agreement No. 6311 followed in preference to the plans to a small scale. Should it appear that the work to be done, or any of the matters relative thereto, are not sufficiently detailed or explained in the Contract, the Contractor will apply to the Engineer for such further explanations as may be necessary, and will conform thereto as part of the Contract so far as may be consistent with the terms thereof. Any items shown on drawings and not mentioned in the specifications will be of like effect as if shown or mentioned in both. 2-5.5 ACCURACY OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Although it is believed that much of the information pertaining to conditions and existing utilities that may affect the cost of the Work will be shown on the Plans or indicated in the Specifications, the City does not warrant the completeness or accuracy of such information. The Contractor will carefully study and compare each of the Contract Documents with the others and with information furnished by the City and will promptly report in writing to the Engineer any errors, inconsistencies, or omissions in the Contract Documents or inconsistencies with applicable law observed by the Contractor. The Contractor will take field measurements, verify field conditions, perform soil investigations, and carefully compare with the Contract Documents such field measurements, conditions, and other information known to the Contractor before commencing the Work. Errors, inconsistencies, or omissions discovered at any time will be promptly reported in writing to the Engineer. 2-8 RIGHT-OF-WAY The following subsection is added to Subsection 2-8 of the Greenbook. 2-8.1 ADDITIONAL WORK AREAS AND FACILITIES When the Contractor arranges for additional temporary work areas and facilities, the Contractor will provide the City with proof that the additional work areas or facilities have been left in a condition satisfactory to the owner(s) of said work areas or facilities before acceptance of the work. 2-9 SURVEYING Subsection 2-9.3, Survey Service, is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following subsection: 2-9.3 SURVEY SERVICE 2-9.3.1 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYING The Contractor will provide for all construction surveying required to layout, monitor II-B-6 Agreement No. 6311 and complete the work. The surveying will be performed by a Land Surveyor or Civil Engineer authorized to practice land surveying by the State of California. The Project Benchmark is shown on the plans. The Contractor will establish all necessary control lines based on the plans and record information on file with the County of Los Angeles Surveyor and the Engineer. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to protect the survey control as shown on the plans. If the survey control is destroyed or disturbed during construction, the Contractor will provide for resetting them and file appropriate documents with the County of Los Angeles at the direction of the Engineer. Computations, survey notes, and other data used to accomplish the work will be neat, legible and accurate. Copies of all computations, survey notes, and other data (electronic format may be required) will be furnished to the Engineer before beginning work that requires their use. 2-9.3.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Construction Survey — Unless a separate bid item is provided, payment will be considered included in the other items of the bid and no additional payment will be made therefore. 3-3.2.2 BASIS FOR ESTABLISHING COSTS Subsection 3-3.2.2 (c), Tool and Equipment Rental is modified where the second and third paragraphs are replaced with "Regardless of ownership, the rates to be used in determining the equipment usage costs will not exceed those listed for the same or similar equipment in the California State Department of Transportation publication of Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rates effective for the period of usage." 3-3.2.3 MARK UP Subsection 3-3.2.3, Mark Up, is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following subsection: (a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages will be added to the Contractor's costs and will constitute the markup for all overhead and profits. 1) Labor............................................20 2) Materials................................---15 3) Equipment Rental ..................... —15 4) Other Items and Expenditures......15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this subsection, 1 percent will be added as compensation for bonding. No other formula, e.g., the Eichleay II-B-7 Agreement No. 6311 or other method, may be used to calculate daily damages for office overhead, profit, or other purported loss. (b) Work by Subcontractors. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in 3-3.2.3(a) will be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. (c) In the event that City becomes liable to Contractor for compensable delays, City agrees to pay Contractor the daily Contractor Delay Damages set forth in the Bid Form or Contractor's actual daily delay damages, whichever is less, for each day of Compensable Delay as provided for by these Contract Documents. 3-3.3 DAILY REPORTS 13YITCONTRACTOR Add the following paragraph to subsection 3-3.3, Daily Reports by Contractor: If disagreement continues regarding extra work, the Contractor may seek compensation in accordance with the Claims procedure. Daily Reports required by this subsection must be made part of the Claim as supporting data for the Claim. 3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS Subsection 3-4, Changed Conditions, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following subsection: If the Contractor encounters concealed or unknown conditions that differ materially from those anticipated or expected ("changed conditions"), the Contractor will immediately notify the Engineer in writing of such changed conditions (upon discovery and before disturbing such changed conditions), as provided in Subsection 6-11, so that the Engineer can determine if such conditions require design details that differ from those design details shown in the Contract Documents. Notwithstanding the thirty (30) day time period set forth in Subsection 6-11.3, the Contractor will be liable to the City for any extra costs incurred as a result of the Contractor's failure to promptly give such notice. Changed conditions will include, without limitation, the following: Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those represented in the Contract Documents; 2. Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character being performed; and Agreement No. 6311 3. Material differing from what is represented in the Contract which the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste as defined in California Health & Safety Code § 25117 that is required to be removed to a Class I, II, or III disposal site in accordance with applicable law. The Engineer will promptly investigate conditions that appear to be changed conditions. The Engineer's decision, and any dispute regarding that decision, will be made in accordance with Section 6-11 except that the Engineer will render a decision promptly. Any information provided pursuant to INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS is subject to the following provisions: 1, The information is made available for the Bidders' convenience and is not a part of the Contract. 2. The City has not determined the accuracy or completeness of such information and all such information is made available to Bidders without any representation or warranty by the City whatsoever as to its accuracy, completeness, or relevancy. 3. Bidders will independently evaluate such information for their use and will be solely responsible for use or interpretation of such information. Any such use or interpretation will not be the basis of any claim against the City. 3-5 DISPUTED WORK Subsection 3-5 is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following subsection. If the Contractor and the City do not reach agreement on disputed work, the City may direct the Contractor to proceed with the work. Any payment for the disputed work will be determined pursuant to the claims procedures in these Standard Specifications. Although not to be construed as proceeding under extra work provisions, the Contractor will keep and furnish records of disputed work as required by the Contract Documents. 4-1.3 N] E.71mON REQUIREMENTS Subsection 4-1.3, Inspection Requirements, is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following subsections. 4-1.3.1 GENERAL Unless otherwise specified, inspection at the source of production for such materials and fabricated items as bituminous paving mixtures, structural concrete, fabricated metal products, cast metal products, welding, reinforced and unreinforced concrete pipe, application of protective coatings, and similar shop and plant operations is not required. A certificate of compliance, signed by an authorized officer of the producer, certifying II-B-9 Agreement No. 6311 compliance with the contract documents will be submitted for all of the following materials: steel pipe, sizes less than 18 inches; vitrified clay pipe; asbestos cement pipe; cast iron pipe; reinforced concrete pipe; non -reinforced concrete pipe; and PVC sewer and water pipe; subject to sampling and testing by City. Standard items of equipment, such as electric motors, conveyors, plumbing fittings and fixtures, lumber, plywood, and so on, are subject to inspection at the job site. All other equipment items will be inspected and tested in accordance with the contract documents. The City does not provide full time inspection. The Contractor will provide 24-hour minimum notice for each inspection required by the work unless other arrangements have been agreed upon, in writing, with the City Engineer. Any inspection required outside of normal working hours and days, including holidays, will be at the Contractor's cost at rates established by the City. 4-1.3.2INSPECTION OF MATERIALS NOT PRODUCED LOCALLY Contractor purchased materials, fabricated items, and equipment, produced at sources located more than 50 miles outside the corporate limits of the City, and which are specified to be inspected in the Contract Documents, will be inspected by inspectors or testing laboratories arranged for and paid for by City. Report of such inspection must be submitted to the City. If any item inspected fails to meet the specified criteria, the Contractor will pay all costs for reinspection, and such costs may be deducted from payments due to the Contractor. 4-1.6 TIZADl mNAMIS OR EQUAL Whenever any material, product, equipment, or service is specified by brand, trade, or proprietary name, the item so specified will be deemed to be followed by the words "or equal". For the City's consideration of a proposed "equal" item, the Bidder will submit, a minimum of ten (10) calendar days before the date of the bid opening, documentation of the particulars of the proposed "equal item". At a minimum, the submitted documentation will include: Written request with explanation of why the product should be considered as an equal product. Material specifications. Technical specifications. Test data. Samples. Comparison chart of key specifications of the "equal" item against similar specifications of the specified item. II-B-10 Agreement No. 6311 Work locations and reference telephone numbers of at least three (3) locations where the proposed "equal" item has been recently installed under similar conditions. Warranty data. The Bidder will be notified by the Engineer whether or not the proposed "equal" product is acceptable to the City five (5) calendar days before the date of the bid opening. Failure to submit all required documentation and/or submittal of incomplete documents may result in the City's rejection of the proposed "equal" product without further consideration. 5-2 PROTECTION The following subsection is added to Subsection 5-2 of the Greenbook. 5-2.1 GNCO ECT 1.,,O( A'I"'lONO U'1.°l.Ll1l ��.tS If the Contractor, while performing the Work, discovers utility facilities not identified correctly or not shown in the contract plans or specifications by the City, the Contractor will immediately notify the City and utility owner in writing. 5-4 RELOCATION The following subsection is added to Subsection 5-4 of the Greenbook. 5-4.1 RESPONSIBILITY OF C"rn,1TY REMOVAL OR RELOCATION The City will be responsible to arrange for the removal, repair, or relocation of existing utilities located within the project limits if such utilities are not correctly identified in the contract plans or specifications by the City. The City will have the sole discretion to perform repairs or relocation work or permit the Contractor to do such repairs or relocation. 5-5 DELAYS The following paragraphs are added to Subsection 5-5 of the Greenbook. Actual loss, as used in this Subsection, will be understood to include no items of expense other than idle time of equipment and necessary payments for idle time of workers, cost of extra moving of equipment, and cost of longer hauls. Compensation for idle time of equipment and idle time of workers will be determined by Subsection 5-5.1 and no markup will be added in either case for overhead and profit. The cost of extra moving of equipment and the cost of longer hauls will be paid for as extra work. The following subsection is added to Subsection 5-5 of the Greenbook. II-B-11 Agreement No. 6311 Equipment idle time will calculated in accordance with Subsection 3-3.2.2(c) and based upon the actual normal working time during which the delay condition exists, but in no case will exceed 8 hours in any one day. The days for which compensation will be paid will be the calendar days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays, during the existence of the delay. Worker idle time will be calculated in accordance with Subsection 3-3.2.2(a). 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK Section 6-1, Construction Schedule and Commencement of Work, is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following subsections. Pre -Construction !"' e : After contract award, the City will arrange for a pre -construction meeting to discuss the construction of the project. City will invite utility agencies and the contractor will arrange for all of its sub -contractors to attend the meeting. 6-1.1 CONTRACT SCHEDULE After notification of award and before starting any work, the Contractor will submit a Contract Schedule to the Engineer for review, as required by these Specifications within fifteen (15) days of award. 6-1.2 CONTENT OF "ON"TRACT SCHEDULE; The Contract Schedule, and any updated Contract Schedule, will meet the following requirements: 1. Schedules must be suitable for monitoring progress of the Work. 2. Schedules must provide necessary data about the time for the Engineer's decisions. 3. Schedules must be sufficiently detailed to demonstrate adequate planning for the Work. 4. Schedules must represent a practical plan to complete the Work within the Contract Time. 5. Schedules must show the critical path method for completing the Work. The Engineer's review of the form and general content of the Contract Schedule and any updated Contract Schedules is only for the purpose of determining if the listed requirements are satisfied, nothing more. II-B-12 Agreement No. 6311 6-1.3 EFFECT OF CONTRACT SCHEDULE The Contract Schedule, and any updated Contract Schedules, will represent a practical plan to complete the Work within the Contract Time. Extension of any schedule beyond the Contract Time will not be acceptable. Schedules showing the Work completed in less than the Contract may be acceptable if judged by the Engineer to be practical. Acceptance of such a schedule by the Engineer will not change the Contract Time. The Contract Time, not the Contract Schedule, will control in determining liquidated damages payable by the Contractor and in determining any delay. If a schedule showing the Work completed in less than the Contract Time is accepted, the Contractor will not be entitled to extensions of the Contract Time for Excusable Delays or Compensable Delays or to adjustments of the Contract Sum for Compensable Delays until such delays extend the completion of the Work beyond the expiration of the Contract Time. The Contractor will plan, develop, supervise, control, and coordinate the performance of the Work so that its progress and the sequence and timing of Work activities conform to the current accepted Contract Schedule. The Contractor will continuously obtain from Subcontractors information and data about the planning for and progress of the Work and the delivery of equipment, will coordinate and integrate such information and data into updated Contract Schedules, and will monitor the progress of the Work and the delivery of equipment. The Contractor will act as the expeditor of potential and actual delays, interruptions, hindrances, or disruptions for its own forces and those forces of Subcontractors. The Contractor will cooperate with the Engineer in developing the Contract Schedule and updated Contract Schedules. The Engineer's review and comments about any schedule or scheduling data will not relieve the Contractor from its sole responsibility to plan for, perform, and complete the Work within the Contract Time. Review and comments about any schedule will not transfer responsibility for any schedule to the Engineer or the City nor imply their agreement with (1) any assumption upon which such schedule is based or (2) any matter underlying or contained in such schedule. The Engineer's failure to discover errors or omissions in schedules that have been reviewed, or to inform the Contractor that the Contractor, Subcontractors, or others are behind schedule, or to direct or enforce procedures for complying with the Contract Schedule will not relieve the Contractor from its sole responsibility to perform and complete the Work within the Contract Time and will not be a cause for an adjustment of the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. The Contractor will perform the Work in accordance with the currently accepted Contract Schedule. II-B-13 Agreement No. 6311 The Contract Time will commence when the City issues a Notice to Proceed. The Work will start on the date specified in the Notice to Proceed and within a maximum of fifteen (15) days after the date of the Notice to Proceed, and be diligently prosecuted to completion with the time provided in the Specifications. 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR The language in subsection 6-4 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following subsections. 6-4.1 GENERAL Should the Contractor fail to begin delivery of material and equipment, to commence the Work within the time specified, to maintain the rate of delivery of material, to execute the Work in the manner and at such locations as specified, or fail to maintain the Work schedule (as determined by the current accepted Contract Schedule) which will ensure the City's interest, or if the Contractor is not carrying out the intent of the Contract, the City may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract. 6-4.2 TERMINATION „OF CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL OVER THE WORK The City may terminate the Contractor's control over the Work without liability for damages when, in the City's opinion, the Contractor is not complying in good faith, has become insolvent, or has assigned or subcontracted any part of the Work without the City's consent. Should such termination occur, the Contractor will be paid the actual amount due based on Contract Unit Prices or lump sums bid and the quantity and quality of the work completed and in place at the time of termination, less damages caused to the City by the Contractor's action or inaction. In the event of such termination of control, the City may do any one, or combination of, the following: 1. Serve written notice upon the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract. In such event the Surety will, within 5 days, assume control and perform the Work as successor to the Contractor; 2. The City may perform the Work itself and deduct the cost thereof from any payment due to the Contractor; 3, The City may replace the Contractor with a different contractor to complete the work and deduct the cost thereof from any payment due to the Contractor. Nothing herein will waive, or serve as a limitation upon, any additional remedy the City may have under these Contract Documents or applicable law. II-B-14 Agreement No. 6311 6-4.3 SURETY'S ASSUMPTION OF CONTROL Should the Surety assume any part of the Work, it will take the Contractor's place in all respects for that part, and will be paid by the City for all work performed by it in accordance with the Contract. If the Surety assumes the entire Contract, all money due the Contractor at the time of its default will be payable to the Surety as the Work progresses, subject to the terms of the Contract. If the Surety does not assume control and perform the Work within 5 days after receiving notice of cancellation, or fails to continue to comply, the City may exclude the Surety from the premises. The City may then take possession of all material and equipment and complete the Work by City's forces, by letting the unfinished work to another contractor, or by a combination of such methods. In any event, the cost of completing the Work will be charged against the Contractor and its Surety and may be deducted from any money due or becoming due from the City. If the sums due under the Contract are insufficient for completion, the Contractor or Surety will pay to the City within 5 days of completion, all costs in excess of the sums due. The provisions of this subsection will be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the City under applicable law. 6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME Subsections 6-6.1 to 6-6.4 are deleted and replaced with the following subsections. 6-6.1 GENERAL If delays are caused by unforeseen events beyond the control of the Contractor, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided herein, but the Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays except as otherwise provided herein. Excusable delay may include: war, earthquakes exceeding 3.5 on the Richter Scale, government regulation, labor disputes outside the contemplation of the parties, strikes outside the contemplation of the parties, fires, floods, changes to the Work as identified herein, or other specific events that may be further described in the Specifications. Delays to the project caused by labor disputes or strikes involving trades not directly related to the project, or involving trades not affecting the project as a whole will not warrant an extension of time. The City will not grant an extension of time for a delay by the Contractor's inability to obtain materials unless the Contractor furnishes to the Engineer documentary proof. The proof must be provided in a timely manner in accordance with the sequence of the Contractor's operations and accepted construction schedule. II-B-15 Agreement No. 6311 Should delays be caused by events other than those included herein, the Engineer may, but is not required to, deem an extension of time to be in the City's best interests. 6-6.2 EXTENSIONS OF TIME If granted, extensions of time will be based upon the effect of delays to the critical path of the Work as determined by the current accepted Contract Schedule. Delays to minor portions of the Work that do not affect the critical path will not be eligible for extensions of time. 6-6.3 PAYMENT FOR DELAYS TO CONTRACTOR Any payment for compensable delay will be based upon actual costs as set forth in Subsection 5-5 excluding, without limitation, what damages, if any, the Contractor may have reasonably avoided. The Contractor understands that this is the sole basis for recovering delay damages and explicitly waives any right to calculate daily damages for office overhead, profit, or other purported loss, using different formulas including, without limitation, the Eichleay Formula. 6-6.4 WRITTEN NOTICE AND REPORT If the Contractor desires payment for a delay or an extension of time, it will give the Engineer written notice of such request not later than the time limit set forth in the Proposal for submitting a claim after the event or occurrence giving rise to a delay claim. Failure to submit a written request within such amount of time will result in the Contractor waiving its delay claim. Any claim for payment or an extension of time must be in the form required by the "Claims" sections of these Specifications. In no event will the City grant the Contractor an extension of time if the delay is within the Contract Time as identified by the Contract Documents. 6-7.2 WORK DAYS AND WORKING HOURS City Hall is open from Monday thru Thursday lam -6pm. It is closed every other Friday and the following holidays: New Year's Day Martin Luther King, Jr. Day President's Day Memorial Day Independence Day Labor Day Veterans' Day Thanksgiving II-B-16 Agreement No. 6311 Christmas Eve Christmas New Year's Eve On workdays, Contractor's activities will be confined to the hours between 7:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. Please see Section 6-7.5 below for weekend and holiday work restrictions.. 6-7.4 NIGHT WORK The following paragraph is added to Section 6-7 of the Greenbook: The City will not permit Work between the hours of 4 p.m. and 7 a.m. of the following day unless specifically provided for in the bid documents or unless the Contractor receives prior written approval. 6-7.5 WEEKEND AND HOLIDAY WORK The Engineer may, but is not required to, allow the Contractor to work on Saturdays, Sundays and City Holidays. 6-8 COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE Subsection 6-8 is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: The Work will be inspected by the Engineer for acceptance upon the Engineer receiving the Contractor's written assertion that the Work is complete. If, in the Engineer's judgment, the Work is complete and is ready for acceptance, the Engineer will accept the Work on behalf of the City in the manner prescribed by the City. The Engineer will recommend approval of the Notice of Completion to the City Council. This will be the date when the Contractor is relieved from responsibility to protect the Work. All work will be guaranteed by the Contractor against defective workmanship and materials furnished by the Contractor for a period of 1 year from the date the Work was completed. The Contractor will replace or repair any such defective work in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, after notice to do so from the Engineer, and within the time specified in the notice. If the Contractor fails to make such replacement or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the City may perform this work and the Contractor's sureties will be liable for the cost thereof. 6-8.1 GENERAL GUARANTY The Contractor will remedy any defects in the work and pay for any damage to other II-B-17 Agreement No. 6311 work resulting therefrom, which will appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work unless a longer period is specified. The owner will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. 6-9 LtQ-- L J).ATEQ DAMAGES Subsection 6-9, Liquidated Damages, of the Greenbook is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following subsections. 6-9.1 l=A1LLJRE TO COMPLETE WORK ON "1"1 ' E If all the work called for under the contract is not completed before or upon the expiration of the Contract Time, the City will sustain damage. Since it is and will be impracticable to determine the actual damage which the City will sustain in the event of and by reason of such delay, it is therefore agreed that the Contractor will pay to the City the sum specified in the Proposal for each and every calendar day beyond the time prescribed to complete the work not as a penalty, but as a predetermined liquidated damage. The Contractor agrees to pay such liquidated damages as are herein provided, and in case the same are not paid, agrees that the City may deduct the amount thereof from any money due or that may become due to the Contractor under the contract. Unless otherwise specified, liquidated damages will be $250 per calendar day. 6-11 DISPUTES AND CLAIMS: PROCEDURE 6-11.1 GENERAL Consistent with PCC § 10240.6, "Claim" means a written demand or assertion by the Contractor that seeks an adjustment or interpretation of the terms of the Contract Documents, payment of money, extension of time, or other relief with respect to the Contract Documents, including a determination of disputes or matters in question between the City and the Contractor arising out of or related to the Contract Documents or the performance of the Work, and claims alleging an unforeseen condition or an act, error, or omission by the City, the Engineer, their agents or employees. "Claim" does not mean, and the Claims procedures herein do not apply, to the following: 1. Claims respecting penalties for forfeitures prescribed by statute or regulations, which a government agency is specifically authorized to administer, settle, or determine. 2. Claims respecting personal injury, death, reimbursement, or other compensation arising out of or resulting from liability for personal injury or death. 3. Claims respecting a latent defect, breach of warranty, or guarantee to repair. 4. Claims respecting stop notices. If a Claim is subject to the Change Order procedures, the Claim arises upon the issuance of a written final decision denying in whole or in part the Contractor's Change Order II-B-18 Agreement No. 6311 Request. If a Claim is not subject to the Change Order Procedures, the Claim arises when the Contractor discovers, or reasonably should discover, the condition or event giving rise to the Claim. 6-11.2 FORM A Claim must include the following: A statement that it is a Claim and a request for a decision. 2. A detailed description of the act, error, omission, unforeseen condition, event or other condition giving rise to the Claim. 3, If the Claim is subject to the Change Order procedures, a statement demonstrating that a Change Order Request was timely submitted and denied. 4. A detailed justification for any remedy or relief sought by the Claim, including to the extent applicable, the following: a) If the Claim involves extra work, a detailed cost breakdown claimed. The breakdown must be provided even if the costs claimed have not been incurred when the Claim is submitted. b) To the extent costs have been incurred when the Claim is submitted, the Claim must include actual cost records (including, without limitation, payroll records, material and rental invoices) demonstrating that costs claimed have actually been incurred. c) To the extent costs have not yet been incurred at the time the Claim is submitted, actual cost records must be submitted on a current basis not less than once a week during any periods costs are incurred. A cost record will be considered current if submitted within 7 days of the date the cost reflected in the record is incurred. At the Engineer's request, claimed extra costs may be subject to further verification procedures (such as having an inspector verify the performance of alleged extra work on a daily basis). If the Claim involves an error or omission in the Contract Documents: a) An affirmative representation that the error or omission was not discovered before submitting a bid for the Contract; and b) A detailed statement demonstrating that the error or omission reasonably should not have been discovered by the Contractor, its Subcontractors and suppliers, before submitting a bid for the Contract. 11-B-19 Agreement No. 6311 6. If the Claim involves an extension of the Contract Time, written documentation demonstrating the Contractor's entitlement to a time extension. 7. If the Claim involves an adjustment of the Contract Sum for delay, written documentation demonstrating the Contractor's entitlement to such an adjustment. 8. A personal certification from the Contractor that reads as follows: 1, , BEING THE (MUST BE AN OFFICER) OF (CONTRACTOR NAME), DECLARE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW, AND DO PERSONALLY CERTIFY AND ATTEST THAT I HAVE THOROUGHLY REVIEWED THE ATTACHED CLAIM FOR ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION OR EXTENSION OF TIME, AND KNOW ITS CONTENTS, AND SAID CLAIM IS MADE IN GOOD FAITH; THE SUPPORTING DATA IS TRUTHFUL AND ACCURATE; THAT THE AMOUNT REQUESTED ACCURATELY REFLECTS THE CONTRACT ADJUSTMENT FOR WHICH THE CONTRACTOR BELIEVES CITY IS LIABLE; AND, FURTHER, THAT I AM FAMILIAR WITH CALIFORNIA PENAL CODE § 72 AND CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE § 12650, ET SEQ., PERTAINING TO FALSE CLAIMS, AND FURTHER KNOW AND UNDERSTAND THAT SUBMITTING OR CERTIFYING A FALSE CLAIM MAY LEAD TO FINES, IMPRISONMENT, AND OTHER SEVERE LEGAL CONSEQUENCES." 6-11.3 CLAIMS SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER Within 30 days after the circumstances giving rise to a Claim occur, the Contractor will submit its Claim to the Engineer for a decision. Regardless of any Claim submittal, or any dispute regarding a Claim, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, the Contractor will not cause any delay, cessation, or termination of the Work, but will diligently proceed with the performing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Except as otherwise provided, the City will continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 6-11.4 CLAIM IS PREREQUISITE TO OTHER REMEDY The Contractor certifies that it is familiar with PCC § 10240.2 and understands and agrees that submitting a Claim in accordance with these Specifications is an express condition precedent to the Contractor's right to otherwise pursue a claim whether through alternative dispute resolution or by litigation. Should the Contractor fail to submit a claim in accordance with these Specifications, including the time limits set forth herein, it will waive any right to a remedy, whether in law or equity, it might otherwise have pursuant to the Contract Documents or applicable law. II-B-20 Agreement No. 6311 6-11.5 DECISION ON CLAIMS The Engineer will promptly review Claims submitted by the Contractor in accordance with these Specifications. Should the Engineer require additional supporting evidence to evaluate the claim, the Engineer will request such additional information in writing. Any such requested data will be furnished not later than 10 days after the Contractor receives the Engineer's request. The Engineer will render a decision not later than 60 days after either receiving the Claim or the deadline for furnishing additional supporting data, whichever is later. If the Engineer fails to render a decision within the time period established herein, then the Claim will be deemed denied. The Engineer's decision will be final and binding unless appealed in accordance with these Specifications. The Engineer's decision on a Claim will include a statement substantially as follows: "This is a decision pursuant to the General Specifications of your contract. If you are dissatisfied with the decision, and have complied with the procedural requirements for asserting claims, you may have the right to alternative dispute resolution or litigation. Should you fail to take appropriate action within 30 days of the date of this decision, the decision will be come final and binding and not subject to further appeal." 6-11.6 APPEAL OF ENGINEER'S DECISION Should the Contractor dispute the Engineer's decision, then the Contractor must appeal that decision to the City's Public Works Director within 30 days of receiving the Engineer's decision. The Public Works Director will address disputes or claims within 30 calendar days after receiving such request and all necessary supporting data. The Public Works Director's decision on the dispute or claim will be the City's final decision. If the Contractor disputes the Public Works Director's decision, then the Contractor must demand alternative dispute resolution in accordance with this Section and the PCC within 30 days of the City's final decision. 6-11.7 MEDIATION If the City and the Contractor agree, disputes between the parties may be submitted to non -binding mediation. If the parties cannot agree to an alternative form of mediation, then mediation will be administered by the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") under its Construction Industry Mediation Rules, unless the use of such rules are waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The parties may, but are not required to be, represented by counsel in mediation. II-B-21 Agreement No. 6311 The requirement for mediation will not alter or modify the time limitations otherwise provided for claims and no conduct or settlement negotiation during mediation will be considered a waiver of the City's right to assert that claim procedures were not followed. 6-11.8 ARBITRATION If the City and Contractor do not agree to mediation, then a disputes will be submitted to neutral non -binding (except as provided herein) arbitration. Arbitration will be conducted in accordance with PCC § 10240.3. Any decision rendered by an arbitrator will be consistent with PCC § 10240.8. The exclusive venue for any arbitration will be in Los Angeles County. The expenses and fees of the arbitrators and the administrative fees, if any, will be divided among the parties equally. Each party will pay its own counsel fees, witness fees, and other expenses incurred for its own benefit. 6-11.9 WHEN ARBITRATION DECISION BECOMES BINDING The decision rendered by the arbitrator will become binding upon the parties unless appealed to the Los Angeles County Superior Court pursuant to PCC § 10240.12 within 30 days of the decision. If subsequent litigation results in an award to the party appealing the arbitration that is less than or equal to that of the arbitration decision, or if the litigation results in a decision in favor of the nonappealing party, then the party appealing the arbitration will pay the nonappealing party's attorney's fees and court costs. 6-11.10 APPEAL TO SUPERIOR COURT: WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL Should a party timely object to the arbitration decision, it may file a petition with the Los Angeles County Superior Court in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure ("CCP") §§ 1285, et seq. Notwithstanding the limitations set forth in CCP § 1286.2, the court may vacate, correct, or adjust an arbitration award, and enter judgment in accordance with CCP § 1287.4, for any legal or equitable basis including, without limitation, error of law. The court will apply the substantial evidence standard of review when considering the appeal of an objecting party. BY EXECUTING THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO HAVE DISPUTES OR CONTROVERSY CONCERNING THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, PERFORMANCE, OR BREACH OF THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING CLAIMS FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT OR ISSUES OF BAD FAITH DECIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 6-11. BOTH THE CITY AND THE CONTRACTOR WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL FOR THESE DISPUTES OR ISSUES. II-B-22 Agreement No. 6311 6-11.11 AB 626 CLAIMS PROCESS Claims made by a Contractor for one or more of the following are subject to the claim resolution process set forth in Public Contract Code section 9204: (A) A time extension, including, without limitation, for relief from damages or penalties for delay assessed by the city under a contract for a public works project. (B) Payment by the city of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public works project and payment for which is not otherwise expressly provided or to which the claimant is not otherwise entitled. (C) Payment of an amount that is disputed by the city. 7-2 LABOR The following subsections are added to Subsection 7-2 of the Green Book. 7-2.3 PREVAILING WAGES The Contractor will post at appropriate conspicuous points at the site of the project a schedule showing determinations of the Director of Industrial Relations of the prevailing rate of per diem wages. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages. One source that may be used is the California Department of Industrial Relations website which is currently located at www.dir.ca.gov, or by calling the Prevailing Wage Unit at (415) 703-4774. Attention is directed to Labor Code §§ 1777.5, 1777.6 and 3098 concerning the employment of apprentices by the Contractor or any subcontractor. Labor Code § 1777.5 requires the Contractor or subcontractor employing tradesmen in any apprenticeship occupation to apply to the joint apprenticeship committee nearest the site of the public works project and which administers the apprenticeship program in that trade for a certificate of approval. The certificate will also fix the ratio of apprentices to journeymen that will be used in the performance of the contract. The ratio of apprentices to journeymen in such cases will not be less than one to five except: a) When employment in the area of coverage by the joint apprenticeship committee has exceeded an average of 15 percent in the 90 days before the request for certificate, or b) When the number of apprentices in training in the area exceeds a ratio of one to five, or c) When the trade can show that it is replacing at least 1/30 of its membership 11-B-23 Agreement No. 6311 through apprenticeship training on an annual basis state-wide or locally, or d) When the Contractor provides evidence that the Contractor employs registered apprentices on all of his contracts on an annual average of not less than one apprentice to eight journeymen. The Contractor is required to make contributions to funds established for the administration of apprenticeship programs if the Contractor employs registered apprentices or journeymen in any apprenticeable trade on such contracts and if other contractors on the public works site are malting such contributions. The Contractor and any subcontractor will comply with Labor Code §§ 1777.5 and 1777.6 in the employment of apprentices. Information relative to apprenticeship standards, wage schedules and other requirements may be obtained from the Director of Industrial Relations, ex-officio the Administrator of Apprenticeship, San Francisco, California, or from the Division of Apprenticeship Standards and its branch offices. 7-2.4 RECORD OF WAGES PAID: INSPECTION Every Contractor and subcontractor will keep an accurate certified payroll records showing the name, occupation, and the actual per diem wages paid to each worker employed in connection with the Work. The record will be kept open at all reasonable hours to the inspection of the body awarding the contract and to the Division of Labor Law Enforcement. If requested by the City, the Contractor will provide copies of the records at its cost. 7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE Subsection 7-3, Liability Insurance, of the Greenbook is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following subsections. 7-3.1 GENERAL Contractor will procure and maintain for the duration of the contract the following insurance coverages and limits against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work covered by this agreement by the Contractor, its agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors: COVERAGE PER ISO FORM COMBINED OCCURRENCE SINGLE LIMIT Comprehensive General Liability CL 00 02 01 85 or 88 $2,000,000 Business Auto CA 00 01 01 87 $1,000,000 II-B-24 Agreement No. 6311 Workers' Compensation Statutory Contractor will provide endorsements or other proof of coverage for contractual liability. Combined single limit per occurrence will include coverage for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage for each accident. If Commercial General Liability Insurance or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, the policy will be endorsed such that the general aggregate limit will apply separately to this contract and a copy of the endorsement provided to the City. Liability policies will contain, or be endorsed to contain the following provisions: GENERAL LIABILITY AND AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY: The City, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers will be covered as insureds as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; products and completed operations of the Contractor; premises owned, occupied or used by the Contractor; or automobiles owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the Contractor. The coverage will contain no special limitations on the scope or protection afforded to the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents, or volunteers. The Contractor's insurance coverage will be primary insurance as respects the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers will be excess of the Contractor's insurance and will not contribute with it. The insurer will agree in writing to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by the Contractor for the City. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies will not affect coverage provided to the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents and volunteers. The Contractor's insurance will apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. WORKERS' COMPENSATION: The insurer will agree to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by the Contractor for the City. ALL COVERAGES: Each insurance policy required by this subsection will be endorsed to state that coverage II-B-25 Agreement No. 6311 will not be suspended, voided, cancelled by either party, reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to: CITY CLERK City of El Segundo 350 Main Street El Segundo, CA 90245 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the endorsement may state that insurance may be cancelled upon ten (10) day notification for non-payment of premium. The Contractor will provide the City with updated proof of insurance should the Contract Time extend beyond the policy expiration date. All liability insurance will be on an occurrence basis. Insurance on a claims made basis will be rejected. Any deductibles or self -insured retentions will be declared to and approved by City. The insurer will provide an endorsement to City eliminating such deductibles or self -insured retentions as respects the City, its officials, employees, agents, and volunteers. Except for Workers Compensation Insurance, Contractor will furnish to City certificates of insurance and endorsements on forms acceptable to the City's City Attorney, duly authenticated, giving evidence of the insurance coverages required in this contract and other evidence of coverage or copies of policies as may be reasonably required by City from time to time. Endorsements must be supplied on ISO Form No. CG 20 10 11 85, or equivalent. Certificate/endorsement for Workers Compensation Insurance will be furnished on State Comp Fund or other industry standard form. Except for worker's compensation insurance, all insurance required herein will be placed with insurers with a Best's Rating of not less than A:VII. Worker's compensation insurance policies will meet the requirements of California law. All subcontractors employed on the work referred to in this contract will meet the insurance requirements set forth for Contractor. Contractor will furnish certificates of insurance and endorsements for each subcontractor at least five days before the subcontractor entering the job site, or Contractor will furnish City an endorsement including all subcontractors as insureds under its policies. Except as provided in Subsection 6-10, the Contractor will save, keep and hold harmless the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents and volunteers from all damages, costs or expenses in law or equity that may at any time arise or be claimed because of damages to property, or personal injury received by reason of or in the course of performing work, which may be caused by any willful or negligent act or omission by the Contractor or any of the Contractor's employees, or any subcontractor. The City will not be liable for any accident, loss or damage to the work before its completion and acceptance, except as provided in Subsection 6-10. II-B-26 Agreement No. 6311 The cost of such insurance will be included in the various items of work in the Contractor's bid and no additional compensation for purchasing insurance or additional coverage needed to meet these requirements will be allowed. In the event that any required insurance is reduced in coverage, cancelled for any reason, voided or suspended, Contractor agrees that City may arrange for insurance coverage as specified, and Contractor further agrees that administrative and premium costs may be deducted from payments due to the Contractor. Contractor will not be allowed to work until alternate coverage is arranged. Coverage will not extend to any indemnity coverage for the active negligence of the additional insured if the agreement to indemnify the additional insured would be invalid under Civil Code § 2782(b). 7-3.2 INDEMNIFICATION AND DEFEN In addition to the provisions of Subsection 7-3 of the Greenbook as between the City and Contractor, Contractor will take and assume all responsibility for the work as stated herein or shown on the plans. The Contractor will bear all losses and damages directly or indirectly resulting to it, to the City, its officers, employees, and agents, or to others on account of the performance or character of the work, unforeseen difficulties, accidents, traffic control, job site maintenance, or any other causes whatsoever. The Contractor will assume the defense of and indemnify and save harmless the City of El Segundo, its officers, employees, and agents, from and against any and all claims, losses, damage, expenses and liability of every kind, nature, and description, directly or indirectly arising from the performance of the contract or work, regardless of responsibility for negligence, and from any and all claims, losses, damage, expenses, and liability, howsoever the same may be caused, resulting directly, or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the contract, regardless of responsibility for negligence, to the fullest extent permitted by law. In accordance with Civil Code § 2782, nothing in this Subsection 7-3.2 or in Subsection 7-3 of the Standard Specifications will require defense or indemnification for death, bodily injury, injury to property, or any other loss, damage or expense arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the City, or its agents, servants or independent contractors who are directly responsible to the City, or for defects in design furnished by such persons. Moreover, nothing in this Subsection 7-3.2 or in Subsection 7-3 will apply to impose on the Contractor, or to relieve the City from, liability for active negligence of the City. The City does not, and will not, waive any rights against the Contractor which it may have by reason of the aforesaid hold harmless agreements because of the acceptance by the City, or deposit with City by Contractor, of any insurance policies described in Subsection 7-3 of the Special Provisions. This hold harmless agreement by the Contractor will apply to all damages and claims for damages of every kind suffered, or II-B-27 Agreement No. 6311 alleged to have been suffered by reasons of any of the aforesaid operations of Contractor, or any subcontractor, regardless of whether or not such insurance policies are determined to be applicable to any of such damages or claims for damages. No act by the City, or its representatives in processing or accepting any plans, in releasing any bond, in inspecting or accepting any work, or of any other nature, will in any respect relieve the Contractor or anyone else from any legal responsibility, obligation or liability he might otherwise have. 7-5 PERMITS The following paragraph will be added to Subsection 7-5 of Greenbook: The Contractor will apply for the permit required by the City Building Safety Division. This permit will cost $8650.80. The Contractor must pay for and obtain all other permits from other governmental and utility agencies necessitated by their operations. All bonding fees, (overweight and oversized vehicle permit fees) inspection permit fees or other fees charged or required for such permits must be paid by the Contractor. These costs will be included in the bid item provided. If no bid item is included, costs will be included in the various items of work, and no additional payment will be allowed. 7-8.1 CLEANUP AND DUST CONTROL Subsection 7-8.1, Cleanup and Dust Control, of the Greenbook is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following subsections. 7-8.1.1 GENERAL On any construction project requiring trenching within public streets and for which total trenching is in excess of 500 feet, the Contractor will be required to sweep the worksite utilizing a pick-up type street sweeper a minimum of once daily. 7-8.1.2 WATERING Water for the laying of dust caused by Contractor's operations or the passage of traffic through the work will be applied as necessary or as directed by the Engineer. Water for the above or other purposes may be obtained from any approved source. If the Contractor chooses to use a City fire hydrant upon placing a $300 meter deposit and the payment of a $50 service fee, the Engineer will cause a meter to be installed. All water used from the hydrant will be metered and charged to the Contractor at the prevailing rate plus the current daily meter rental rate. The Contractor will be charged a $15 reconnect fee if the Contractor wishes to move the meter to a different hydrant. Costs of water to be used will be included in the cost of various bid items. II-B-28 Agreement No. 6311 7-8.6 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL, This section is supplemented by the addition of the following requirements which establish storm water and urban runoff pollution prevention controls. (a) Storm or construction generated water containing sediment such as, construction waste, soil, slurry from concrete/asphalt concrete saw cutting operations, clean up of concrete transit mixers or other pollutants from construction sites and parking areas will be retained or controlled on site and will not be pennitted to enter the storm drain system. (b) Temporary sediment filtering systems such as sandbags, silt fences, or gravel berms will be utilized to trap sediment so that only filtered water enters the City's storm drain system. Proper clean up and disposal of settled sediment and the filtering system will be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. (c) Discharge of concrete transit mixer wash water on to approved dirt areas (sub - grade area designated for new concrete construction for example) is acceptable. Discharge on to private property, parkway areas, or the street is not permitted. (d) Plastic or other impervious covering will be installed where appropriate to prevent erosion of an otherwise unprotected area, along with any other runoff control devices deemed appropriate by the City. (e) Excavated soil stored on the site will be covered in a manner that minimizes the amount of sediments running into the storm drain system, street or adjoining properties. (f) No washing of construction or other industrial vehicles and equipment will be allowed adjacent to a construction site. During the rainy season (October 15 to April 15), Contractor will keep at the construction site sufficient materials and labor to install temporary sediment filtering systems and other water pollution prevention control measures. These control measures will be in place and maintained by the Contractor on a daily basis on days when construction is not in progress due to rain. (h) All costs associated with water pollution control will be borne by the Contractor. Any expense incurred by the City to expeditiously respond to storm drain contamination resulting from Contractor's failure to implement water pollution control measures will be charged to the Contractor. 7-9 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS Section 7-9 is supplemented by the following additional requirements: Where existing traffic striping, pavement markings, and curb markings are damaged or II-B-29 Agreement No. 6311 their reflectively reduced by the Contractor's operations, such striping or markings will also be considered as existing improvements and the Contractor will replace such improvements. Relocations, repairs, replacements, or re -establishments will be at least equal to the existing improvements and will match such improvements in finish and dimensions unless otherwise specified. 7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY Section 7-10 is supplemented by the following additional requirements: Unless otherwise specified all traffic control will be performed in accordance with the Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH) Latest Edition, published by Building News, 3055 Overland Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90034, telephone 310-474-7771. 7-10.1 TRAFFIC AND ACCESS The Contractor will notify the occupants of all affected properties at least 48 hours prior to any temporary obstruction of access. Vehicular access to property line will be maintained except as required for construction for a reasonable period of time. No overnight closure of any driveway will be allowed except as permitted by the Engineer. At least one (1) twelve (12) foot wide traffic lane will be provided for each direction of travel on all streets at all times except as permitted by the Engineer. The traffic lanes will be maintained on pavement, and will remain unobstructed. All work requiring that a lane be closed or a lane moved right or left will be noticed to the traveling public by use of City approved lighted arrow boards. Clearances from traffic lanes will be five feet to the edge of any excavation and 2 feet to the face of any curb, pole, barricade, delineator, or other vertical obstruction. One four (4) foot wide paved pedestrian walkway will be maintained in the parkway area on each side of all streets. The clearance from the pedestrian walkway to any traffic lane will be five (5) feet. Pedestrians and vehicles will be protected from all excavations, material storage, and/or obstructions by the placement of an adequate number of lighted barricades (minimum two (2)) at each location, one (1) at each end of the obstruction or excavation), which will have flashing lights during darkness. Barricades will be Type I or Type II per Section 7-3 and lights will be Type A per Section 7-6 of the "Work Area Traffic Control Handbook" (WATCH). 7-10.2 STREET CLOSURES. DETOURS BARRICADES Street closures will not be allowed except as specifically permitted by the Engineer. The Contractor will prepare any traffic control or detour plans that may be required as II-B-30 Agreement No. 6311 directed by the Engineer. Lane transitions will not be sharper than a taper of thirty (30) to one (1). Temporary traffic channelization will be accomplished with barricades or delineators. Temporary striping will not be allowed unless specifically permitted by the Engineer. The Contractor will prepare any plans that may be required for temporary striping to the satisfaction of the Engineer. In no event will temporary striping be allowed on finish pavement surfaces, which are to remain. Where access to driveway or street crossings need to be maintained, minimum 1 1/4 inch thick steel plating will be used to bridge the trench. All steel plating will have temporary asphalt concrete 1:12 minimum sloped ramps to assist vehicles to cross comfortably over the plates and have a non-skid surface. Plates subject to vehicle high traffic speeds and in residential areas will be secured by welding at the discretion of the Engineer. 7-10.5 PROTECTION OF THE PUBLIC It is part of the service required of the Contractor to make whatever provisions are necessary to protect the public. The Contractor will use foresight and will take such steps and precautions as his operations warrant to protect the public from danger, loss of life or loss of property, which would result from interruption or contamination of public water supply, interruption of other public service, or from the failure of partly completed work or partially removed facilities. Unusual conditions may arise on the Project which will require that immediate and unusual provisions be made to protect the public from danger or loss of life, or damage to life and property, due directly or indirectly to prosecution of work under this contract. Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, an emergency exists against which the Contractor has not taken sufficient precaution for the public safety, protection of utilities and protection of adjacent structures or property, which may be damaged by the Contractor's operations and when, in the opinion of the Engineer, immediate action will be considered necessary in order to protect the public or property due to the Contractor's operations under this contract, the Engineer will order the Contractor to provide a remedy for the unsafe condition. If the Contractor fails to act on the situation immediately, the Engineer may provide suitable protection to said interests by causing such work to be done and material to be furnished as, in the opinion of the Engineer, may seem reasonable and necessary. The cost and expense of said labor and material, together with the cost and expense of such repairs as are deemed necessary, will be borne by the Contractor. All expenses incurred by the City for emergency repairs will be deducted from the progress payments and the final payment due to the Contractor. Such remedial measures by the City will not relieve the Contractor from full responsibility for public safety. II-B-31 Agreement No. 6311 7-15 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL The following Subsection will be added to Section 7 of the Greenbook: For any excavation, which extends more than four feet below existing grade, the Contractor will promptly, and before the conditions are disturbed, notify the Engineer, in writing, of 1) any material that the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in Health and Safety Code § 25117, which is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law, 2) subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated, or 3) unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. After receiving notice from the Contractor, the Engineer will promptly investigate any condition identified by the Contractor as being hazardous. The rights and obligations of the City and the Contractor with regard to such conditions (including, without limitation, the procedures for procuring change orders and filing claims) will be specified by the provisions of Subsection 3-4 (Changed Conditions) of the Greenbook. If a dispute arises between the City and the Contractor whether the conditions materially differ, involve hazardous waste, or cause a change in the Contractor's cost or time required for performance of the work, the Contractor will not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but will proceed with all work to be performed under the contract. The Contractor will retain all rights provided by Subsection 3-5, Disputed Work, of the Greenbook. If the Engineer determines that material called to the Engineer's attention by the Contractor is hazardous waste, or if the Engineer otherwise discovers the existence of hazardous waste, the Contractor will be responsible for removal and disposal of the hazardous waste by qualified personnel and appropriate equipment in the manner required by law as directed by the Engineer, subject to the provisions of Section 3 (Changes in Work) of the Greenbook. 9-2 LUMP SUM WORK Subsection 9-2, Lump Sum Work, of the Greenbook is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: Items for which quantities are indicated as "Lump Sum," "L.S.," or "Job" will be paid for at the price indicated in the Proposal. Such payment will be full compensation for all costs for labor, equipment, materials and plant necessary to furnish, construct and install the lump sum item of work, complete, in place, and for all necessary appurtenant work, including, but not limited to, all necessary cutting, patching, repair and modification of existing facilities, and clean up of site. II-B-32 Agreement No. 6311 Contractor will furnish three copies of a detailed schedule, which breaks down the lump sum work into its component parts and cost for each part, in a form and sufficiently detailed as to satisfy Engineer that it correctly represents a reasonable apportionment of the lump sum. This schedule is subject to approval by Engineer as to both the components into which the lump sum item is broken down, and the proportion of cost attributable to each component. This schedule will be the basis for progress payments for the lump sum work. 9-3.2 PARTIAL AND FINAL PAYMENTS The text of Subsection 9-3.2 of the Standard Specifications is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: The closure date for the purpose of making partial progress payments will be the last working day of each month. The Contractor will prepare the partial payment invoice with measurement of the work performed through the closure date and submit it to the CITY for approval. When work is complete, the Contractor will determine the final quantities of the work performed and prepare the final progress payment, and submit it to the Engineer for approval. It will take a minimum of thirty-five (35) calendar days from the date of approving the Contractor's invoice to make the payment to the Contractor. However, payments will be withheld pending receipt of any outstanding reports required by the contract documents, or legal release of filed Stop Payment Notices against the Contractor. In addition, the final progress payment will not be released until the Contractor returns the control set of Plans and Specifications showing the as -built conditions. The full five percent (5%) retention will be deducted from all progress payments. The Contractor will make a payment request for the retained amount, for approval by the City, upon field acceptance of the work by the City Engineer. The City Engineer upon field acceptance and receipt of the final as -built plans and any other reports or documents required to be provided by the Contractor will process a recommendation to the City Council for acceptance of the work. Not less than thirty-five (35) calendar days from the City Council acceptance of the work, the Contractor's final payment will be made provided Stop Payment Notices or other claims have not been filed against the Contractor and/or the City by material suppliers, sub -contractors, other governmental agencies, and private property owners. Until these Stop Payment Notices are released and claims are resolved the stop payment/claim amount will be withheld from the final payment. The Contractor, however, may receive interest on the retention for the length of construction, or receive the retention itself as long as the retention is substituted with escrow holder surety or equal value. II-B-33 Agreement No. 6311 At the request and expense of the Contractor, surety equivalent to the retention may be deposited with the State Treasurer, or a State or Federally chartered bank, as the escrow agent, who will pay such surety to the Contractor upon satisfactory completion of the contract. Pursuant to PCC § 22300, the Contractor may substitute securities for retention monies held by the City or request that the City place such monies into an escrow account. The Contractor is notified, pursuant to PCC § 22300, that any such election will be at the Contractor's own expense and will include costs incurred by the City to accommodate the Contractor's request. Progress payment paid by the City as contemplated herein, will be contingent upon the Contractor submitting, in addition to any additional documents, an updated Contract Schedule in the form prescribed by these Contract Documents. Failure of the Contractor to submit an acceptable updated Contract Schedule will result in the City withholding partial payment, without liability to the City, until such an acceptable updated Contract Schedule is submitted. Nothing herein will allow the Contractor to suspend or slow progress of the Work. A City Council resolution established a Project Payment Account, encumbered money in the current budget, and assigned that money to the Project Payment Account which is the sole source of funds available for payment of the Contract Sum. Contractor understands and agrees that Contractor will be paid only from this special fund and if for any reason this fund is not sufficient to pay Contractor, Contractor will not be entitled to payment. The availability of money in this fund, and City's ability to draw from this fund, are conditions precedent to City's obligation to make payments to Contractor. 9-3.3 DELIVERED MATERIALS Materials and equipment delivered or stored, but not incorporated into the work, will not be approved for progress payments. 100-1 TERMINATION OF AGENCY LIABILITY Before receiving final payment, the Contractor will execute a Release on Contract" form which will operate as, and will be a release to the City, the City Council, and each member of the City Council and their agencies, from all claims and liability to the Contractor for anything done or furnished for, or relating to, the work or for any act of neglect of the City of any person relating to or affecting the work, except the claim against the City for the remainder, if any there be, of the amounts kept or retained as provided in Subsections 9-3 of the Standard Specifications and except for any unsettled claims listed on said form which have been filed in compliance with the requirements for making claims. - END OF SECTION - II-B-34 Agreement No. 6311 SECTION III — SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-0. GENERAL„ SCOPE. TIME FOR COMPLETION, AND LOCATIONm OF WORK 1-1. General Scopewwof Work: The work to be done consists of furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals for the Checkout Building Restroom Facilities Improvement Project to bring the restrooms into Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) compliance and related work as specified on the bid schedule, included in these Special Provisions, shown on the project plans, and as specified for the Checkout Building in Appendix 4 by the Gale Jordan Asbestos -Containing and Lead -Containing Materials report. Contractor shall implement pedestrian traffic control to direct employees and the general public away from the project site before and during construction. All work shall conform to all applicable State, local, regional and Federal building codes, ADA standards, ordinances, and regulations as prescribed by the City. 1-2. Location of the Work: The Recreation Park Checkout Building at 401 Sheldon St. in El Segundo, CA 90245. 1-3. Working g D Js and Time for Conn pletion: Contractor will begin work on the mutually agreed -upon City of El Segundo's Notice to Proceed date. The work shall be entirely completed and signed off by the Building Safety Division within fifty-five (55) working days after the date of commencement, or no later than May 27, 2022, whichever occurs first. 2. Work hours shall be 7:00 am to 5:00 pm on weekdays. No work shall occur on holidays when City Hall is closed per Section II-6-7.2. III-A-1 Agreement No. 6311 1-4. NOTIFICATIO The CONTRACTOR will notify all agencies listed here in a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours before start of operation. The following list of names and telephone numbers are intended for the convenience of the CONTRACTOR and the City does not guarantee either the completeness or correctness of this list. OPERATION OFFICE 1. Start of work, Floriza Rivera, Public Works Staff shutdown of work, Building Safety Inspection Line or resumption of Jorge Prado, Gov. Buildings Supervisor work after shutdown Ron Fajardo, General Services Manager Lifan Xu, City Engineer Elias Sassoon, Director of Public Works 2. Closing of streets El Segundo Police Department** El Segundo Fire Department** 3. Street striping Street Maintenance Division 3. Water/Sewer/ Anthony Esparza / Ron Campbell / Ron Fajardo Storm Drain TELEPHONE 310-524-2361 310-524-2379 310-524-2713 310-524-2715 310-524-2368 310-524-2356 310-524-2200 310-524-2236 310-524-2709 310-524-2742 * * The CONTRACTOR will notify the Engineering Division before notifying these offices. The following information is provided for CONTRACTOR'S use to notify agencies if their facilities are affected by CONTRACTOR'S work: 1. Underground Service Alert (all excavation in public right-of-way) 800-227-2600 2. City of El Segundo — Water Division 310-524-2742 3. City of El Segundo - Wastewater Division 4. City of El Segundo — Parks Division 5. City of El Segundo — Recreation Division 6. Southern California Gas Company 7. Southern California Edison Company (SCE) 8. AT&T 9. Time Warner Communication (Cable) 10. Los Angeles County Sanitation District 11. El Segundo Unified School District III-A-2 310-524-2754 310-524-2881 310-524-2707 310-671-9002 310-417-3366 310-515-4430 310-768-0400 Extension 414 310-699-7411 310-615-2650 Agreement No. 6311 1-5. MOBILIZATION Mobilization shall conform to the provisions of Section 9-3.4 of the Standard Specifications. The scope of work under mobilization includes but is not limited to: l . Obtaining all required permits including Building Permit. The C0175-21 Building Permit will cost $11,322.30. 2. Coordinating with City staff for staging areas within the building or on public right-of-way. Cordoning off and placing notices for staging areas for public safety. 3. Moving on to the site of all Contractor's equipment required for operations 4. Installing and removing all temporary facilities required for operations 5. Posting all OSHA required notices 6. Submittal of Construction Schedule, Contractor Contact List, Notice to Employees and Residents for City approval 7. Notification of employees and the general public as necessary 8. Utility coordination 9. Re -notification of all affected parties for all construction schedule changes 10. Recycling and required Construction and Demolition forms submittal 11. Participate in and provide updated 2-week look -ahead schedules for weekly project field meetings 12. Traffic control as required per W.A.T.C.H. manual and CA MUTCD 13. Preparation and cleaning of work area as necessary to implement repairs 14. Coordinating with Underground Service Alert (USA) or Dig Alert to mark underground utilities before any excavation 15. NPDES permit compliance 16. Furnishing temporary water services to maintain water service to consumers at all times. 17. Taping off construction areas and using plastic sheeting to minimize debris and dust 18. Ramping for areas where construction has caused significant elevation differences in walking/driving surfaces 19. Steel plating and asphalt ramping for excavated trenches and areas if required 20. Restoration, to existing standard conditions or better, of private and public property damaged by construction 21. Removal of all USA markings after new improvements are installed. 22. Demobilization 1-6. ACCESS TO DRIVEWAYS Access to driveways shall be maintained at all times for residents and businesses during non -working hours of 4:00 p.m. through 7:00 a.m. weekdays and 24-hours a day on weekends and holidays. 1-7. METER BOXES; PULL BOXES The CONTRACTOR shall make adjustments to meter boxes and electrical pull boxes (within the work limits) as required for construction. The cost of this work shall be III-A-3 Agreement No. 6311 included in the other items of work. 1-8. PROTECTION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS Existing public and/or private improvements, adjacent property, utility and other facilities, trees, fences, sprinkler systems, plants, City benchmarks and centerline ties that are not to be removed, shall be protected from injury or damage as provided for in Sub -section of Part 1 of SSPWC "Greenbook" Standard Specifications. Any pavement, curb, gutter, landscaping or sidewalk removed beyond the limits established by the Engineer shall be reconstructed by the CONTRACTOR to equal or better pre -construction condition at his own expense and no additional compensation will be allowed. 1-9. DISPOSAL OF REMOVALS All removed materials shall become the property of the CONTRACTOR and shall be legally disposed away from the site of work. Note: There are no authorized dump facilities within the City of El Segundo. 1-10. WASHING OF CONCRETE MIXERS Concrete mixers, if used, shall not be washed out on public right-of-ways, alleys, streets, or parking lots. Also, refer to Section 7-8.6 Water Pollution Control (II-B-28 and 29) for additional requirements. 1-11. REPAIRS, REPLACEMENTS AND CLEANUP The CONTRACTOR shall repair at his/her own expense any damage to City property or of any private property caused by him/her in the performance of the work. Materials and equipment shall be removed from the site as soon as they are no longer necessary. Upon completion of the work and before final inspection for a phase, the entire worksite for that phase shall be cleared of equipment, unused materials, and rubbish so as to present a satisfactory and neat appearance. Work will not be approved until proper cleanup is accomplished. All cleanup costs shall be absorbed in the CONTRACTOR'S bid. 1-12. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Due to the nature of this project involving some inconvenience to employees, residents, and the public, a good public relations program is mandatory and evidence of satisfactory past performance in this area will be required. The City will require the CONTRACTOR to post signboards at walkways to the Checkout Building restroom doorways directing the public away from construction and toward other restroom facilities that can be used instead. Signboard messages must be approved by the City prior to posting and must include the date range for construction to occur. The postings shall occur five (5) working days prior to the start of any demolition. 1-13. TRAFFIC CONTROL, PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE 1. TRAFFIC CONTROL Pedestrian and motorist traffic control, construction signage and traffic III-A-4 Agreement No. 6311 maintenance shall comply with the provisions of Sub -section 7-10 of the SSPWC "Greenbook" Standard Specifications and the current requirements set forth in the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the Department of Transportation, State of California, the CONTRACTOR'S Traffic Control Plans and these Special Provisions. 2. PUBLIC CONVENIENCE At the pre -construction meeting, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a construction schedule to the City for approval. The schedule shall allow a buffer for the construction to be completed and signed off by May 27, 2022. Based on the construction schedule, the CONTRACTOR will notify employees and the general public of the proposed work (as discussed in Section 1-13 above) and, if necessary, post temporary "NO PARKING" signs at no cost to the City. Signs on the street shall be posted at all intersections a maximum of 200 feet between signs. Signs may be attached to existing poles or street light standards. When necessary, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish the posts. Signs shall be posted at least five (5) working days prior to any construction in the area. No Parking signs shall be posted at least seventy-two (72) hours prior to construction. Signs shall show specific dates and time of construction or parking restrictions. (See Appendix for City of El Segundo Standard Drawing No. ST-18 "Typical Temporary No Parking Sign".) The dates and times on the signs shall be site specific and shall cover the minimum time required for "NO PARKING" to facilitate construction. Generic long term "NO PARKING" time designations are not acceptable. Parking shall not be restricted during any period when construction activity is not scheduled at the particular site. On streets where parking is being temporarily prohibited on one side due to construction and where the other side of the street has permanent "NO PARKING ANYTIME" signs, the CONTRACTOR shall contact the City Police Department and Public Works Department Street Division and obtain approval to bag these "NO PARKING ANYTIME" signs until construction has been completed for the subject block. ONCE A SECTION OF STREET OR THE CHECKOUT BUILDING HAS BEEN POSTED, FAILURE OF THE CONTRACTOR TO MEET AND COMPLETE THE APPROVED DAILY SCHEDULE DUE TO CONDITIONS UNDER THE CONTRACTORS CONTROL, WILL RESULT IN DAMAGES BEING SUSTAINED BY THE AGENCY. SUCH DAMAGES ARE, AND WILL CONTINUE TO BE, IMPRACTICAL AND EXTREMELY DIFFICULT TO DETERMINE. FOR FAILURE TO MEET AND COMPLETE THE SCHEDULE AFTER POSTING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY TO THE CITY, OR HAVE WITHELD FROM MONIES DUE, THE SUM OF $250 AS LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR EACH DAY OF ADDITIONAL POSTING REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE PROPOSED WORK. REPOSTING AND NOTIFICATION WILL BE REQUIRED FOR EACH MISSED DAY. SAID POSTING AND NOTIFICATION WILL BE AT III-A-5 Agreement No. 6311 THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for adequate barricading of the work area and controlling of traffic in the vicinity of the project as specified in Sub- section 7-10 of the General Provisions. Should the CONTRACTOR appear to be neglectful or negligent in furnishing warning and protective devices, the City Engineer may direct attention to the existence of a hazard and the necessary warning and protective measures shall be furnished and installed immediately by the CONTRACTOR at his/her expense. Should the City point out the inadequacy of warning and protective measures, such action on the part of the City Engineer shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for public safety or abrogate his/her obligation to furnish and pay for these devices. If said devices will be placed or caused to be placed by the City Engineer, the cost of placing such devices shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR and shall be paid for the rate of $50/hour for labor and vehicle use, $20/day per barricade and any other costs incurred by the City relative to traffic control. Said costs shall be deducted from the total contract price for the work. 3. CONSTRUCTION SIGNAGE Providing construction signage shall consist of furnishing, installing, maintaining and removing construction signs and barricades as required by the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. The traffic control system shall be installed on a road prior to starting work or staging on that road and shall not be removed until all work has been completed. 4. TRAFFIC MAINTENANCE The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for handling vehicular and pedestrian traffic in accordance with Sub -section 7-10 of the SSPWC "Greenbook" Standard Specifications of these Special Provisions. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with the Engineer relative to handling traffic through all work areas or during material deliveries. When two-way traffic is restricted to one (1) lane, traffic shall be controlled as required by the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. A pilot car and driver will be required at various locations if control by flaggers proves deficient in the opinion of the Engineer. In no case shall the CONTRACTOR )rovidc less than one° l ITl - 1 to av l on all streets. CONTRACTOR'S equipment and personal vehicles of the CONTRACTOR'S employees shall not be parked on the traveled way at any time. Parking of construction equipment shall be confined to the approved storage site. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct all operations so as to provide reasonable access to the adjoining properties and have no greater length or quantity of street staging area that can be properly prosecuted with a minimum of inconvenience to the public. For each establishment, i.e. parking lots, business establishments and apartment III-A-6 Agreement No. 6311 buildings, the CONTRACTOR shall provide vehicular access to at least one (1) driveway. 1-14. CONSTRUCTION STAGING AREA The Contractor shall not store materials or equipment in the public right-of-way without prior written authorization from the Engineer. The Contractor shall store materials or equipment in an authorized area only. 1-15. USE OF PRIVATE PROPERTY The use of any private property by the CONTRACTOR is prohibited. The prohibited uses include, but are not limited to, CONTRACTOR'S use of water, electricity or natural gas from the private property, and storage of material or equipment and turning around/parking of his vehicles on private property. 1-16. COOPERATION WITH CONCURRENT CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATIONS: The Contractor shall cooperate with other contractors and the City's personnel performing work in the vicinity, shall conduct its operations in a manner to prevent unnecessary delay or hindrance to their work, and shall coordinate its work with theirs to permit proper and timely completion of all projects in the area. 1-17. COORDINATION WITH AFFECTED BUSINESSES AND RESIDENTS The Contractor shall respond to any complaints received from the City or general public and contact the complainant within one (1) working day. The complaint shall be resolved within two (2) working days from the date on which it was received. The Contractor shall adjust its schedule to allow City operations to operate as regularly scheduled. 1-18. NPDES COMPLIANCE Contractor shall thoroughly clean dust and debris resulting from his operations to comply with the "Clean Water Act." Sweeping, wet vacuuming, and/or other approved measures of removing such debris shall be taken during the removal and construction operations. No dust or debris shall be deposited or discharged into storm drain facilities. The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times during construction ample means and devices to promptly remove and properly dispose of all water entering the excavations or other parts of the work. No concrete footing shall be laid in water, nor shall water be allowed to rise over them until the concrete or mortar has set at least eight (8) hours. Disposal of water shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Disposal methods shall conform to the Porter -Cologne Water Quality Control Act of 1974, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, and the California Administrative Code, Title 23, Chapter 3. Contractor shall not discharge or permit to be discharged to any street, channel, river, storm drain, or any appurtenances thereof, any non -rain water or other fluid substance from the project or from operations pertaining to the project site, without first securing a valid National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit unless the discharge is specifically listed as exempt or III-A-7 Agreement No. 6311 conditionally exempt in the most current list issued by the Regional Water Quality Control Board, Los Angeles Region. Contractor shall implement all necessary Best Management Practices (BMPs) to ensure that any conditionally exempt discharge meets all current requirements of the Regional Water Quality Control Board and City. City may prohibit or restrict any discharge if, in its sole discretion, the discharge is polluting, unsafe, or causes a nuisance condition to be created. 2. Contractor shall reduce the discharge of pollutants in storm water runoff to the maximum extent practicable by the effective implementation of appropriate BMPs. The following are the minimum requirements: a. Sediments from areas disturbed by construction shall be retained on site and stockpiles of soil shall be properly contained to minimize sediment transport from the site to streets, drainage facilities, or adjacent properties via runoff, vehicle tracking, or wind. b. Construction -related materials, wastes, spills, or residues shall be retained at the construction site to minimize transport from the work area to streets, drainage facilities or adjoining properties via vehicle tracking, runoff, or wind. c. Non-stormwater runoff from equipment and vehicle washing shall be contained at project sites. d. Erosion from slopes and channels shall be controlled by implementing an effective combination of BMPs, such as limiting grading scheduled during the wet season; inspecting graded areas during rain events; planting and maintenance of vegetation on slopes; and covering erosion susceptible slopes. 3. The selection, submittal, and adherence to BMPs are the responsibility of the Contractor. The selected BMPs must be submitted to and approved by City prior to performing any operation under this contract which will disturb or expose soil, including, but not limited to: excavation, grading, demolition, clearing and grubbing, pavement removal, etc. 4. Construction activity that results in soil disturbances of less than one acre is subject to the General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity (General Permit) if the construction activity is part of a larger common plan of development that encompasses one or more acres of soil disturbance or if there is significant water quality impairment resulting from the activity. If it is determined that the entire site consists of one acre or greater, the Contractor must file a Notice of Intent (NOI) with the State to comply with the terms of the General Permit, and must provide proof of a Waste Discharge Identification (WDID) Number to the City prior to the issuance of a grading permit. The preparation, submittal and adherence to all NOIs, Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans (SWPPPs), Wet Weather Erosion Control Plans (WWECPs), and Contractor Self -Inspection Forms are the responsibility of Contractor. III-A-8 Agreement No. 6311 5. The City may restrict the continuation of work if it is determined that the Contractor has not met all the NPDES requirements. 6. The cost of complying with these environmental requirements shall be considered included in the Contract bid price for other items of work unless the cost of compliance is listed as a separate bid item within the bid schedule. 1-19. UTILITIES Inventory of existing utilities after demolition has occurred should take place at least two weeks prior to the start of the construction to allow adequate time for the necessary protection, removal and rearrangement of utilities by the Contractor, as applicable. The Contractor shall provide a report to City staff and issue written Requests for Information (RFI) regarding any potential conflicts or issues as soon as possible during this period. The Contractor shall allow 72 hours for a preliminary response from the City's Consultant. 1-20. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND ABATEMENT Contractor shall review the results of asbestos- and lead -testing for the Checkout Building restrooms in Appendix 4, and shall comply with the recommendations for removal of any hazardous materials found. Removal of any asbestos -containing materials shall be performed by a licensed (Contractor's State License Board) and registered (Cal/OSHA) asbestos abatement contractor, under the supervision of a Cal/OSHA Certified Asbestos Consultant. The City will retain a consultant to monitor the asbestos removal. Contractor shall coordinate with the City's monitoring consultant, Gale Jordan, throughout the project, including demolition and construction, to ensure that safe asbestos or lead removal or abatement, and proper disposal, occurs. The costs for hazardous materials abatement and disposal are to be included in the line item bid cost for the construction activity in which abatement and disposal are needed. 1-21. PORTABLE RESTROOM AND HANDWASHING STATION Until the Checkout Building restrooms can be used, the Contractor shall provide an ADA portable restroom and a hand -washing station for general public use. The portable restroom and handwashing station shall be installed near the Checkout Building and serviced at least once a week during the construction period. Any public complaints regarding the portable restroom/handwashing station facilities shall be resolved by the Contractor within 24 hours. 1-22. VALVE INSTALLATION TO ISOLATE WATER SHUT-OFF TO SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BUILDING During the initial demolition and plumbing installations, the Contractor shall install pipes, valves and appurtenances as necessary to ensure that water shut-off to any single restroom shall not impact water supply to the other restrooms or the kitchen, and that water shut-off to the kitchen also does not impact the water supply in any of the restrooms. This will be necessary for future restroom and kitchen maintenance. III-A-9 Agreement No. 6311 Contractor shall ensure that water pressure in any location is not decreased by the addition of these pipes, valves and appurtenances. 1-23. TREES For this project, a tree stump is defined as the remaining portion of the tree trunk after a tree trunk has been cut and the majority of the tree felled and removed. For this project, a tree root is defined as the portion of a tree that grows out of a tree trunk and can continue to grow above ground and/or under the ground, providing the tree with nourishment and support. Tree roots can be any length or diameter. After a tree has been cut down, tree roots continue to extend from the tree stump. Existing concrete facilities affected by tree root uplift shall be scheduled for demolition before all other areas. The Contractor shall coordinate for the Parks Division to assess if root barrier installation or full tree removal is necessary. The Contractor may perform construction on a different portion of the project in the interim. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any remaining tree stump and tree roots down to two feet in a project area. Removal necessary for the construction of concrete or asphalt improvements shall be completed before the replacement of the concrete or asphalt facility. At locations where tree roots are encountered, the Contractor shall cut out the tree roots to the full cross section of the new work a minimum of two (2) feet below finish grade prior to 95% compaction of the area. Where tree roots have damaged and uplifted the asphalt to be replaced per these specifications, the contractor shall sawcut asphalt beyond the damage at least 6 inches in applicable directions parallel or perpendicular to the curb face. Contractor shall remove the asphalt, cut all interfering tree roots a minimum of two (2) feet below finish grade prior to 95% compaction of the area, and repair the portions of damaged asphalt. 1-24. SURFACE RESTORATION Permanent restoration of concrete or asphalt or earthwork surface improvement shall be completed no later than five (5) calendar days after completion of the demolition. Until completion the project area shall be safely set apart and covered to current standards. Compaction A relative compaction of ninety-five percent (95%) is required under all asphalt concrete pavement and under all concrete curb, stamped concrete and concrete slab. 1-25. STRIPING RESTORATION Any striping and pavement markers removed or damaged or to be re-striped/touched- up during construction shall be replaced in kind or better. The Contractor shall take inventory of striping to be replaced before beginning construction. III-A-10 Agreement No. 6311 1-26. SIDEWALK, CURB, GUTTER, DRIVEWAY APPROACH, ADA RAMP REMOVALS/REPLACEMENTS AND CONCRETE INSTALLATIONS All slopes and characteristics for newly installed sidewalk, curb, and other concrete facilities shall be ADA compliant as required for path of travel and also conform to SPPWC standards for construction. If existing concrete sidewalk to be joined to by new concrete sidewalk is not ADA compliant, the Contractor shall bring this issue to City staff s attention prior to demolition of any concrete. The Concrete mix design shall be Class 520-C-2500. The mix design is subject to review and approval by the City Engineer and no later than 14 days prior to first use. Any change in the mix design shall require approval by the City Engineer. Hand - mixing of concrete is not permitted. Additional water shall not be added to the concrete mix once it leaves the batch plant. All concrete used shall reach a minimum of 2500 psi at 28 days. The surfaces of all concrete shall receive a wood float finish. Where required, contractor shall use dowels or reinforcement bars for contact joints. Contractor shall adjust all utility facility covers to grade of new sidewalk, driveway approach, gutter, ramp, etc. The cost of adjustment shall be included in the bid cost for the removal and replacement of those concrete items. Contractor shall inquire if meters in driveway approaches shall be relocated, prior to driveway approach demolition. All existing facilities affected by tree growth, tree stumps, and tree root uplift shall be scheduled for concrete demolition and removal before all other areas. The Contractor shall coordinate with City staff for the Parks Division to assess future tree stability prior to any construction occurring. Any vegetation, tree stump, or tree root removal necessary for the concrete construction shall improve and not adversely affect existing drainage conditions. Contractor shall confirm acceptable slopes and acceptable storm water flow with water tests prior to project completion. All new concrete facilities shall be installed over a 2" thick ninety-five percent 95% compacted Crushed Aggregate Base (CAB) over ninety percent (95%) compacted native subgrade. The subgrade shall have a sufficient moisture content such that moisture is not drawn out of the concrete. Contractor shall restore to working order all existing stormwater drainage pipes, routed under the sidewalk and through the curb, that have been displaced by demolition/construction. The cost of this work shall be included in the bid. The Contractor shall inform the Inspector of any relocations and record those relocations and their new trajectory in as -built plans for each applicable address. Contractor shall confirm acceptable drainage prior to project completion using a City - approved method of water -testing. Should water tests fail, contractor shall re -do the concrete improvement until proper drainage is achieved. Water tests and construction needed to ensure proper drainage shall be performed at no additional cost to the City. Should a sidewalk leading directly to a property walkway/door or a driveway approach be excavated at the end of a workday, the Contractor shall provide a temporary access III-A-11 Agreement No. 6311 ramp to residences/businesses. The temporary access ramp shall be removed by the Contractor on the following day so that construction can be completed. The cost for placement and removal of any temporary ramp shall be included in the bid cost. 1-27. ASPHALT PAVEMENT RECONSTRUCTION/ASPHALT SLOT PAVING PG-64-10 hot mix asphalt pavement reconstruction/asphalt slot paving shall occur at any asphalt location adjacent to new concrete and shall conform to Section 203 of the Standard Specifications and as shown on the details in the plans. Slot paving shall occur in the street or alley adjacent to all newly installed concrete and shall properly direct storm flow to the storm drain system. Asphalt shall be saw cut for removal. Paving shall consist of 6 inches of/2-inch-maximum State mix over 6-inch crushed aggregate base. New asphalt shall be feathered to meet existing asphalt, and shall also meet new concrete at a reasonable height and slope to allow proper drainage. Where a series of cuts are made, regardless of the spacing between individual cuts, the series shall be treated as a continuous open trench and the pavement repair shall be continuous across all cuts. Paving shall occur in two lifts, after backfill with and compaction of appropriate materials has occurred. All backfilling and paving shall be to the City Public Works Inspector's approval. Paving rollers shall be on the job site before any paving is started. The final height of the new pavement shall not be more than 1/2-inch high above surrounding grade. The Contractor shall be responsible for bringing to the City's attention any additional asphalt required for proper drainage prior to any placement of new asphalt. If improper asphalt placement detrimentally affects drainage, the contractor shall resolve the drainage issue at no further cost to the City. Base material for the reconstruction of the pavement shall be in accordance with Subsection 200-2.2 of the Standard Specifications. A tack coat of PG 64-10 paving asphalt shall be uniformly applied to the surface to be paved. The surface shall be free of water, foreign material, and dust when the tack coat is applied. 2-0. CONSTRUCTION & DEMOLITION MATERIALS RECYCLING REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall divert all Construction and Demolition (C&D) waste generated from the project in accordance with the California Green (CALGreen) Building Standards Code (pursuant to El Segundo Municipal Code, Title 13, Chapter 11). C&D waste can only be legally collected, removed, or transported by City of El Segundo permitted waste haulers. If the Contractor plans on collecting, removing, or transporting its own waste, approval from the City Engineer or designee is required. Failure to meet the C&D waste recycling requirements will result in the assessment of penalties pursuant to El Segundo Municipal Code. Contractor shall prepare a C&D Debris Management Plan as follows: III-A-12 Agreement No. 6311 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: procedures for ensuring optimal diversion of construction and demolition (C&D) waste materials generated by the Work within the limits of the Construction Schedule and Contract Sum. The Integrated Solid Waste Management Act of 1989 ("AB 939"), requires that localities throughout the state develop source reduction, reuse, recycling, and composting programs to reduce the tonnage of solid waste disposed in landfills by 50%; this requirement may increase in the future. C&D waste materials generated by the Work are targeted to achieve these diversion rates. 2. A minimum of 50% by weight of the solid wastes generated in the Work shall be diverted from landfill disposal through a combination of reuse, recycling, and composting activities. This section includes requirements for submittal of C&D Debris Management Plan prior to the commencement of the Work, and during the project, submittal of Contractor's quantitative reports for construction and demolition waste materials generated by the Contractor as a condition of approval of progress payments submitted to the Contracting Officer, and following completion of the project, as a condition of the release of final project retention. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Class III Landfill. A landfill that accepts non -hazardous waste such as household, commercial, and industrial waste, resulting from construction, remodeling, repair, and demolition operations. A Class III landfill must have a solid waste facilities permit from the California Department of Resources Recycling and Recovery (CalRecycle) and be regulated by the Enforcement Agency. B, Construction and Demolition Debris or C&D Debris. Building materials and solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, repair, cleanup, or demolition operations that are not hazardous as defined in California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Section 66261.3 et seq. This term includes, but is not limited to, asphalt, concrete, Portland cement, brick, lumber, gypsum wallboard, cardboard and other associated packaging, roofing material, ceramic tile, carpeting, plastic pipe, and steel. The debris may be commingled with rock, soil, tree stumps, and other vegetative matter resulting from land clearing and landscaping for construction or land development projects. III -A- 13 Agreement No. 6311 C. Contracting Officer. The City of El Segundo City Engineer or designee. D. C&D Recycling Center. A facility that receives only C&D material that has been separated for reuse prior to receipt, in which the residual (disposed) amount of waste in the material is less than 10% of the amount separated for reuse or recycling, by weight. E. Disposal. Final deposition of C&D or inert debris into land, including stockpiling onto land of construction and demolition debris that has not been sorted for further processing or resale, if such stockpiling is for a period of time greater than 30 days; and construction and demolition debris that has been sorted for further processing or resale, if such stockpiling is for a period of time greater than one year, or stockpiling onto land of inert debris that is for a period of time greater than one year. F. Diversion or Divert. The reuse or recycling of construction and demolition debris to avoid disposal in a landfill. G. Enforcement Agency (EA). Enforcement agency as defined in Public Resources Code 40130. H. Inert Disposal Facility or Inert Waste Landfill. A disposal facility that accepts only inert waste such as soil and rock, fully cured asphalt paving, uncontaminated concrete (including fiberglass or steel reinforcing rods embedded in the concrete), brick, glass, and ceramics, for land disposal. Inert Solids or Inert Waste. Non -liquid solid wastes including, but not limited to, soil and concrete that do not contain hazardous waste or soluble pollutants at concentrations in excess of water quality objectives established by a regional Water Board pursuant to Division 7 (Sections 13000 et seq) of the California Water Code and does not contain significant quantities of decomposable solid resources. Mixed C&D Debris. Loads that include commingled recyclable and non - recyclable C&D debris generated at the construction site. K. Mixed Debris Recycling Facility. A processing facility that accepts loads of solid waste and/or recycling materials for the purpose of recovering reusable, recyclable, and compostable materials and disposing the non - recyclable residual materials. L. Recycling. The process of sorting, cleansing, treating and reconstituting materials for the purpose of using the altered form in the manufacture of a new product. Recycling does not include burning, incinerating or thermally destroying solid waste. M. Reuse. The use of a material that might otherwise be discarded, in the same or similar form as it was produced. N. Separated for Reuse. Materials, including commingled recyclables, that III-A-14 Agreement No. 6311 have been separated or kept separate from the solid waste stream for the purpose of additional sorting or processing of those materials for reuse or recycling in order to return them to the economic mainstream in the form of raw material for new, reused, or reconstituted products which meet the quality standards necessary to be used in the marketplace, and includes materials that have been "source separated." O. Solid Waste. Refer to Public Resources Code Section 40191. P. Source -Separated. Materials, including commingled recyclables, that have been separated or kept separate from the solid waste stream at the point of generation, for the purpose of additional sorting or processing of those materials for reuse or recycling in order to return them to the economic mainstream in the form of raw materials for new, reused, or reconstituted products which meet the quality standards necessary to be used in the marketplace. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SALVAGE, REUSE, RECYCLING AND PROCEDURES A. Identify reuse, salvage, and recycling facilities: Refer to the City's website for a list of local organizations and companies. h .°//www.clse tma dt .or / ovenn t t rat/ale part en a lic-works/trasi - recycling B. Develop and implement procedures to reuse, salvage, and recycle new construction and excavation materials, based on the Contract Documents, the C&D Debris Waste Management Plan, estimated quantities of available materials, and availability of recycling facilities. Procedures may include on -site recycling, source separated recycling, and/or mixed debris recycling efforts. I. Identify materials that are feasible for salvage, determine requirements for site storage, and transportation of materials to a salvage facility. 2. Explore the possibility of reusing project job -site inert materials, such as rock, concrete, dirt and aggregate, on -site for road base or other similar uses. Source separate new construction, excavation and demolition materials including, but not limited to the following types: a. Asphalt b. Concrete, concrete block, slump stone (decorative concrete block), and rocks. Red Clay Brick 111-A-15 Agreement No. 6311 d. Soils Other materials, as appropriate, such as wood and corrugated cardboard. 4. Develop and implement a program to transport loads of mixed (commingled) new construction materials that cannot be feasibly source -separated to a mixed materials recycling facility. Contractor may develop their own C&D Debris Management Plan based on CALGreen requirements or use available City forms, found in the Appendices as follows: a. Form PW-A — Project Information b. Form PW-B — Pre -Project Worksheet C. Form PW-B1 — Pre -Project Worksheet (This form is to be completed only if you plan to use your own company -owned bins/trucks for disposition of material.) d. Form PW-C — Post -Project Summary Form PW-D — Exemption Request — only use if it is infeasible to comply with requirements. 3.2 DISPOSAL OPERATIONS AND WASTE HAULING A. Legally transport and dispose of materials that cannot be delivered to a source -separated or mixed recycling facility to a transfer station or disposal facility that can legally accept the materials for the purpose of disposal. B. Use a permitted waste hauler or Contractor's trucking services and personnel. To confirm valid permitted status of waste haulers, visit the City of El Segundo website: http&://www.else Je-works/trash- recycling C. Become familiar with the conditions for acceptance of new construction, excavation and demolition materials at recycling facilities, prior to delivering materials. D. Legally transport and deliver to facilities that can legally accept new construction, excavation and demolition materials for purpose of re -use, recycling, or composting. E. Do not burn, bury or otherwise dispose of solid waste on the project job -site. 3.3 REUSE AND DONATION OPTIONS A. Implement a reuse program to the greatest extent feasible. Options for reuse 1II-A-16 Agreement No. 6311 may include, but are not limited to: Los Angeles County Materials Exchange (LACOMax) LACoMAX is a free service provided by the Los Angeles County Department of Public Works, Environmental Programs Division, designed to help residents, businesses, and organizations in Los Angeles County find markets for their industrial by-products, surplus materials, and other would-be discards. All exchanges are coordinated between the parties. The site can be accessed at htt i.//evww.la.dt w.qL cad/lacamax. 1 California Materials Exchange (CalMAX) is a free service provided by the State of California, Department of Resources Recycling and Recovery (CalRecycle) that connects businesses, organizations, manufacturers, schools, and individuals with online resources for exchanging materials. The site can be accessed at ivww,calrecycle.ca.gov/CalMAX Habitat for Humanity Restore resale outlets accept donated home improvement goods like furniture, home accessories, building materials and appliances. The materials are sold to the general public. The proceeds help local Habitat affiliates fund the construction of Habitat homes within their communities. Locations of ReStores can be found at www.habitat.org/restores 3.4 REVENUE A. Revenues or other savings obtained from recycled, re -used, or salvaged materials shall accrue to Contractor unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents. 3-0. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 3-1. BASE BID ITEMS Measurement for payment of base bid items will be paid for at the unit price per item or lump sum amount listed and shall include compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment, tools, materials, and incidentals needed to provide the bid items. The contract price shall include full compensation for coordination, mobilization, and pedestrian/vehicular traffic control. The contract price shall include removal and proper disposal of existing surface, debris, and vegetation as necessary, as well as the restoration of public and private property, damaged during the construction, to the City's satisfaction. 3-2. ALTERNATIVE BID ITEMS If approved, measurement for payment of the following alternative items will be paid for at the unit price per item or lump sum amount listed and shall include full III-A-17 Agreement No. 6311 compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment, tools, materials, and incidentals needed to provide the alternative items. The contract price shall include full compensation for coordination, mobilization, and pedestrian/vehicular traffic control. The contract price shall include removal and proper disposal of existing surface, debris, and vegetation as necessary, professional land surveying as needed, and restoration of the public and private property, damaged during the construction, to the City's satisfaction. 3-3. CHANGE ORDER REQUESTS At the pre -construction meeting, the Contractor shall submit hourly labor rates used and hourly company -owned equipment rates, based on the current State of California Department of Transportation Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates, to be used for any time and materials work. Hourly labor rates shall be accompanied by a breakdown of what items contribute to the total labor rate for each type of employee. For company -owned equipment, equipment types, brands, and models shall be clearly listed along with their hourly rate. Change order requests shall show the date the work occurred, the type of work that occurred, and the specific labor/equipment/material applicable to the work. Requests shall be accompanied by complete backup documentation including but not limited to time/equipment/material signed verification by the inspector, certified payroll, dated and clear receipts, applicable calculations, delivery tickets, etc. END OF SECTION III-A-18 Agreement No. 6311 SECTION IV — TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS A. Plumbing 1. Toilet: https://www.americanstandard-us.com/ American Standards Madera Chair Height Toilet System Elongated floor mount bowl, top spud, Model: 3043528.020, with Touchless Selectronic Piston Flush Valve, 1.28 gpf Or, American Standard Huron 1.28 - 1.6 gpf. Chair Height Top Spud Back Outlet Elongated EverClean® Bowl top spud Flushometer Model #3312001, Wall Outlet where shown on plans. Both options with Extra heavy duty open front -less cover Model #5905.100. Color: White. Flush Valve: American Standard Ultima Selectronic Touchless Toilet Flush Valve, Piston -Type, PWRX, 1.28 gpf: Sensor -Operated: Model #6065.121.002 or Sloan, Crown Model #I I I Low Consumption (1.6 gpf) SMO Flushometer https://www.sloanplumbingparts.com/fixtures Note: Automatic flush valve should also have the manual operation capability. 2. Lavatory: https://www.americanstandard-us.com/ American Standard, Decorum sink (21"x 20 1/4") # 9134004EC or American Standard, Murro Universal Design # 0954004EC. Both EverClean, Wall Mounted with EC Shroud Color: White Faucet: his://www.chicagofaucets.com/ Chicago Faucet 4" Centerset with wrist blade Handles Model:895-317E2805-5ABCP 1 . 3. Urinal:;li.�t�s//1wA,yaer'cnstandard-us.com/�......m......��i......a........................................A,,,...,,,.m............... American Standard, Washbrook FloWise, Model # 6590001 Color: White, Wall Mount as shown on plans. Flush Valve: lit ttps://vvww,sloanlilu::nbgngparts.conl/fixtUreS American Standard Electronic Flushometer with Top Spud, Model:6064101.002 or Sloan, Royal Sensor Flushometer, Model #186-0.125- ES-S Note: Automatic flush valve should also have the manual operation capability. 4. Floor Drain: n'imml:llr : / vww z��_xr� mare l cts.cr n �l or l �l s.�/w .LA: �l I cons/us Zurn ZN415-3NH-6B-P1/2 floor drain, Dura-Coated cast iron body with bottom outlet, combination invertible membrane clamp and adjustable collar, polished nickel bronze, and trap primer connection. or Kohler Model K-22671-CP Clearflow Round Brass Tile -in with same as above specs. All floor drains should be provided with self -priming traps. Trap Primer: lltt]IS.//'WWv,vr,ZLiriipi-odticts.com// Zurn Z1022-XL, Lead -Free Sam -Gard automatic trap primer, or Watts Lead Free Trap Primer, Series LFTP300, ha s://www,",atts.aoi!i�i/roducts 6. Hose Bib Box: lit tT,://New\N..ia orncrzg,co�� llydrant-boxes Acorn Stainless Steel Recessed Hose Box with Wall Flange, Model # 8151 IV-A-1 Agreement No. 6311 7. Control Valve: Ij,tt, s:/r"www.zkirjilLro(iti t.scoiil/`/; Zurn Wilkins Bronze Ball Valve with Stainless Steel handle and nut, Model #-850-XL 8 for or rpreplaced. no replacement can be found to match the size, existing vent can be repurposed, cleaned and repainted. B. S i https: //washroominc. com/product-categorylbobrick-washroom-equipment/ https://www.bradleyeorp.com/ https://www.koalabear.com 1. Seat Cover Dispensers — Bobrick # B-4221 Surface -Mounted or B-301 Recessed. 2. Toilet Tissue Dispensers — Bradley 5426-11 Surface mounted Coreless Jumbo Dual Roll, or Bobrick B-2892 Surface Mounted Twin Jumbo -Roll Toilet Tissue Dispenser. 3. Paper Towel Dispenser — Bobrick Semi -Recessed Automatic, Universal roll B-29744, or B- 3974-250 Surface Mounted where shown on plan. 4. Waste Receptacle — Bobrick B-35639 Trimline Surface Mounted, or B-35643 Recessed per plan. 5. Soap Dispenser — Bobrick # B-2012 Automatic, or B-2013 Automatic. 6. Mirror — Bobrick B-290, 24"x30" Glass Mirror with Stainless Steel Frame, or B-293 24"x30" Fixed Position Tilt Mirror with Stainless Steel Frame. 7. Grab Bar — Bobrick #B-6806x36 Straight Grab Bar 1-1/2" Dia x 36" long. and Bobrick #B6206x42 Straight Grab Bar 1-1/2" Dia x 42" long. 8. Toilet Door Hook — Bobrick B-6717 Single Robe Hook -Satin Finish. 9. Shelf — Bobrick B-298 Stainless Steel Shelf, 8" Deep x 24" Long. 10. Baby Changing Stations — Koala Kare Horizontal Wall Mounted Stainless Steel satin finish KB 110-SSWM. 11. Toilet and Urinal Partitions — Bradley, Series 400-Sentinel, Floor Mounted Overhead Braced, 69"/72" High Stainless Steel Doors and Panels. or Bobrick 1182 Series, Dural-ine Laminate Floor Mounted Overhead Braced, 70" High Gap -Free Door and Panel. Color: Platinum or Satin Stainless Steel. 12. Hand Dryer - Bobrick B-7128 115V TrimDryTM ADA Surface -Mounted Stainless Steel IV-A-2 Agreement No. 6311 C. Ji1c, litti2s://www.ci•c)ss%rilleiiie.coi-n/ Floor Tile, Ceramic Tile — Crossville Main Street 2"x2" with Cove base, Gallery Grey or Boutique Black colors, stone look, UPS- Unpolished. 2. Wall Tile, Ceramic Tile— Crossville Main Street 6"x 6" and 6"x12". Gallery Grey or Caf6 Caramel, stone look, UPS -Unpolished. WER niff, 1. Walls —Durm Edwards, DEW341, Swiss Coffee, Aristoshield Ultra -Premium Interior/Exterior Paint, Finish: Semi -gloss, two (2) coats. 2. Ceiling — Dunn Edwards, DET648, White Picket Fence, Aristoshield Ultra -Premium Interior/Exterior Paint, Finish: Semi -gloss, two (2) coats. E. Doors 1. Exterior Doors: Provide hollow metal doors and frames with ADA compliant lever hardware, automatic closure and locking key from PREMIER Steel Doors and Frames https://trustpremier.com or an SDI Certified manufacturer. wwwsteeldoonqrg - . .. ......... 2. Interior Doors: Solid -core Wood doors, Perfect Match Door by Marshfield Door Systems, Inc.; Algoma Hardwoods, Inc.; or Eggers Industries. Doors - Perfect Match Door by Marshfield Door Systems, Inc.; Algoma Hardwoods, Inc.; or Eggers Industries. www.Masonite.com F. Lighting Fixtures — Replace existing lights with LED high abuse vandal resistant, Kenall Architectural MLHA 12-48-F-LG-FA-34l/82C-37K8-DCC or Mighty Mac RMCA Series. https://kenall.com/Home/Products/Indigo-Clean-Tech/High-Abuse NOTE: All Fixtures, Accessories and Finish materials are subject to the owner's review and approval. Contractor shall submit manufacturer's cut -sheets and samples for owner's approval. Options, when provided, and Substitutions will be reviewed according to Specifications, subject to owner's approval. Agreement No. 6311 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONTINUED CHECKOUT BUILDING-RESTROOMS EL SEGUNDO RECREATION PARK DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, Section 01000Standard Provisions Section 01010 Description of Work Section 01020 NPDES Requirements Section 01030 Special Installation details Section 01100 Cutting and Patching Section 01400 Quality Control Section 01600 Materials and Equipment Section 01630 Substitutions Procedures Section 01700 Contract Closeout Section 01740 Warranties DIVISION 2 SITEWORK Section 02070 Selective Demolition DIVISION 3 ;O'SCR ATE Section 03013 Concrete Repair Work Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcing Section 03300 Cast -in -place Concrete DIVISION 4 MASONRY Not Used DIVISION 5 METALS Section 05400 Cold Formed Metal Framing DIVISION 6 NIOQD AND PLASTICS Section 06100 Rough Carpentry DWISION 7 "1"HER`IAL AND mO1'S"ruRE PROTiz.CrION Section 07840 Firestopping Section 07900 Joint Sealants DI1 1S,ION 8 ')OORS AND "WINDOWS Section 08117 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Section 08210 Wood Doors Section 08710 Door Hardware DIVISION 9 FINISHES Section 09220 Interior Non -load -bearing framing for Gypsum Board Assemblies Section 09260 Gypsum Board Assemblies Section 09300 Ceramic Tile Section 09900 Painting Agreement No. 6311 DIVISION' 10 SPECIALTIES Not Used DIVISION' I I EOL 711111 E NT Not Used DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS Not Used DIVISION' 13 SPECIAL CO',\STRu(-rION Not Used DIVISION 14 ONVEYING SYSTENIS Not Used D1171SION 15 MECHANICAL Not Used — Refer to Mechanical and Plumbing Plans DIVISI N 16 - FTELTRICAL Not Used — Refer to Electrical Plans Agreement No. 6311 DIVISIO*(S' L GEiN1RAL REQl_JRE,,N11,.,N,,TS 01001 A f 1 11 Y ( LE _-SLz%_ N-DAR-II.NR _QY_ 1,51 Q ,N,- 5 The work shall be performed in accordance with "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION" (Green Book), latest edition, including any sLipplements, hereinafter referred to as 'Standard Specifications', the latest editions of the California Building Code, California Plumbing Code, Califortiia Electrical Code. California Mechanical Code, and American with Disabilities Act (ADA), and in accordance with these Special Provisions. In case of conflict between the Standard Specifications and these contract specifications, the contract specifications shall take precedence, 01001.1 Q ,LNITIQNS A. By Owner: Items that will be ordered, paid for and shipped to Project by Owner. Contractor to receive, unload, unpack or uncrate, protect, move into place, install and connect these items as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. B. Furnish: Pay for, deliver (or receive), unload, inspect, and store as specified or directed while retaining care, custody and control until received for installation by others. C. Herein: As used in the Contract Documents refers to the contents of a particular Section, of the contents within parts of the Conditions of the Contract (General and Supplemental Conditions), and Division I - General Requirements. D. Install: Receive, set or place in position, make required connections, adjust and test for satisfactory performance and operation. E. Not In Contract (N.I.C.): Parts or products not in the Contract, but which may require provisions in the construction for future installation by Others. F. Product: Materials, systems, and equipment incorporated in or to be incorporated in the Project. G, Provide: Furnish and install, including without limitation, labor, materials, equipment, transportation, services, and other items required to complete referenced tasks. H, Remove: Take away and dispose of products, assemblies, or appurtenances as noted or indicated in the Contract Documents. I Remove and Verify Use: Remove items and verify with OSR disposition of use; item salvaged and reused, or item becomes the Contractor's property and is disposed of in a lawful manner off site. J. Replace: Reinstallation of removed items. K. Replace and provide new: Remove existing items, furnish and install new items in their place. L. Reuse: Remove items and store, reinstall stored items as indicated. MWork: Construction and services required by Contract Documents, whether completed of partially completed, and includes labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by Contractor to fulfill the, Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. nnlw�� A. Prior to the commencement of work, the Contractor shall submit the following information and reference materials for approval and obtain a building permit from the Building Official. I . Produce data sheets for the the flooring and wall products. 1 Material manufacturer's installation requirements for plumbing fixtures, toilet seats, toilet partitions, accessories, and all other items called for to be replaced or newly installed. 3. Material Safety Data Sheets, as applicable, for all the above -listed products. 4. A detailed work schedule indicating the start of work and the completion of each phase of work. Wu-cp-Lal fcz-ul ri I , , . . I 3 Agreement No. 6311 I Completed and signed off Building Permit, inspections and approval for all items that are part of this project as directed by the Building Official. 2, Specified warrantees and as built drawings. Z_ 01003 Qjj� W:TY CONTROL A. The Contractor shall use only skilled workers completely familiar with the products and the manufacturer's current recommended methods of installation. B. No person installing any portion of the work in an unsatisfactory manner or whose conduct is disruptive, in the opinion of the City, shall be allowed to continue. The on -site foreman shall promptly discharge such persons from the project jobsite. C. The Contractor shall keep, at the work site, a copy of a set of approved plans and specifications at all times during the work. D. The Contractor shall, upon discovering any potential error or omission in the plans or specifications, immediately notify the City, in writing, of the concern. E. The Contractor shall complete all work in accordance with the requirements of the current California Building Code, the material manufacturer's published general installation requirements, and industry standards. In the event of a conflict with these specifications and drawings with the above, the more stringent requirement shall prevail. F. The Contractor shall obtain the appropriate permits from the Building Division (building, plumbing, electrical, etc.). "No Fee" permits shall be issued-, however, the Contractor and all its sub -contractors shall obtain and/or possess all the required licenses, including the City's business license, at their own cost. 01004 MEETINGS A. Pre -Construction Meeting I Prior to the installation, representatives from the City, Architect/Engineers, Contractor, and Material Manufacturers shall meet at the jobsite to review the installation. 2. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Building Inspector and contact the Building Division for scheduling the meetings. B. Inspections and Permits I The Contractor shall coordinate all required inspections with the Building Inspector and post the permit at the work site prior to the start of work. 2. The Contractor is to notify the Building Division a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours in advance prior to the start of work. No installation without inspection will be permitted. Work performed without inspection is subject to removal and replacement. C. Changes in Work 1. Any changes in the scope of work which could result in an additional cost to the City or a reduction in cost to the City must be approved in writing by the City prior to installation. A. The Contractor shall remove all materials stated in scope of work/general requirements. B, The Contractor is to keep the premises clean and free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish at all times. The Contractor shall remove all debris, scrap, and rubbish from the work area daily, or other means approved by the City, to prevent injury or damage to personnel, equipment, building or premises. C. The Contractor is responsible for all damage resulting from related work. DAll materials to be disposed of shall be loaded directly from the building into trucks or disposal containers by means of approved methods that will prevent damage to building and grounds, and to preclude pollution. E. No accumulation in the staging area of materials to be disposed will be permitted at any time. The Contractor is responsible for prompt removal from the site and disposal in accordance with local codes and ordinances. 0 Agreement No. 6311 01006.1 DEFINITIONS A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. B. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations. C. Disposal: Removal off -site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse. E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility. F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work. 01006.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS G, General: Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. Implement waste management plan that results in maximum end -of -Project rates for salvage/recycling. Salvage and recycling rates should be measured in percent by weight or volume of total waste generated by the Work (excavated soil and land clearing debris does not contribute toward this credit). 1� H. Salvage/Recycle: Owner's goal is to salvage and recycle as much non -hazardous construction waste as possible including the following materials: I. Construction Waste: a. Site -clearing waste. b. Masonry and CU. c. Lumber. d. Wood sheet materials. e. Wood trim. f. Metals. g. Insulation. b Gypsum board. i. Piping. j. Electrical conduit. k. Packaging: Regardless of salvage/recycle goal indicated above, salvage or recycle 100 percent of the following uncontaminated packaging materials: 1) Paper. 2) Cardboard. 3) Boxes. 4) Plastic sheet and film. 5) Polystyrene packaging. 6) Wood crates. 01006.3 SUBMITTALS A. Waste Management Plan: The plan must demonstrate how the Contractor intends to accomplish the recycling requirements. B. Waste Reduction Progress Reports: If construction waste is not removed by Owner's 3,d party trash/recycling management company, concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit a progress report, signed by Contractor, documenting waste management activities for the month. Include copies of recycling tickets indicating weight and volume of all material leaving the job site. Provide photographs of each dumpster or container. 1006.4 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLATI C. Intent: Divert construction demolition and land clearing debris from landfill disposal, Redirect recyclable recovered resources back to the manufacturing process. Redirect 5 Agreement No. 6311 reusable materials to appropriate sites. D. Requirements: Develop and implement a waste management plan, quantifying material diversion goals. Recycle and /or salvage at least 75 percent of non -hazardous construction, demolition and land clearing waste. Calculations can be done by weight or volume, but must be consistent throughout. ................................ - The work to be done consists, in general, of removal of existing fixtures and accessories, finishes from the interior walls and floors, repair and reconstruct walls and floors, and installation of new tiles on walls and floors, installation of new finishes, fixtures and accessories, painting all paintable surfaces, and all appurtenant work in connection therewith, as identified on plans, in accordance with the latest edition of the Green Book, and California Building, Electrical, Plumbing, and Mechanical Codes, ADA and these specifications. 01011 UTILITIES The City has endeavored to locate and show on the plans approximate locations of all utilities and facilities to be encountered during construction. However, Contractor shall exercise reasonable care to protect existing utilities whether shown on the plans or not. Contractor shall promptly notify City of any utility lines which Contractor locates during the course of the work which may require protection or relocation. Contractor shall protect facilities shown on the plans as, "To be relocated," both prior to and after the relocation work, and any damage to such facilities shall be immediately repaired to the owner's satisfaction at no cost to the City. All utilities designated on the plans to be protected in place shall be carefully uncovered if located within the lines of excavation and time shall be allowed for the project manager to field -check the location of such utilities to make certain that they will not interfere with construction. In the event a utilities conflict exists, the City will either arrange for utility owner to relocate the utility or adjust grade and/or alignment of the proposed improvement. In the event any such facility should be disturbed or damaged, the Contractor shall at once make repairs to the satisfaction of the owner or arrange with the owner to make repairs at no cost to City. 01012 EXAMINATION OF PLANS SPECIFICATIONS, AND SITE OFTI-11' WORKS . . .... . .... . .... The plans and specifications to which the proposal forms refer are on file and open to inspection in the Office of the City Engineer. The plans indicate conditions at the site of the work as they are believed to exist, but it is not intended, nor to be inferred, that such indication constitutes a presentation by the City, or any officer thereof, that the conditions so indicated are actually existent, nor shall the City or any officer or employee thereof, be liable for any loss sustained by a Contractor as a result or consequence of any variance between such conditions as indicated and those actually revealed during the progress of the work, or otherwise. Therefore, prior to the award of the contract, Contractor was required to, and did, carefully examine the plans and specifications, and the site of the proposed work, and to judge for itself as to the nature and location of the work to be done and the general conditions relative thereto; and the submission of Contractor's proposal, which has been accepted by the agreement between the parties, will be considered prima -facie evidence that the Contractor has made the necessary investigation and is satisfied with respect to the conditions to be encountered, the character, quantity, and quality of the work and materials to be performed or furnished, and the requirements and provisions of the plans, specifications, and Contract Documents. 01013 ESTINN KFE 0'-'C tjANTITIES it IN IN a He IM430140 or a IN a I mie we] a a# Is $I ta I wsfiLgl 814 w FW= Prot.] tm 191 n. Agreement No. 6311 Manager does not guarantee or agree, either expressly or by implication, that the actual amounts required will correspond therewith, but reserves the right to increase or decrease the amount of any item or portion of work or material to be performed or furnished, or to omit any such item or portion, in accordance with the provisions relative thereto set forth in the Standard Specifications. 01014 I)ERMITS, LK."ENSES, AND IN'SI)ECTIONS The Contractor and subcontractors shall obtain a City business license, prior" to any commencement of work. City building permit, is required; however, they will be issued at no cost to the Contractor. The Contractor and all its subcontractors shall comply with the Clean Air and Federal Water Pollution Control Acts and the regulations of the Environmental Protection Agency. The Contractor and/or the Contractor's subcontractors shall pay for and obtain all necessary pen -nits to comply with these acts and regulations. 01015 COND.U.C.T..OF CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS Construction operations shall be conducted in such a manner as to cause as little inconvenience as possible to employees' workstations. Convenient access to offices, workstations, restrooms, vending machines, and equipment shall be maintained and kept in good condition. No material or equipment shall be stored where it will interfere with the free and safe passage of office personnel. At the end of each day's work and at other times when construction operations are suspended for any reason, the Contractor shall remove all equipment and other obstructions from the office and break room areas. All spillage and any excessive dirt or debris caused by hauling operations, or moving eguipmeat along or across the buildina shall be removed immediately at the Contractor's expense. All Contractors and subcontractors performing work shown on or related to these specifications shall conduct their operations so that all employees are provided a safe place to work and the public is protected. All Contractors and subcontractors shall comply with the "Occupational Safety and Health Regulations" of the U.S. Department of Labor and with the State of California Department of Industrial Relations "Construction Safety Orders," and the City Engineer shall not be responsible in any way for this compliance. Contractor further agrees that the Contractor will assume sole and complete responsibility for job site conditions during the course of construction of this project, including safety of all persons and property; that this requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours; and that the Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold the owner and City harmless from any and all liability, real or alleged, in connection with the performance of work on the project, except for liability arising from sole negligence of the owner or the City. 01017 LO.INSTRQI(µ.'TION MATERIAL STORAGE It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to locate any storage sites for materials and equipment needed, and such sites must be approved in advance by the City. 01018 DANIIA(JES QUI.-ITO CCU NSTJLVJJON Street pavement, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, driveways, sprinklers, grass, landscaping, or any other City - owned equipment/materials damaged as a result of the Contractor's operation shall be repaired in accordance with the City's standard drawings and specifications at the Conti -actor's sole expense, as soon as possible. 01019 S Q JIIN 1) C`() TR 0 L 7 Agreement No. 6311 The Contractor shall comply with all local sound control and noise level rules, regulations, and ordinances which apply to any work performed pursuant to the contract. Each internal combustion engine, used for any purpose on the job or related to the job, shall be equipped with a muffler of a type recommended by the manufacturer. No internal combustion engine shall be operated on the project without said muffler. Said noise level requirement shall apply to all equipment on the job or related to the job, including but not limited to trucks, transit mixers or transient equipment that may or may not be owned by the Contractor. The use of loud sound signals shall be avoided in favor of light warnings except those required by safety laws for the protection of personnel. 01020 NPDES REQUIREMENTS The contractor shall conform to the requirements of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit for Construction Activities, and the Drainage Area Management Plan (DAMP) in compliance with the Federal Requirements for the Control of Urban Pollutants to Ston-n Water Runoff. As a part of the requirements of the DAMP, the Contractor will prepare and implement a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) prior to the start of construction activities. The SWPPP will identify the Best Management Practices (BMPs) the Contractor will use to prevent pollutants from entering the storm drain systems. In addition, the Public Works Manager may require the contractor to install additional BMPs as needed to prevent pollutants from entering the storm drain system. 01030 SPECIAL INSTALLATION DETAILS 01031 GENERAL Flooring, cove base and all other work shall be complete, notwithstanding discrepancies or incompleteness or inaccuracies between the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide and install the proper and necessary quantities of items to result in new flooring and cove base. Full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals, and performing all reivir%d,&�-a 'o, and no additional compensation will be allowed. The lump sum amount shall include all tasks needed to completq the job to the City's satisfaction. This work shall consist of supplying all labor, methods or processes, implements, tools, machinery, equipment and materials to complete the cove base and flooring, including preliminary preparation, and protection of new work, as directed by the Public Works Manager, to provide a completed project. I Before the commencement of work, the Contractor shall furnish the Public Works Manager with a statement from the vendors. Said statements shall state the date that any materials ordered are shipped. The City shall not be liable for any delay to performance prior to delivery of these submittals. M Agreement No. 6311 PART I - GENE RAL A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections., apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and patching, B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division I Section 01040 "Coordination" for procedures for coordinating cutting and patching with other construction activities. Division 2 Section 02070 "Selective Demolition" for demolition of selected portions of the building for alterations. Refer to other Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. a. Requirements of this Section apply to electrical installations. Refer to Division 16 Section 16100 "Electrical Basic Materials and Methods" for other requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching electrical installations. mwmmmna�� A. Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures well in advance of the time cutting and patching will be performed. Request approval to proceed. Include the following information, as applicable, in the proposal: I Describe the extent of cutting and patching required. Show how it will be performed and indicate why it cannot be avoided. 2 Describe anticipated results in terms of changes to existing construction. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in the building appearance and other significant visual elements. 3. List products to be used and firms or entities that will perforrn Work. 4. Indicate dates when cutting and patching will be performed. 5. Utilities: List utilities that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List utilities that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out -of -service. Indicate how long service will be disrupted. Coordinate interruptions with Owner. 6. Where cutting and patching involves adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with the original structure. T Approval by the Architect to proceed with cutting and patching does not waive the Architect's right to later require complete removal and replacement of unsatisfactory work. A, Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would change their load -carrying capacity or load -deflection ratio. Obtain approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following structural elements where applicable: Agreement No. 6311 a. Foundation construction. b. Bearing and retaining walls. C. Structural concrete. d. Structural steel. e. Primary framing. 9. Structural decking. h. Miscellaneous structural metals. Equipment supports. ductwork. vessels. and eauil2menT B. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Obtain approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following operating elements or safety related systems: a. Primary operational systems and equipment. b. Air or smoke barriers. C. HVAC systems. d. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. e. Membranes and flashings. f. Fire protection systems 9. Noise and vibration control elements and systems. h. Control systems. i. Communication systems. J. Electrical wiring systems, including emergency power systems. C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace construction cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL X Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible if identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used. Use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of existing materials. B. At plaster ceilings and walls to be cut and patched, patch with a plaster system to match existing. Entire surface to receive a skin coat over the surrounding area to the nearest inside or outside comer for a smooth paint application to conceal all patched areas. FWETAI-619�� 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching is to be performed before cutting. If unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are encountered, take corrective action before proceeding. Agreement No. 6311 Before proceeding, meet at the Project Site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut, as required. B. Protection: Protect existing construction and adjacent facilities to remain during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of the Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. C. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. Provide safe and protected paths of travel for building occupants and public users as required. D. Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the building but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. A. General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. I In general, where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a Carborundum saw or a diamond -core drill. 4. Where services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass utility services, such as pipe or conduit, before cutting. Cut-off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and sea] the remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after bypassing and cutting. C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. Where removing walls or partitions, extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform color and appearance. Remove existing adjacent floor and wall coverings as required and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. 11 Agreement No. 6311 a. Where patching occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch after the area has received primer and second coat. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. END OF SECTION 01100 12 k 'NUN, "TO 0 Agreement No. 6311 I a � 10,4 a Kill I a 01 114im- J 01 A Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality -control services, B. Quality control services include inspections, tests, and related actions, including reports performed by Contractor, by independent agencies, and by governing authorities. They do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. C. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements. D. Requirements of this Section relate to customized fabrication and installation procedures, not production of standard products. Specific quality -control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. Specified inspections, tests, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality control procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract Document requirements. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality -control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. E. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division I Section 01045 "Cutting and Patching" specifies requirements for repair and restoration of construction disturbed by inspection and testing activities. 2. Division I Section 01300 "Submittals" specifies requirements for development of a schedule of required tests and inspections. 1.3 RESPONSIBILITIES AContractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated as the responsibility of another identified entity, Contractor shall provide inspections, tests, and other quality -control services specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents and required by authorities having jurisdiction. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and other and yay a qualified independent testing agency to perform quality control services. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and other tuality-control services are the Owner's responsibility, the Owner will employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform those services. 13 Agreement No. 6311 B. Retesting: The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results of inspections, tests, or other quality control services prove unsatisfactory and indicate noncompliance with Conti -act Document requirements, regardless of whether the original test was Contractor's responsibility. I The cost of retesting construction, revised or replaced by the Contractor, is the Contractor's responsibility where required tests perforrned on original construction indicated noncompliance with Contract Document requirements. C, Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required inspections, tests, and similar services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify the agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Auxiliary services required include, but are not limited to, the following: Provide access to the Work. Furnish incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate inspections and tests. Take adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing or assist the agency in taking samples. Provide facilities for storage and curing of test samples: Deliver samples to testing laboratories. Provide the agency with a preliminary design mix proposed for use for materials mixes that require control by the testing agency. Provide security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project Site. D, Duties of the Testing Agency: The independent agency engaged to perform inspections, sampling, and testing of materials and construction specified in individual Sections shall cooperate with the Architect and the Contractor in performance of the agency's duties. The testing agency shall provide qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests. 1. The agency shall notify the Architect and the Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. The agency is not authorized to release, revoke, alter, or enlarge requirements of the Contract Documents or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. The agency shall not perform any duties of the Contractor. E. Coordination: Coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay. Coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking samples, and similar activities. AThe independent testing agency shall submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each inspection, test, or similar service to the Architect and Owner. Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test, or similar service include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Date of issue. b. Project title and number. C. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency, d. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. e. Names of individuals making the inspection or test. f. Designation of the Work and test method. 14 Agreement No. 6311 9. Identification of product and Specification Section. h. Complete inspection or test data. i. Test results and an interpretation of test results. J. Ambient conditions at the time of sample taking acid testing. k. Comments or professional opinion on whether inspected or tested Work complies with Contract Document requirements. I Name and signature of laboratory inspector. M, Recommendations on retesting, if required. n. City's project number. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service agencies, including independent testing laboratories, that are prequalified as complying with the American Council of Independent Laboratories "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification" and that specialize in the types of inspections and tests to be perforined. Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the state where the Project is located. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample taking and similar services, repair damaged construction and/or damaged adjacent existing facilities to remain, and restore substrates and finishes. Comply with Contract Document requirements for Division I Section 01045, "Cutting and Patching." & Protect construction exposed by or for quality -control service activities, and protect repaired construction. C. Repair and protection is Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing, or similar services. FRIJIMIJIMM11HEMM I R Agreement No. 6311 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing the Contractor's selection of products for use in the Project. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: I Division I Section 01095 "Reference Standards and Definitions" specifies the applicability of industry standards to products specified. 2. Division I Sections 01300 "Submittals" specifies requirements for submittal of the Contractors Construction Schedule and the Submittal Schedule. 3. Division I Section 01631 "Substitutions" specifies administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract. A� Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents, such as "specialties," "systems," "structure," "finishes," "accessories," and similar terms. Such terms are self-explanatory and have well -recognized meanings in the construction industry. 'Products' are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased for the Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms 11material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. a. "Named Products" are items identified by the manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation, shown or listed in the manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of the date of the Contract Documents. 'Materials' are products substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished, refined or otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to forrn a part of the Work. that requires service connections, such as wiring or piping. A. Product List: Prepare a list showing products specified in tabular form acceptable to the Architect. Include generic names of products required. Include the manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for each item listed. Coordinate product list with the Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals. Form: Prepare product list with information on each item tabulated under the following column headings: 16 Agreement No. 6311 a. Related Specification Section number. b. Generic name used in Contract Documents. c. Proprietary name, model number, and similar designations. d. Manufacturer's name and address. e. Supplier's name and address. f. Installer's name and address. 9. Projected delivery date or time span of delivery period. Initial Submittal: Within 30 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of an initial product list. Provide a written explanation for omissions of data and for known variations from Contract requirements. a. At the Contractors option, the initial submittal may be limited to product selections and designations that must be established early in the Contract period. 4. Completed List: Within 60 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of the completed product list. Provide a written explanation for omissions of data and for known variations from Contract requirements. 5. Architect's Action: The Architect will respond in writing to Contractor within 2 weeks of receipt of the completed product list. No response within this period constitutes no objection to listed manufacturers or products but does not constitute a waiver of the requirement that products comply with Contract Documents. The Architect's response will include a list of unacceptable product selections, containing a brief explanation of reasons for this action. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind from a single source. quantity adequate to complete project requirements in a timely manner, consult with the Architect to ►.. the most ► ► qualities ► proceeding. B. Compatibility of Options: When the Contractor is given the option of selecting between two (2) or more products for use on the Project, the product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. C. Nameplates: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or imprint manufacturer's or producer's nameplates or trademarks on exposed surfaces of products that will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the exterior. La'tcls: L*czte reGivirei �,rqivct I?4cIg--zA,& sum�z.QA cQAcg?Jci_wrfaces Qr, where n-stdn_'.1 for observation after installation, on accessible surfaces that are not conspicuous. I Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service connected or power -operated equipment. Locate on an easily accessible surface that is inconspicuous in occupied spaces. The nameplate shall contain the following information and other essential operating data: a. Name of product and manufacturer, b. Model and serial number. C. Capacity. d. Speed. e. Ratings. 17 Agreement No. 6311 A. Deliver, store, and handle products according to the manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. I Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at the site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to assure minimum holding tune for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to the site in an undamaged condition in the manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. 5. Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 6. Store heavy materials away from the Project structure in a manner that will not endanger the supporting construction. 7. Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground, under cover in a weather - tight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and new at the time of installation. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, safety guards, and other devices and details needed for a complete installation and the intended use and effect. Standard Products: Where available, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. B. Product Selection Procedures: The Contract Documents and governing regulations govern product selection. Procedures governing product selection include the following: Proprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name only a single product or manufacturer, provide the product indicated. The Architect or Owner retains the right to reject any proposed substitution. Semi -proprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name two (2) or more products or manufacturers, provide I of the products indicated. Where Specifications, specify products or manufacturers by name, accompanied by the term "or equal" or'or approved equal,' comply with the Contract Document provisions concerning 'substitutions' to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. gms) Kell.. 1VIND)a grag 11kos) .11 IN Agreement No. 6311 Contract requirements. Comply with Conti -act Document provisions concerning ,substitutions' to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. 4, Descriptive Specification Requirements: Where Specifications describe a product or assembly, listing exact characteristics required, with or without use of a brand or trade name, provide a product or assembly that provides the characteristics and otherwise complies with Contract requirements. 5. Performance Specification Requirements: Where Specifications require compliance with performance requirements, provide products that comply with these requirements and are recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. a. Manufacturer's recommendations may be contained in published product literature or by the manufacturer's certification of performance. 6. Compliance with Standards, Codes, and Regulations: Where Specifications only require compliance with an imposed code, standard, or regulation, select a product that complies with the standards, codes, or regulations specified. 7. Visual Matching: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, the Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches satisfactorily. d. Where no product available within the specified category matches satisfactorily and complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions of the Contract Documents concerning "substitutions" for selection of a matching product in another product category. 8. Visual Selection: Where specified product requirements include the phrase "... as selected from manufacturer's standard colors, patterns, textures .. " or a similar phrase, select a product and manufacturer that complies with other specified requirements. The Architect will select the color, pattern, and texture from the product line selected. If a color, pattern or texture is referred to on the Finish List, this feature will be considered a basis for acceptance or rejection of another product, based upon previously Owner -approved colors and finishes The Finish list attached is the result of extensive Owner review and alternate selections may be rejected by the Owner. 9. Allowances: Refer to individual Specification Sections and "Allowance" provisions in Division I for allowances that control product selection and for procedures required for processing such selections. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of products in the applications indicated. Anchor each product securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other Work. Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 19 Agreement No. 6311 PARTI GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Section includes Substitution Bid and Submittal Process. A. When material, article, or method is specified using name of proprietary product manufacturer, vendor, or method followed by phrase "or equal," specific item mentioned establishes basis upon which bids are to be prepared. 1. Other manufacturers' materials, articles, and methods not named will be considered as substitutions provided required information is submitted on "FORM FOR SUBSTITUTIONS FOR SPECIFIED ITEMS" and will not require substantial revisions of Contract Documents. 2. This applies to specific construction methods when required by Contract Documents. B. Whenever material, article, ormetbod is specified or described without phrase "orequal," no substitutions will be allowed except as directed by the owner. C. Cost for redesigns due to substituted items are responsibility of Contractor. D. Bidder represents the following in making their request for substitution(s). 1. Has personally investigated proposed product or method and determined it is equal in all respects to that specified. 2. Will furnish same guarantee for substitution as for product or method specified. 3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work, making designand construction changes to complete Work in all respects following Contract requirements without additional cost to the Commission. A. In order for substitutions that do not change design intent to be considered, submit no later than 30 days after date of Notice to Proceed, 3 copies of complete data set forth herein to permit complete analysis of proposed substitutions listed on submitted "FORM FOR SUBSTITUTIONS FOR SPECIFIED ITEMS". For Products. a. Identification including manufacturer's name and address, Manufacturer's literature, including but not necessarily limited to: I ) Product description, perforniance, and test data. 2) Reference standards. b. Samples where appropriate. c. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and dates of installation with contact name and telephone number. 2. For Construction Methods. a. Detailed description of proposed method. b. Drawings illustrating methods. C. Name and address of similar projects on which method was used and dates of use with contact name and telephone number. 3. Comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified. 4. Data relating to impact on construction schedule by proposed substitution. 5. Impact on other contracts. 20 Agreement No. 6311 9MMMONVII SUIXEMINIM A. No request for substitutions submitted after Bid Opening will be considered unless following evidence is submitted to Engineer. 1. Specified material or method is unavailable, due to cause(s) stated in General Conditions, Article 15.5.1 a. Submit data to permit complete analysis of the proposed substitution. HFUJIM A. Engineer's decision regarding evaluation of substitutions will be final and binding B. Request for time extensions and additional costs based on submission, acceptance, or rejection of substitutions will be evaluated following Contract Documents. C. All approved substitutions will be incorporated into Contract by Change Order, PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED I, I ELILCIEWINI PART 4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.1 Providing for and complying with requirements in this Section will not be measured for payment, but cost will be considered incidental to Contract. 21 Agreement No. 6311 PARTI-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Project record document submittal. 3. Operation and maintenance manual submittal. 4. Submittal of warranties. 5. Final cleaning. B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections in Divisions 2 through 16. A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. a. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. b. If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, and reasons the Work is not complete. 2. Advise the Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, damage surveys, and similar final record information. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items. 7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. Advise the Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 8. Complete startup testing of systems and instruction of the Owner's operation and maintenance personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touchup, painting. 10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes. 22 Agreement No. 6311 B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect and Owner will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. The Architect and consultants will prepare a Punchlist, at substantial completion, listing outstanding items requiring completion. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work on the punchlist is complete. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. 1.4 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. I Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required. 1 Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. 3, Submit a copy of the Architect's final inspection list (Punchlist) of items to be completed or corrected, endorsed and dated by the Architect. The copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or other -wise resolved for acceptance and shall be endorsed and dated by the Architect. 4. Submit final meter readings for utilities as required and similar data as of the date of Substantial Completion or when the Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 5. Submit consent of surety to final payment. 6. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement. 7. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. B. Re -inspection Procedure: The Architect will re -inspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been completed, except for items whose completion is delayed under circumstances acceptable to the Architect. Upon completion of re -inspection, the Architect will prepare a certificate of final acceptance. If the Work is incomplete, the Architect will advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. If necessary, re -inspection will be repeated, with additional fees incurred by the Architect to be paid by the contractor. A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect record documents from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistant location. Provide access to record documents for the Architect's reference during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white -prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark which drawing is most capable of 23 Agreement No. 6311 showing conditions fully and accurately. Reflect inforination from • drawings. Give particular atte,ttion to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. Mark new information that is important to the Owner but was not shown on Contract Drawings. Note related chanac-order numbers where applicable. Organize record drawing sheets in the same sequence as construction documents. Bind sets with durable -paper cover sheets-, print suitable titles, dates, and other identification on the cover. Record drawings are not to be removed from the Project office during construction. C. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including addenda. Include with the Project Manual one copy of other written construction documents, such as Change Orders and modifications issued in printed form during construction. I Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications. 2. Give particular attention to substitutions and selection of options and information on concealed construction that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 3, Note related record drawing information and Product Data. D, Upon completion of the Work, submit record drawings and Specifications to the Architect for the Owner's records. E. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal. Note related Change Orders and markup of record drawings and Specifications. Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual Work performed in comparison with infonnation submitted. Include variations in products delivered to the site and from the manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the Work that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. Upon completion of markup, submit complete set of record Product Data to the Architect for the Owner's records. Record Sample Submitted: Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall meet with the Architect and the Owner's personnel at the Project Site to determine which Samples are to be transmitted to the Owner for record purposes. Comply with the Owner's instructions regarding delivery to the Owner's Sample storage area. G, Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements of miscellaneous record keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of the Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order. Identify miscellaneous records properly and bind or file, ready for' continued use and reference. Submit to the Architect for the Owner's records. H. Maintenance Manuals and Warranties: Organize operation and maintenance data and warranties into three suitable sets of manageable size to be delivered to the Architect for the Owner. Bind properly indexed data in individual, heavy duty, 2 inch (51 mm), 3 ring, vinyl covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the following types of information: KE Agreement No. 6311 1. Emergency instructions. 2. Spare parts list. 3. Copies of warranties/guarantees. 4. Wiring diagrams where applicable. 5. Recommended "turn -around" cycles. 6. Inspection procedures. 7. Shop Drawings and Product Data FWAY,", PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each Installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. Provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives if installers are not experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. Include a detailed review of the following items: 1. Maintenance manuals. 2. Record documents. 3. Spare parts and materials. 4. Tools. 5. Lubricants. 6. Fuels. 7. Identification systems. 8. Control sequences. 9. Hazards. 10. Cleaning. 11. Warranties and bonds. 12. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments. �AS ��111111111111111111 IF 1111 1111 11 1 1. Startup. 2. Shutdown. 3. Emergency operations. 4. Noise and vibration adjustments. S. Safety procedures. 6. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 7. Effective energy utilization. 3.2 FINAL CLEANING A. General: The General Conditions require general cleaning during construction. Regular site cleaning is included in Division I Section 01500 "Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls." B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Clean and repair all existing adjacent surfaces that may have been damaged or soiled during completion. Comply with manufactures instructions. 25 Agreement No. 6311 Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion. a. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. b. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other substances that are noticeable vision -obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. C. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to a dust -free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. Leave concrete floors broom clean. Vacuum carpeted surfaces. d. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps. e. Clean the site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter, and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills, and other foreign deposits. C. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection from existing facilities after installation of the Work to be performed is complete. D. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not bum waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of lawfully. Where extra materials of value remain after completion of associated Work, they become the Owner's property. Deliver these materials to Owner as directed by the Owner, or if the Owner directs, dispose of these materials. 26 Agreement No. 6311 P A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for warranties required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturers standard warranties on products and special warranties. Refer to the General Conditions for the Contractor's period for correction of the Work. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 1 Section 01300 "Submittals" specifies procedures for submitting warranties. Division I Section 01700 "Contract Closeout" specifies contract closeout procedures. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and installations specified to be warranted. Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to Owner are if spec led elsewhere in the Contract Documents. C. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor. MKJEEE�� A. Standard product warranties are preprinted written warranties published by individual manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to the Owner. B. Special warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract Documents, either to extend time limits provided by. -,standard warranties or to provide greater rights for the Owner. A. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting failed or damaged warranted construction, remove and replace construction that has been damaged as a result of such failure or must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted construction. B. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation. C, Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life. M Agreement No. 6311 D. Owner's Recourse: Expressed warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise available under the law. Z� Expressed warranty periods shall not be interpreted as limitations on the time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies. Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. E. Where the Contract Documents require a special warranty, or similar commitment on the Work or part of the Work, the Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept the Work, until the Contractor presents evidence that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so. Contractor to personally war -rant all work for one full year following final acceptance. A. Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion. If the Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for warranties other than the date of Substantial Completion for the Work, or a designated portion of the Work, submit written warranties upon request of the Architect. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the Owner, by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction period, submit properly executed warranties to the Architect within fifteen (15) days of completion of that designated portion of the Work. B. When the Contract Documents require the Contractor, or the Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer to execute a special warranty, prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner, through the Architect, for approval prior to final execution. C. Form of Submittal: At Final Completion compile three (3) copies of each required warranty properly executed by the Contractor, or by the Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer. Organize the warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. Submit to the Architect for review and delivery to the Owner. D, Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, commercial quality, durable 3 ring, vinyl covered loose leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2 by 11 inch (115 by 280 mm) paper. I Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark the tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product, and the name, address, and telephone number of the Installer. 2. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title 'WARRANTIES,' Project title or name, and name of the Contractor. 3. When warranted construction requires operation and maintenance manuals, provide additional copies of each required warranty, as necessary, for inclusion in each required manual. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01740 P&I Agreement No. 6311 PARTIGENE RAL A. Definitions: As follows: I Remove: Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be reinstalled, salvaged, or to remain the Owner's property. 2. Remove and Salvage: Items indicated to be removed and salvaged remain the Owner's property. Remove, clean, and pack or crate items to protect against damage. Identify contents of containers and deliver to Owner's designated storage area. 3, Remove and Reinstall: Remove items indicated; clean, service, and otherwise prepare them for reuse; store and protect against damage. Reinstall items in locations indicated. 4, Existing to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by the Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and then cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division I Section 01045 "Cutting & Patching" specifies requirements for repair and restoration of construction disturbed by inspection and testing activities. Division I Section 01400 "Quality Control" specifies administrative and procedural requirements for quality -control services. C. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain the Owner's property, demolished materials shall become the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site with further disposition at the Contractor's option. The Contractor is to retain salvage rights on all materials to be removed. D, Photograph or videotape in sufficient detail, existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective demolition operations. E. Provide record drawings at Project closeout according to Division 1 Section 01700, "Contract Closeout." Identify and accurately locate capped utilities and other related but concealed structural, electrical, or mechanical conditions. R Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before starting selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. G. Owner will occupy portions of the building within and immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so that Owner's operations will not be disrupted. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations. K Storage or sale of removed items or materials on -site will not be permitted. 2.1 NATIONAL EMISSION STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS (NESHAP) REQUIREMENTS A. The General Contractor (GC) will be required to complete and submit the National Emission Standards for 29 Agreement No. 6311 Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) Demolition/Renovation Notification ten (10) working days prior to mobilization. B. The Notification Form needs to be submitted to comply with the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) NESHAP Regulation. Upon completion, a copy of the completed form must be forwarded to the Owner. C. Please note, no project will be allowed to mobilize until the Owner has received a completed copy of the NESHAP 10-Day Notification. PART 3 EXECUTION A. Survey the condition of the buildings to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of the structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition. B. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. C. Maintain existing utilities to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. D. Conduct demolition operations and remove debris to ensure minimum interference with other adjacent occupied areas. E. Conduct demolition operations to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent areas to remain, Ensure safe passage of people within and around selective demolition area. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain and are exposed during selective demolition operations. F. Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise. G. Provide and maintain interior shoring, bracing, or structural support as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of buildings to be selectively demolished. H. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. J. Clean adjacent areas of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before start of selective demolition. K. Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. L. Promptly patch and repair holes and damaged surfaces caused to adjacent construction by selective demolition operations. M, Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. N. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into adjoining construction to remain in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing. O. Patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the project area where demolished walls or partitions extend one finished area into another. Provide a flush and even surface of uniform color and aff�� 30 Agreement No. 6311 P. Disposal: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on -site. Do not bum demolished materials. Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. END OF SECTION 02070 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 31 Agreement No. 6311 DIVION 3 CONCRETE t PAH11, -QE'NLRA 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Concrete patching. 2. Concrete repair work. 1.2 RELATED ITEMS A. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement, for new work and also for additional reinforcement required for work under this Section B. Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete; for all new concrete work for additions and expansions. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01330, Submittal Procedures. B. Aggregate Test Reports and Mix Designs: Submit mix design including historical or trial mixture data, and aggregate test reports, as requested by OS. 1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Verify and comply with State and Local Code Jurisdiction Regulations regarding Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) and Special Solvent Requirements. A. Concrete Patching (Horizontal Surfaces). 1. Horizontal Patching Mortar - Design Criteria: a. Water -to- Cement Ratio 0.40 b. Slump Without PSP-N2 1-1/2" (40 mm) c. With PSP-N2 5-1/2" (140 mm) d. Cement Factor, Nominal 6.91 sq./yd c. Air Content, Calculated 6.5% Horizontal Patching Mortar - Materials: a. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type 1, Portland Cement, or equal. b. Aggregate: 1) Course: ASTM C33, Size No. 7 (1/2" to No.4). 2) Fine: ASTM C144. c. Admixtures: 1) Plasticizer: ASTM C494, Type F; Protex Industries, Inc., "PSN-NZ", or equal, Horizontal. Patching Mortar - Mixing (per Cu. Yd.). a. Cement (lbs.): 650 (295 kg). b. Admixtures: 1) Plasticizer 60.0 ounces* (1.77 L) 2) Air Entrainer .5 ounces"(15 mL) 3) Fine Aggregate (lbs.) 1475 (670 kg) 4) Coarse Aggregate (lbs.) 1485 (675 kg) 5) Water, Net (lbs.) 260 (118 kg) The batch weights shown above are on an over dry basis and should be adjusted for the amount of moisture in the aggregates at the time of batching. Mix in accordance with admixture manufacturer's recommendations. The amount of plasticizer may be varied as necessary to produce the desired consistency. ** The amount of air entraining agent will have to be varied to maintain the specified air content. 32 Agreement No. 6311 B. Concrete Patching (Vertical Surfaces). 1. Vertical Patching Mortar: a. Patching Material shall be "Thorite" as made by Standard Dry Wall Products, or equal. Material shall be delivered in factory -sealed and labeled containers. Furnish mixing and application instructions with the material. b. Liquid Admixture shall be "Acryl 60" as made by Standard Dry Wall Products, or equal. Admixture shall be compatible with the patching material. c. Mixing. Add the factory prepared dry material to a mixture of three parts water to one part liquid admixture, in strict conformance with manufacturer's instructions. Mix to a "batter" consistency for the first coat and to a suitable heavy trowel consistency for patching. 2.2 CONCRETE REPAIR WORK A. Concrete Repair Work (to be used when the repair is full depth - i.e. filling in a portion of slab that has been removed): Concrete may be ready -mixed or may be job -mixed at the Contractor's option. Ready - mixed concrete shall conform to ASTM C94 except as may be otherwise specified herein. Job -mixed concrete shall be equivalent to ready -mixed concrete furnished under ASTM C94. Concrete may contain admixtures as allowed by ASTM C94 except that accelerators shall not be used. At the Contractor's option, fly ash may be used to reduce cement content and also subject to the following. Fly ash shall meet the requirements of ASTM C618 except that loss on ignition shall not exceed 5%. The ratio of fly ash to cement shall not exceed 0.15. The maximum water -to -cement plus fly ash ratio (by weight) shall not exceed 0.45. Cement used shall be Type I conforming to ASTM C 150. Coarse aggregate shall be 3/4" to No. 4 in size and shall be regular weight type. Slump shall be 4" or less. Ready -mixed concrete shall be proportioned per ASTM C94. Strength at 28 days shall be 4000 psi, minimum. Reinforcing Steel Bars: deformed bars from new billet stock, ASTM A615 Grade 60, and meet requirements of Section 03200. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONCRETE PATCHING PLACEMENT A. Concrete Removal — General: I . All unsound concrete in repair areas shall be removed down to sound concrete. Removal of concrete shall extend 2"-4" beyond the outer boundary of unsound concrete. Concrete shall be removed completely around exposed reinforcing steel to provide a minimum of 3/4" clearance between concrete and reinforcement. If sound concrete is reached before exposing more than half of the reinforcing bar, it is not necessary to extend concrete removal around entire bar. 2. The repair areas shall generally be rectangular shaped in plain view and exhibit a generally uniform depth. Provide a minimum 1/4" deep vertical edge at the perimeter of the repair area by sawcutting or chipping. Featheredges are not permitted. The edges of the repair area shall be perpendicular or slightly undercut. During sawcutting, exercise caution to avoid damaging existing reinforcement near the surface of the concrete. Prior to sawcutting, the Contractor shall remove sufficient concrete to determine both the location and the depth of the existing reinforcement. Exercise caution to avoid damaging the existing reinforcement located near the surface of the concrete. 3. During the removal process, the Conti -actor shall exercise care to avoid cracking and otherwise damaging Surrounding sound concrete, reinforcement, anchored or embedded items, etc. B. Horizontal Patching: 1. Removal: All debris shall be removed promptly by the Contractor. All reinforcing 33 Agreement No. 6311 encountered shall be left in place, cleaned, and adjusted as may be necessary to provide for good cover after patching, 2. The Contractor shall exercise extreme caution in his removal operation so as not to disturb anycxisting reinforcing, anchor plates, etc. 3. Surface Preparation. Substrate must be sound, clean, free from oil, solvents, paint, dust and foreign material. Chip and/or abrade painted concrete to expose clean surfaces. Scrub dirty surfaces with heavy duty caustic detergent and clear water flush. All areas to receive concrete patching shall be sand blasted, or as any option may be acid etched to remove laitance and efflorescence. If acid etched, neutralize with arnmonia and clear water rinse twice. 4. Immediately prior to placing concrete patching rnix, the slabs shall be thoroughly soaked with water. Free water shall be removed shortly before placing finish. 5. Installation. A thin cement wash proportioned of 15 pounds (7 kg) of Portland cement to 4 gallons (15 L) of water shall be applied to the damp, but not wet, surface of the concrete slab to receive the concrete patching mix just prior to the applications. Limit application of cement wash to an area that can be covered with patching mortar before cement wash dries. 6. Concrete patching mixture shall be applied over the cement wash while the wash is still wet and/or tacky. If the wash has hardened, another application must be made. Concrete patching shall be applied and troweled in, so as to form a dense, solid overlay with a uniform, granular surface. Sprinkle in sand as may be necessary to prevent glossy, slippery surfaces where there will be pedestrian and/or vehicle traffic. As the patching work is completed, it shall be checked with straight -edges and level to assure that all surfaces will drain freely; correct as may be necessary before the material sets up. C. Vertical Patching: 1. General. All work shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 2. Removal. The Contractor shall remove all debris promptly. All reinforcing encountered shall be left in place cleaned and adjusted as may be necessary to provide for good cover after patching. 3. The Contractor shall exercise extreme caution in his removal operation so not to disturb any existing reinforcing, anchor plates, etc. 4. Surface Preparation. Substrate must be sound, clean, free from oil, solvents, dust and foreign material. Chip and/or abrade oil saturated concrete to expose clean surfaces. The perimeter of each area to be patched shall be saw -cut to provide vertical faces around the patch. Depth shall be as directed by the Engineer. Loose concrete and rust on steel rods should be removed by sandblasting, chisel and hammer, or wire brush, as applicable. Heavy particles of concrete should be removed by air or electric hammer. Wash clean with water from hose before filling with patching material. 5. First coat shall be brush applied and worked under any exposed reinforcing bars and shall cover the complete patched area. Apply within ten minutes after the liquid has been added. 6. Patching mortar shall be trowel applied in 1/2" to I " (12 — 25 rnm) thick layers. Apply within five to ten minutes after liquid is added to the mix. Apply in successive 1/2 " to I" (12 — 25 mm) layers. Scratch previous layer, cool with water and apply successive layer within 15 to 20 minutes. If patch gets hot and turns light gray, cool by wetting. Build up patch to restore original surface plane, or profile. As the patching work is completed, it shall be checked with straight -edges and level to assure that all surfaces are in accurate alignment; correct as may be necessary before the material sets up. Keep patch darnp 20 to 30 minutes after filling to complete curing. 3.2 CONCRETE REPAIR WORK A. Splicing Bars: New reinforcing steel shall be clean and shall be free from paint, oil, grease, form coating, mortar, dirt, mill scale, rust, etc. A thin film of rust may be permitted at the discretion of the OSR provided the rust does not exceed that allowed by ASTM A615. B. Existing reinforcing steel shall be reasonably clean of hardened cement, dirt and rust; and 34 Agreement No. 6311 shall be bent back to approximately its position prior to being cut. New bars shall be placed across the gap and wired securely in place. C. Lap for bars shall be as follows: bars in tension shall be lapped 36 diameters and bars in compression 24 diameters, but not less than 12" (300 mm) in either case. D. Placing Concrete. No concrete which has commenced to set and no retempered concrete shall be used. Coordinate this work with the mechanical and electrical work. Work embedded shall be securely fastened in place. E. Concrete shall be placed as soon as practicable after mixing. It shall be deposited in such manner as to cause no separation or segregation of the ingredients. Concrete shall not be dropped any considerable distance (not over four feet) through space. It shall not be deposited in large quantities at one place and permitted to run or be worked any considerable distance, but shall be deposited in its final position as nearly as practicable. Concrete shall be rammed, spaded and agitated by suitable tools so as to produce a thoroughly compacted concrete of maximum density; and so that the concrete will present a smooth, finished, unbroken mortar surface without exposed stone when the forms are removed. Use power vibrators wherever applicable, and provide a spare vibrator at the site when starting each concrete placement operation. F. A thin cement wash proportioned of 15 pounds (7 kg) of Portland cement to 4 gallons (15 L) of water shall be applied to the dampened, but not wet, edges of the existing concrete slab. G. The temperature of the mixed cement shall not vary more than 5 degress C (10 degrees F) plus or minus from the temperature of the concrete forming the slab which is to receive the cement patch. H. Finish: Troweled concrete shall be ' screeded, floated and troweled. The finished surface shall be free from trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance and shall be a true plane within 3/16 inch in ten feet (5 mm in 3 m). Provide a troweled finish on floor slab patch as required to match existing slab finish. I. Curing: Newly placed concrete shall be kept damp on all surfaces for seven full days following the completion of placement. Curing methods used shall be appropriate to each situation. Curing compound shall not be used. Curing shall not stain the concrete. Curing methods and maintenance thereof shall be subject to the OSR's approval. 35 Agreement No. 6311 11,RI I - J�LNEHAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fabricate, deliver, and store reinforcing steel and accessories for cast -in -place concrete. 2. Fabricate and deliver to job site reinforcing steel for unit masonry, when required. 1.2 RELATED ITEMS A. Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete; for installation of reinforcing steel in cast -in -place concrete. 1.3 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute, (ACI): 1. ACI 301, "Specs for Structural Concretes". 2, ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement". 3. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary". B. American Society for Testing and Materials, (ASTM): 1. ASTM A615, "Standard Spec for Deformed and Plain Carbon Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement". C. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, (CRSI): 1. CRSI MSP-1, "Manual of Standard Practice". 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 013300, Submittal Procedures. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit Shop Drawings, including bar bending diagrams and bar placement plans showing bar location, mark, spacing, clear cover, bending details, ASTM designation and grade of steel. a. Include construction joint locations. b. Include type and location of accessories. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver reinforcement in bundles marked with metal tags identifying bar size, length or mark, and grade. B. Prevent damage, severe rusting, or contamination. Store material elevated off the ground. EA111—Z - PRQU11 2.1 REINFORCING BARS A. ASTM A615, Grade 60, deformed bars, for cast -in -place concrete. ASTM A615, Grade 40 plain bars only where noted. B. ASTM A615, Grade 60, deformed bars, for unit masonry. C. ASTM A706, Grade 60, deformed bars, where noted on Drawings. 2.2 ACCESSORIES AND BAR SUPPORTS A. ACI 3 15: Use plastic tips for accessories in contact with surfaces exposed to view or weather, B. Ground Supported Reinforcing: Class 3 wire supports with sand plates or precast concrete black bar supports per CRSI. C. Interior and Exterior Slabs -on -Grade: Formed construction joints: 1. Place Dowels as follow: a. Diamond Dowel System: PNA Construction Technologies, Inc. 1-800-542-0214. b. Speed Plate: Greenstreak Group, Inc. 1-800-325-9504 c. Comparable products from other manufacturers. 0 Agreement No. 6311 A. Detail reinforcing steel and bar supports according to ACI and CRSI references. B. Use bending procedure which does not damage steel. C. Bars with extra bends or kinks and bars with cross -sectional areas reduced by rust or fabrication will be rejected. EA al 3 - L N, LC,L1'LJ.QN_ 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Follow manufacturer's recommended installation procedures. B. Placing: 1. Place reinforcing steel according to approved Shop Drawings. Use reinforcing steel free of loose flaky rust, mud, oil, or coatings that reduce bond with concrete. 2. Position and support reinforcing steel by wiring together and fastening in place to insure against displacement during concrete placing. Do not tack weld. Place no bars while concrete is being poured. 3. Provide minimum cover according to ACI 318 unless detailed otherwise. 4. Locate reinforcing for slabs on grade as shown on the Structural Drawings. 5. Bend no bars after being partially embedded in hardened concrete. 6. Heat bending of reinforcing is not permitted. 7. Notify the inspector when reinforcing steel for each pour has been placed. Place concrete only with Inspector's approval. C. Splices: 1. Overlap splices as required by code. 2. Lap wire fabric in slabs so that full, uncut squares of fabric of both sheets lap each other at least 1/2 square or 6", whichever is greater. D. Adjust bar locations to avoid interference with inserts, sleeves, and reinforcing. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Required inspections, tests, and approvals for the Work are described in the General Structural Notes on Sheet S I I I of the drawings. 37 Agreement No. 6311 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE EARI J.. I. 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Temporary formwork. 2. Cast -in -place concrete. 3. Masonry grout. 4. Embedded items. 5. Installation of vapor barrier below floor slab on grade. 6. Base fill. 7. Related accessories. 1.2 RELATED ITEMS A. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcing. B. Section 07920 - Joint Sealants; for sealers, 1.3 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute, (ACT): 1. ACT 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete". 2. ACT 305. 1, "Specification for Hot Weather Concreting". 3. ACT 3 06. 1, "Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting". 4. ACT 3 08. 1, "Standard Specification for Curing Concrete". 5. ACT 117, "Tolerance for Concrete Construction and Materials". 6. ACT 318, "Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary". B. American Society for Testing and Materials, (ASTM): I. ASTM A36, "Standard Spec for Carbon Structural Steel". 2. ASTM C3 1, "Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field". 3. ASTM C33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates". 4. ASTM C39, "Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens". 5. ASTM C94, "Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete". 6. ASTM C 136, "Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates". 7. ASTM C138/C138M — 08, "Standard Test Method for Density (Unit Weight), Yield, and AirContent (Gravimetric) of Concrete". 8. ASTM C 150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement". 9. ASTM C157, "Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic -Cement Mortar and Concrete". 10. ASTM C404, "Standard Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout". 11. ASTM C476, "Standard Specification for Grout for Masonry". 12. ASTM C494, "Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete". 13. ASTM C618, "Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete". 14. ASTM C1019, "Standard Test Method for Sampling and Testing Grout". 15. AASHTO T-318-02, "Standard Method of Test for Water Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete Using Microwave'Oven Drying". 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Employ an independent testing laboratory to test proposed aggregate and design concrete mixes for each type of concrete required. B. Submit for each concrete type fine and coarse aggregate test reports and mix designs at least 14 days prior to placing concrete. No concrete will be allowed to be placed until aggregate test reports and mix designs have been reviewed and approved. C. Design concrete mix proportions on basis of field experience and/or trial mixtures in accordance with ACT 318 Section 5.3, Proportioning on the Basis of Field Experience and/or Trial Mixtures. 38 Agreement No. 6311 D. Design masonry grout proportions in accordance with ASTM C476. E. Use approved mix designs as long as cement, admixture, and aggregate characteristics remain unchanged. Upon changes in cement, admixture, and aggregate prepare and submit new mix designs. Mix designs for exterior sidewalks, stoops, stairs, ramps and curbs shall not be changed without approval. F. Delivery Tickets: Submit one copy indicating quantity, mix identification, admixtures, design strength, aggregate size, design air content, design slump and time of batching for each load delivered. G. Authorizations: Obtain written authorization for use of admixtures not specified or site mixing of concrete. 11 Floor Sealer/Hardener Applicator: Approved and certified by floor sealer/hardener manufacturer as qualified and experienced with application of sealer/hardener furnished. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01 3300, Submittal Procedures. B. Submit aggregate gradation test reports showing conformance as required with ASTM C33 or C404. C. Mix Designs: Submit concrete mix designs in accord with ACI 318. D. Submit chemical and physical analysis of fly ash conforming to ASTM C618, if used. E. Submit chemical and physical analysis of Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag conforming to ASTM C989, if used. F. Submit chemical and physical analysis of fly ash conforming to A3001, if used. G. Submit chemical and physical analysis of Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag conforming to A3001, if used. H. Submit delivery tickets as specified. I. Submit vapor retarder product data. 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Verifyand comply with State and Local Code Jurisdiction Regulations regarding Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) and Special Solvent Requirements. PA R1 2, - 1) 1W U LM 2.1 FORM MATERIALS A. General: Provide form finish concrete surfaces to comply with requirements of ACI 301. B. Form -Release Agent: Commercially formulated forin-release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Provide form -release agent with rust inhibitor when steel form -facing materials are used. 2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. General: Conform to ACI 301 and as specified herein. B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type 1, 11, or 111. C. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207: Type S may be used for masonry grout. D. Aggregate: 1. Class C Concrete Gradation: ASTM C33. 2. Masonry Grout: ASTM C404. E. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F. F. Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag (GGBFS): ASTM C989, Grade 100 or 120 maybe used up to 40 percent of the total cementitious content. G. Water: Clean, potable, and free of deleterious amounts of acids, alkalies, and organic materials. 2.3 ADMIXTURES A. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures. Calcium chloride thiocyanates or admixtures containing more than 0.05 percent chloride ions are not permitted. B. Retarding Admixtures: Conform to ASTM C494, Type B. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Euclid. 39 Agreement No. 6311 b. BASF/Master Builders. c. SIKA. d. Grace. 2. Comparable products from other manufacturers. C. Accelerating Admixture, Non -Chloride, non -Corrosive: Conform to ASTM C494, Type C. The admixture manufacturer must have long-term non -corrosive test data from an independent testing laboratory (of at least one year's duration) using an acceptable accelerated corrosion test method such as that using electrical potential measures. I. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Euclid Chemical Co.: Accelguard 80,90 orNCA. b. BASF/Master Builders: Pozzolith NC 534 or Pozzutec 20. c. W. R. Grace & Co.: Daraset. 2. Comparable products from other manufacturers. D. Air Entraining Admixture: Conform to ASTM C260. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Euclid. b. BASF/Master Builders. c. SIKA. d. Grace. 2. Comparable products from other manufacturers. E. Water Reducing Admixture: Conform to ASTM C494, Type A, free of added chloride ions. 1. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Euclid. b. BASF/Master Builders. c. SIKA. d. Grace. 2. Comparable products from other manufacturers. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Vapor Barrier: 1. ASTM E1745, Class A, with adhesive backed polyethylene tape. Vapor Retarder to be no less than 15 mil thick. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Reef Industries: Griffolyn Vaporguard. b. Stego Industries: Stego Wrap Vapor Barrier. Tel: 877.464.7834. c. W. R. Meadows: Perminator. B. Control Joint Insert: T-shaped plastic strip, 1/16-inch thick with 3/4-inch wide removable top and barbed bottom similar to Greenstreak Plastic Products, "Zipcap Control Joint Former." C. Expansion Joint Filler: ASTM D 1751, preformed, resilient, non -extruding, bituminous impregnated fiber board units; 1/2" (13 mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. D. Embedded Items: 1. Weld Plates and Structural Steel Inserts: ASTM A36. 2. Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A53, Schedule 40, galvanized. 3. Headed Studs: "Nelson Studs" as manufactured by Nelson Division of TRW. E. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming; manufactured for application to fresh concrete. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: a. Euclid: Eucobar. b. BASF/Master Builders: MasterKure ER 50 c. Spec Chem: Specfilm. 2. Comparable products from other manufacturers. F. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. when dry. G. Moisture Retaining Cover: 1. Polyethylene Film: ASTM C171, 10 mil minimum thickness. W Agreement No. 6311 2. Burlap -polyethylene sheet: ASTM C171. 3. Reinforced Curing Paper: ASTM C171. H. Patching Compound: Portland cement mortar and bonding grout complying with ACI 301, Chapter 9 - Repair of Surface Defects. 2.5 CONCRETE SLAB BASE FILL AND COMPACTING REQUIREMENTS A. Base Fill Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand, ASTM D 2940, with less than 5% passing a No, 200 sieve and free of organic material. B. Compaction Requirements: Place Base Fill materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand -operated tampers used for trench material compacting. Place Base Fill materials evenly to required elevations of each lift. Compact each layer fully before placing subsequent lifts. 2.6 CURING COMPOUND A. General: Clear, waterborne, membrane -forming curing and scaling compound conforming to ASTM C309, Type 1, Class B. B. Compatibility Requirements: Verify compatibility with flooring adhesives or floor sealer compound. DO NOT USE WHERE SLABS ARE SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE ceramic the or quarry tile. C. Acceptable Manufacturers & Products: I. Curecrete Chemical Company, Inc.; Ashford Formula. 2. Dayton Superior Corporation; Day -Chem Densifier J17. 3. Euclid Chemical Co.; Diamond Hard. 4. L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; Sea] Hard. 5. Nox-Crete Products Group; Duro-Nox. 6. Sonnebom: Kure-N-Harden. 7. SpecChem: SpecHard. 8. TK Products: TK-5329. I M119"KA1419" 3.1 COORDINATION A. Notify trades involved to allow installation and completion of their work prior to concrete placement. 3.2 FORMWORK ERECTION A. Construct forms to required shapes, lines, grades and Maintain tolerances for formed concrete surfaces according to ACI 301. B. Construct forms true, plumb and level. Adequately support and brace forms to support loads occurring during construction. Construct form joints to minimize bleeding or loss of mortar when concrete is vibrated. C. Install 3/4" x 3/4" (20mm x 20m) chamfer strips at exposed external comers. D. Box -out and provide openings as required. Leave openings for cleaning of forms and proper placement of concrete. E. Build -in required sleeves, anchors, inserts, bolts, and other devices indicated. Provide sleeves 2-inches larger in diameter than piping to be sleeved, unless otherwise indicated. Install sleeves flush with finished surfaces. Install other items according to manufacturer's instructions. Coordinate and build -in sleeves, thimbles, and other items furnished or set in place by other trades. F. If a release agent (form coating) is used, coat forms before reinforcing steel is placed. Thoroughly clean forms of debris immediately before concrete is placed. 3.3 FORMWORK REMOVAL A. Strip forms only after concrete has cured sufficiently to prevent damage. Exercise care in removing forms from exposed concrete surfaces to prevent marring or damage. 41 Agreement No. 6311 3.4 INSTALLATION OF VAPOR BARRIER A. Install vapor barrier directly under interior slabs on grade. B. Lap joints 6-inches and seal with vapor barrier tape. Protect vapor barrier during placing of basematerial, reinforcing and concrete. Repair punctures and tears before placing concrete. 3.5 CONTROL JOINTS A. Locate control joints as shown on Drawings. B. Construct joints by sawing to leave a 1/8-inch (3 mm) wide gap 1/4 slab thickness in depth immediately after final finishing, when cutting action will not tear, ravel, abrade, or otherwise damage surface, and before concrete develops random contraction cracks, or use joint inserts. In areas where slab is indicated to be exposed, saw cut joints or inserts may be used. In areas to receive finish flooring, saw cut only. 1. Sawing: Follow manufacturer's instructions for use: a. Manufacturer: Husqvarna Construction Products, Soff-Cut (R; Tel: 800-776-3328; Web: l�Lt'):,,/NN,",",,Iitist,iv,ti-iia.coiii/L,ts,/c(,)iistr,iction/innovations/soff-cut/ C. Where inserts are used, forma groove in the concrete with a metal straight edge, and place the plastic insert into the groove. 3.6 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A. Locate construction joints for work not over 60 feet (20m) on center. B. Locate and construct construction joints for structural concrete work to least impair - strength. Locate joints perpendicular to main reinforcing. C. Install reinforcing steel continuously across construction joints. Provide dowels where directed. Install longitudinal keys (at least 1-1/2" (40mm) deep) at joints in walls and between walls and footings. Key other construction joints where directed. Roughen and thoroughly clean surface of concrete, remove laitance, and wet surface before placing new concrete against joint. Slush vertical joints with a neat cement grout immediately before placing new concrete. D. Submit construction joint locations with reinforcing steel Shop Drawings, as specified in Section 03200. 3.7 CONCRETE CLASS APPLICATIONS A. Class A: All concrete except as specified below. B. Class B: Concrete exposed to weather including foundation walls and retaining walls. C. Class C: Interior slabs on grade. D. Class D: Spread and continuous footings. E. Class E: Exterior sidewalks, stoops, stairs, ramps and curbs. F. Class F: Masonry grout. 3.8 CONCRETE MIXES A. Schedule for Warm Climates: . . . . . ............................ - Nominal Slump Agg. inches Max. ROM 3.9 CONCRETE MIXING A. Concrete Supplier: Ready -mix concrete, mixed and delivered in accord with requirements of ASTM C94. B. High -Early Strength: Except for Class C concrete, Type III Portland cement may be used to produce high- 42 Agreement No. 6311 early strength concrete. Adding additional amounts of Type I Portland cement to produce high -early strength concrete will not be permitted. C. Cement: Use same brand and type of cement for concrete exposed to view. D. Workability: Furnish workable concrete to fill forms, without leaving voids or honeycombs without segregation. E. Admixtures: Water reducing admixture may be used to reduce unit water content of concrete or• to increase slump. Use air entraining admixture for air entrained concrete. Accelerators or Retarders may be used to decrease or increase setting time in order to facilitate concrete finishing. Use no other admixtures. Do not use calcium chloride as a set accelerator. 3.10 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place no concrete until reinforcing steel and items to be embedded in concrete are in place. B. Thoroughly clean forms before placing concrete. Dampen porous earth in contact with concrete. Do not place concrete under water or on frozen ground. C. Where new concrete is to be placed against concrete that has set, roughen and clean existing surfaces. Thoroughly dampen existing surfaces. D. Place concrete in accord with ACT 301 and ACT 304. Place concrete continuously so that no concrete is placed against concrete that has attained its initial set, except at authorized joints. E. Place concrete as close as possible to final position. Prevent segregation. Place with maximum free drop of five feet. Consolidate during placing with internal vibrators (8000 vpm minimum). Work around reinforcement, embedded items and into form comers. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete within forms. F. Place concrete within 90 minutes after mix water has been added. G. Maintain, on -site, an adequate supply of evaporation retarder during concrete slab -on -grade placement to prevent rapid evaporation of the surface moisture. Apply in strict accord with manufacturer's instructions when conditions are conducive to rapid evaporation of surface moisture of concrete such as exposed placements, and hot weather placements. 3.11 EXTERIOR CONCRETE WALKS A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, exterior concrete walks and miscellaneous slabs on grade to be 4- inches (100 mm) thick. B. Control Joints: Locate where indicated on Drawings. Where not indicated, locate control joints approximately eight feet on center each way. Extend reinforcing through control joints. 1. Contractors Option: Provide sidewalk joints from one of the following methods. If both methods are employed, make similar in appearance. a. Tooling: Score joints with a concrete finishing tool (hand groover), to leave a rounded top edge, a minimum of 1/4 of slab thickness in depth, unless noted otherwise on Drawings. b. Sawing: Construct Joints by sawing to leave a rounded top edge, 1/4 of slab thickness in depth. Usetbe following saw blade to achieve desired joint profile. Follow manufacturer's instructions foruse. C. Expansion Joints: Locate where indicated on Drawings and where exterior slabs abut piers, foundations, building and retaining walls. Do not run reinforcing through Joints. Form joints with Joint filler extending full depth of slab, unless otherwise indicated. Where indicated on the Drawings, hold joint filler 3/8-inch below concrete surface 3.12 CONCRETE CURING A. Protect freshly deposited concrete from premature drying and excessively hot or cold temperatures. Maintain concrete with a minimal moisture loss at a relatively constant temperature above 55 deg F (13 deg Q for a total of seven days for normal concrete or three days for high -early strength concrete. Changes in temperature of concrete shall not exceed 5 deg F (3 deg C) in one hour or 50 deg F (10 deg Q in a 24 hour period. 3.13 WEATHER PROTECTIOA A. Protect according to ACT 305 and ACT 306. 43 Agreement No. 6311 3.14 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will arrange for the following tests according to ACI 301 and ACI 318 unless otherwise specified. 1. Compressive Strength Tests: Make one set of test cylinders (three per set) for each day's pour in excess of one cubic yard for each type of concrete. If day's pour exceeds 50 cubic yards, make one set of test cylinders for each additional 150 cubic yards or fraction thereof. B. Slump and Water Content Tests: Test Slump in accord with ASTM C143. Test Water Content in accord with AASHTO T-318. Furnish and maintain a mold and tamping rod. Slump Test first batch of each type of concrete delivered for each day's pour, plus one test for each 25 cubic yards or fraction thereof. 1. Class C Concrete: Test Water Content in accord with AASHTO T-318 and test Slump in accord with ASTM C143; from each truck delivered to site to verify water content and initial slump consistency. Re -test slump after HRWRA is added to verify maximum final slump requirements. C. Entrained Air Tests: Furnish and maintain a properly calibrated pressure -type air meter. Test first batch of air entrained concrete delivered for each day's pour plus one test for each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof, in accordance with ASTM C23 1. END OF SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Agreement No. 6311 DINIISION 5)XIETALS URI] - CLURAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior load bearing wall framing. 1.2 RELATED ITEMS A. Section 06 100 - Rough Carpentry; for wood blocking and plywood sheathing. B. Section 09220 - Gypsum Board Assemblies; for interior non -load bearing framing systems, 1.3 REFERENCES A. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI): 1. AISI "Specification for the Design of Cold Formed Steel Structural Members". B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A 653/A 653/M: "Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process". 2. ASTM A 780: "Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot -Dip Galvanized Coatings". 3. ASTM A 1003/A 1003M-02a: Specification for Steel Sheet, Carbon, Metallic- and Nonmetallic - Coated for C61d-Fon-ned Framing Members. 4. ASTM C 955: "Specification for Load -Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs, Runners (Tracks), and Bracing or Bridging for Screw Application of Gypsum Panel Products and Metal Plaster Bases. C. American Welding Society (AWS): 1. AWS D1.3 "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel". D. Steel Stud Manufacturers Association (SSMA)- 1. Product Technical Information — ICBO ER4943P. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01 3300, Submittal Procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Submit fabrication and erection Shop Drawings for approval prior to fabrication of framing. 1. Indicate details of connections or welds, and manufacturer of connectors. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect cold -formed metal framing from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling. B. Store cold -formed metal framing, protect with a waterproof covering, and ventilate to avoid condensation. PART 2 - MOUL&I 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers for Steel Joists, Studs, Runners, and Accessories: I . CEMCO; California Expanded Metal Products Co. 2. ViperStud, ViperTrack or a comparable product by a current active member of the SFIA. 3. Clark Steel Framing Industries. 4. Dietrich Industries, Inc. 5. Marino\Ware; A Division of Ware Industries 6. The Steel Network, Inc. 7. Comparable products from other SSMA members that comply with specified requirements. 45 Agreement No. 6311 2.2 MATERIALS A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of grade and coating weightas follows: 1. Grade: ST33H; yield strength of not less than 33 ksi. 2. Coating: G60; Galvanized coating weight. B. Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs, punched, with stiffened flanges, complying with ASTM C 955. 1. Web depth, minimum base metal thickness, flange width and maximum spacing as indicated on Drawings. C. Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, complying with ASTM C 955. 1. Web depth, and flange width as indicated on Drawings. 2. Minimum base metal thickness of track not less than thickness of studs or joists. 2.3 FRAMING ACCESSORIES A. Fabricate steel -framing accessories from steel sheet, ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of same grade and coating weight used for framing members. B. Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless otherwise indicated, as required for complete installation: 1. Supplementary framing. 2. Bracing, bridging, and blocking. 3. Web stiffeners. 4. End clips: standard 2" x 2", 68 mil, steel, pre -punched, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Gusset plates. 6. Stud kickers, knee braces, and girts. 7. Joist hangers and end closures. 8. Hole reinforcing plates. 9. Backer plates. 10. Slide Clips: 1-3/4" x 2-1/4" minimum-, not less than 54 mil. steel; lateral capacity 600 pounds minimum. 2.4 ANCHORS, CLIPS AND FASTENERS A. Provide fasteners necessary for complete installation as recommended by manufacturer, including the following: 1. Structural Steel to Clip Angle and Runners: 1-1/4" Buildex type 12-24 HWH, TEKS/5 screws. 2. Clip Angle Supports, Joist to Runner and Runner to Studs: 5/8" Buildex type 8-18 HWH, TES/3 screws. 3. Mechanical Fasteners: ASTM C 1513, corrosion -resistant -coated, self -drilling, self -threading steel drill screws. a. Head Type: Low -profile head beneath sheathing, manufacturer's standard elsewhere. 4. Refer to Structural Drawings for additional fastener and weld requirements. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: Comply with requirements of ASTM A 780. 1. Acceptable manufacturers and Products: a. Norfolk: "ZRC". b. Welco: "Cold Galv". B. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards. C. Scaler Gaskets: Closed -cell neoprene foam, 1/4 inch thick, selected from manufacturer's standard widths to match width of bottom track or rim track members. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Cold -formed metal framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, or it may be field assembled. B. Fabricate cold -formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened, according to referenced AISI specifications and standards, manufacturer's written 46 Agreement No. 6311 instructions and requirements in this Section. 1. Fabricate framing assemblies using jigs or templates. 2. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 3. Fasten cold -formed metal framing members by welding or screw fastening. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. a. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, with screw penetrating joined members by not less than three exposed screw threads. 4. Fasten other materials to cold -formed metal framing by welding, bolting, or screw fastening accordingto Shop Drawings. C. Reinforce, stiffen, and brace framing assemblies to withstand handling, delivery, and erection stresses. Lift fabricated assemblies to prevent damage or permanent distortion. D. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate assemblies level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3000 mm) and as follows: 1. Spacing: Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm) from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 2. Square: Fabricate each cold -formed metal framing assembly to a maximum out -of -square tolerance of 1/8 inch (3 mm). 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine supporting substrates and abutting structural framing for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Install sealer gaskets to isolate the underside of wall bottom track or rim track and the top of foundation wall or slab at stud or joist locations. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Install cold -formed metal framing according to AISI "Standard for Cold -Formed Steel Framing -General Provisions" and to manufacturer's written instructions unless more stringent requirements are indicated. B. Install shop or field -fabricated, cold -formed framing and securely anchor to supporting structure. 1. Screw, bolt or weld wall panels at horizontal and vertical junctures to produce flush, even, true -to -line joints with maximum variation in plane and true position between fabricated panels not exceeding 1/16 inch (1.6). C. Install cold -formed ineud framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line,, and with connections securely fastened, according to inanu lacturer's written recommendations and requirements in this Section. 1. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 2. Fasten cold -formed metal framing members by welding or screw fastening. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. a. Welded connections are permitted only where indicated on Drawings or with written approval. 1) Comply with AS D1.3 requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, with screw penetrating joined members by not less than three exposed screw threads. D. Install framing members in one-piece lengths, unless splice connections are indicated for track or tension members. E. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads comparable in intensity to 47 Agreement No. 6311 those for which structure was designed. Maintain braces and supports in place, undisturbed, until entire integrated supporting structure has been completed and permanent connections to framing are secured. F. Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with cold -formed metal framing. Independently frame both sides of joints. G. Furnish and install insulation of type shown on Drawings and specified in Section 07 2100 — Thermal Insulation, in locations not accessible after fabrication. H. Fasten hole reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's standard punched openings. Erection Tolerances: Install cold -formed metal framing level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 3 mm in 3000 imn (1 /8 inch in 10 feet) and as follows: 1. Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 3 min (1/8 inch) from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Required inspections, tests, and approvals for the Work are described in the General Structural Notes on Sheet S I I I or S 141 of the drawings. 3.5 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Galvanizing Repairs: Immediately after erection prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold -formed metal framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A780 and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Provide final protection to installed components subject to damage from construction activities. END OF SECTION 05400 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING Agreement No. 6311 11ILTAgrelo", �*ixfty ElkIffir,1111111 till K" I A. Section Includes: 1. Dimensioned lumber, plywood and accessories. A. General: Conform to requirements of PS20. Provide lumber bearing grade and trade mark of appropriate grading association. Provide new, sound, and thoroughly seasoned lumber. B. Moisture Content: Do not exceed 19% moisture content of dimension lumber at time of installation. Do not exceed 14% moisture content of finish lumber. Dress lumber S4S, unless otherwise specified. C. Grades and Species: 1. Non -Load Bearing Studs: Stud grade, Douglas Fir -larch, Hem -fir, Western Hemlock or Southern Pine. 2. Miscellaneous Blocking, Nailers, and Framing Lumber: Standard Light Framing grade, Douglas Fir - larch, Hem -fir, Western Hemlock or Southern Pine. 3. Boards: No.2 Common Ponderosa Pine, Sugar Pine or Idaho White Pine. D. Exposed Wood Blocking: Wood blocking that is surface mounted on gypsum board wall surfaces, provide one of the following types (provide sizes as denoted on Drawings): 1. Pine: Grade: Clear Pine. 2. Poplar: Grade: Paint Grade Poplar. a. Contractor's Option: Pre -primed Poplar is acceptable. ,fli'k4l NLI "rAV#9 g Wj A. General: Conform to requirements of PS 1. Provide panels bearing appropriate APAgrade and trade mark. Provide exterior grade plywood where any face or edge is permanently exposed to the weather. B. Grades, Types, and Thickness: unless otherwise indicated. 1. Interior Partition Sheathing: APA Rated Sheathing, C-D or CDX, Exposure 1, 24/0, Minimum 1/2" thick. 2. Backing for Sheet Linoleum (WC-6): Medium Density Fiber Board (MDF): ANSI A208.2, 48#, 1/4 inch thick unless otherwise indicated. a. Temple-Inland: Ultra Stock -FREE MDF. b. Flakeboard: EVO MDF. c. Comparable products from other manufacturers. A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. KC Metals. 2. Silver Metal Products. 3. Simpson Company. 4. Union Steel Connectors. 5. USP Lumber Connectors. B. Provide hangers and other connectors, and accessories of proper size, type and strength for intended use and material to be fastened, as indicated on Drawings. Drawing indications reference Simpson Co. products. Use non -corrosive, non -staining rough hardware for exterior applications. C. Provide anchor bolts, headed bolts and strap anchors as indicated on Drawings or other -wise required to attach wood members to masonry and concrete. Deliver anchor bolts to site promptly to be built in as work progresses. 49 Agreement No. 6311 D. Unless noted otherwise, provide anchor bolts 3/8" in diameter minimum, threaded one end with 1-1/2" right angle bend opposite end. Extend horizontal bolts 6" minimum into concrete and masonry. Extend vertical bolts 6" minimum into concrete and 16" minimum into masonry. E. Expansion Anchors: 1. "Kwik Bolts" as manufactured by Hilti; ICBO RR#2156. 2. "Wedge -All" wedge anchor as manufactured by Simpson Strong -Tie, ICBO #3631. F. Injection Adhesive Anchors: 1. Hilti, "HIT HY20 Injection Adhesive Anchors". 2. Simpson Strong -Tie: "Epoxy -Tie Adhesive (ET)". G. Concrete Screws: Tapered flathead. 1. Hilti "Kwik-Con 11" fasteners. 2. Simpson Strong -Tie "Titen" screw anchors. 3. IT W Ramset/Redhead "Tapcon" anchors. 2.4 PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT A. Preservative Treatment: Pressure impregnated lumber in the following locations with a waterborne preservative in accordance with AWPA Standard U I and the following Use Categories. 1. Use Categories: a. UCI: Interior lumber and plywood above ground. b. UC3B: Exterior lumber and plywood above ground. c. UC4A: Exterior lumber and plywood in contact with ground. 2. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no Arsenic or Chromium. 3. Dry lumber to moisture content of not more than 19% after treatment. B. Application: Treat items as indicated on Drawings and as follows. 1. Lumber/plywood used for blocking at openings in exterior walls. 2. Lumber/plywood used for plates, ledgers and blocking in contact with concrete or masonry. 3. Lumber/plywood used in contact with ground. C. Fasteners and Hardware: Due to the corrosive nature of the preservative treatment, provide stainless steel fasteners and hardware that are in contact with treated wood. 2.5 FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT A. Fire Retardant Treatment: pressure impregnated lumber and plywood bearing a UL label indicating fire hazard classification (smoke contribution and flame spread) of 25 or less, or "FR-S" Classification. B. Moisture Content: Kiln dry after treatment lumber and plywood exposed to view in finished work to a moisture content of not more than 12%. Dry other lumber and plywood after treatment to a moisture content of not more than 19%. C. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. CSI "-BLAZE". 2. Hickson "Dricon". 3. Hoover "Pyro-guard". 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. Hardware Cloth: 1/2 inch mesh galvanized, standard commercial product. Cover studs with hardware cloth. Locate joints in hardware cloth over studs and horizontal blocking and attach to studs and blocking 6" oncenter using screws with washers. 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Follow manufacturer's recommended installation procedures. 1. Install wood fabrications using skilled mechanics experienced in carpentry. 2. Conform to N.F.P.A. "Manual for House Framing" as a minimum standard of construction and assembly, unless otherwise indicated 50 Agreement No. 6311 3. Conform to APA recommendations for plywood application, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Space framing members 24" on center, unless otherwise indicated. Cut framing members accurately with full, square bearing surfaces. Fit members neatly and set plumb to required lines and levels. Do not shim bearing surfaces. Fasten members securely in place at bearings and connections. Conform to the following minimum requirements unless otherwise indicated. B. Install wood blocking, bucks, nailers and similar items securely to receive intended work. Shim blocking as necessary to provide a true and level surface. A, Space framing members 24" on center, unless otherwise indicated. Cut framing members accurately with full, square bearing surfaces. Fit members neatly and set plumb to required lines and levels. Do not shim bearing surfaces. Fasten members securely in place at bearings and connections. Conform to the following minimum requirements unless otherwise indicated: I. Double studs at openings. 2. Single sole plates and double top plates. 3. Double 2 by 4 headers set on edge for openings less than three feet wide, and double 2 by 6 headers for openings from three feet to four feet wide. 4. Space framing, at walls to receive merchandising fixturing, to provide proper support for fixturing inserts. 5. Where framing extends to roof structure above, allow for roof deflection. A. Install wood blocking, bucks, nailers and similar items securely to receive intended work. Shim blocking as necessary to provide a true and level surface. B. Install wood curbs and blocking at roof, and other work in conjunction with roofing and sheet metal, to meet approval of roofing and sheet metal installers. C. Space blocking and furring, at walls to receive merchandising fixturing, to provide proper support. D. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's recommendations. 51 Agreement No. 6311 Dl\"ISION'7'1'[iERNIAL.AND OIS'I'LJIIE PROTECTION SECTION 07840 FIRESTOPPING PART GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Firestopping of through penetrations in rated assemblies. B. Firestopping of construction gaps. C. Definitions. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2000a. B. ASTM E 119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials; 2000a. C. ASTM E 814 - Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through -Penetration Fire Stops; 2000. D. ASTM E 1399 - Standard Test Method for Cyclic Movement and Measuring the Minimum and Maximum Joint Widths of Architectural Joint Systems; 1997 (Reapproved 2000). E. ASTM E 1529 - Standard Test Methods for Determining Effects of Large Hydrocarbon Pool Fires on Structural Members and Assemblies; 2000. F. ASTM E 1725 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Fire -Resistive Barrier Systems for Electrical System Components; 1995 (Reapproved 2001). G. UL 1479 - Standard for Fire Tests of Through -Penetration Firestops; 1994. H. UL 1709 - Rapid Rise Fire Tests of Protection Materials for Structural Steel; 1994. 1. ANSI/UL 2079 - Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems; 1998. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Construction Gap: An open joint between adjacent rated assemblies; may be a moving joint or static opening, without penetrating items. B. Firestop System: Specific firestop material or materials, which when installed in openings in a specific rated assembly, achieve the perfon-nance required. C. Firestopping: Result of installation of firestop system. D. Listing: The current, published listing of a system in a qualified listing agency's directory. E. Listing Agency: Independent testing agency that has conducted tests and classified firestop systems for particular applications, which conducts routine in -plant follow-up inspections, and which lists tested systems in a published directory. F. Penetrating Item: Any item (pipe, duct, conduit, cable, etc.) that passes completely through a rated assembly through an opening of any size. 52 Agreement No. 6311 C. Rated Assembly: A wall, floor, roof/ceiling, or other construction which is required to have an hourly fire rating or a smoke resistance rating. H. Through Penetration: A hole through a rated assembly made to accommodate the passage of a penetrating item t, b or an empty hole made for another purpose and not repairable using the original materials of construction. 1.4 SUBMITTALS B. Shop Drawings: For each different firestopping configuration, provide the following: I Listing agency's detailed drawing showing opening, penetrating items, and firestopping materials, identified with listing agency's name and number or designation, fire rating achieved, and date of listing. 2. Identify which rated assembly each system is to be used in. 3. Any installation instructions that are not included on the detailed drawing. 4. For proposed systems that do not conform strictly to the listing, submit listing agency's drawing marked to show modifications and stamped approved by firestop system manufacturer's fire protection engineer. 5. Submit listing agency's test report showing compliance with requirements, based on testing of current products. C. Product Certificates: Submit certificates signed by firestop system manufacturer certifying that materials furnished comply with requirements. D" Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each material to be used in firestop system systems, including: 1. Product characteristics and Material Safety Data Sheets. 2. Listing numbers of systems in which each product is to be used. 3. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 4. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 5. Installation methods. E. Installer's Qualification Documentation. 1.5 4 1uA1,111" ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Finn who is qualified by having experience, staff, and training to install the specified products, and who: 1. Is a 3M Master Contractor. 2. Is a Certified 3M Trained contractor. 3. Is acceptable to or licensed by manufacturer. 4. Is acceptable to or licensed by authority having jurisdiction. 5. Has completed the manufacturer's certified product installation training. 6. Can provide a list of completed projects as evidence of experience; include project name and address, Owner's name and address, and Architect's name and phone number. B. Pre -Installation Meeting: Conduct a meeting at the project site to discuss installation conditions and requirements; require the attendance of all relevant installers. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store products until ready for installation in manufacturer's original unopened packaging, legibly marked with manufacturer's name and product identification, date of manufacture, lot number, shelf life, listing agency's classification marking, curing time, and mixing instructions if applicable. 53 Agreement No. 6311 13, Store and handle in such a manner as to prevent deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, and other causes; follow manufacturer's instructions. C. Store and dispose of solvent -based materials, and materials used with solvent -based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. A. Coordinate construction and cutting of openings so that each particular firestop system may be installed in accordance with its listing, including sizing, sleeves, and penetrating items. B, Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install firestopping under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. C. Provide ventilation as required by firestopping manufacturer, including mechanical ventilation if required. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturer: 3M Fire Protection Products, Inc; Tel: (800) 328-1687, (888) 3M HELPS (888-364- 3577), (800) 621-3090 (U.S. and Canada), or (651) 732-0118. Fax: (800) 713-6329 (3M Corporate). www.3m.com/firestop. B. Single Source: All instances of a specific firestop system shall be made using products of the same manufacturer; where multiple installers (e.g. different subcontractors) are responsible for installation of firestopping, all installers shall use the same system made by the same manufacturer. C. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 01600. 1. Where a proposed system is not listed by one of the listing agencies specified as acceptable, submit evidence prepared by a qualified independent testing agency that the system complies with the requirements. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Scope: 1. Rated Assemblies: Provide installed firestopping that limits the spread of fire, beat, smoke, and gasses through otherwise unprotected openings in rated assemblies, including walls, partitions, floors, roof/ceilings, etc. 2. Construction Gaps: Provide installed firestopping that limits the spread of fire, beat, smoke, and gasses through otherwise unprotected gaps between adjacent rated assemblies, including: a. Building expansion joints in walls and floors. b. Interior walls to floor/roof deck above. C. Intersection of floors and exterior walls. B. Requirements For All Types of Firestopping: I Listing Agency: Provide systems that are listed by at least one the following: a. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL), in "Fire Resistance Directory" category XHEZ or XHBN as appropriate. b. ITS, in "Directory of Listed Products." C. Omega Point Laboratories (OPL), in "Directory of Listed Products, Through Penetration Fire Resistance Directory." 54 Agreement No. 6311 d. Any other qualified independent testing and inspection agency that conducts periodic follow-up inspections and is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Furnish products identical to those tested for classification by listing agency. 3. Mark product packing with classification marking of listing agency. 4. Unlisted Systems: Where firestop systems not listed by any listing agency are required due to project conditions, submit a substitution proposal with evidence specified. 5. Firestopping Exposed To View: Provide products with flame spread index of less than 25 and smoke developed index of less than 450, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. 6. Firestopping Exposed to View, Traffic, Moisture, or Physical Damage: Provide products that after curing do not deteriorate when exposed to those conditions during and after construction. 7. Materials: Use only products specifically listed for use in listed systems. 8. Compatibility: Provide products that are compatible with each other, with the substrates forming openings, and with the items, if any, penetrating the firestopping, under the conditions represented by this project, based on testing and field performance demonstrated by manufacturer. C. Through Penetration Firestop Systems (All Types Except Electrical Penetrations): Provide firestop systems listed for the specific combination of fire rated construction, type of penetrating item, annular space requirements, and fire rating, and: I F-Rating: Provide firestopping that has F-rating equal to or greater than the fire -resistance rating of the assembly in which the firestopping will be installed. 2. T-Rating: In habitable rooms and areas, where penetrating items are exposed to potential contact with materials on fire side(s) of rated assembly, provide firestopping that has a T-rating equal to its F-rating. 3. Wall Penetrations: Provide systems that are symmetrical, with the same rating from both sides of the wall. 4. Cold Smoke Resistance: Provide firestopping that has L-rating of I cfin per linear foot (5.5 cu m/h/m), maximum. 5. Testing: Determine ratings in accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL 1479. 6. Provide asbestos -free products. D. Through Penetration Firestop System For Electrical Penetrations: Provide firestopping complying with UL system No.5, RI 1044, tested in accordance with UL 1709, ASTM E 119, ASTM E 1529, and ASTM E 1725. 1. Acceptable Products: a. Fire Resistive Mats: 3M Interam(tm) Endothermic Mats, foil encapsulated, with manufacturer identification. b. Smoke and Flame Sealant: 3M FireDam(trn) 150+ Caulk, 3M Fire Barrier CP 25WB+ Caulk, or 3M Fire Barrier IC 15WB Caulk. C. Tape for Vapor Barrier, Heat Reflector, and Installation Aid: 3M Interam(tm) T-49 aluminum foil tape. d. Tape for Installation: Scotch 898 Filament Tape. e. Sheet to Cover Openings and as Collar: 3M Fire Barrier CS-195+ Composite Sheet. f. Cast In Place Devices: 3M Fire Barrier Cast In Place Devices. E. Firestopping For Construction Gaps: Provide firestopping systems listed for the specific combination of fire - rated construction type, configuration, gap dimensions, and fire rating, and: I Acceptable Products: a. 3M Fire Dam Spray 100. b. 3M Fire Barrier Spray 100. C. 3M Fire Barrier 1000 Silicone Sealant. d. 3M Fire Barrier 1003 Silicone Sealant. e. 3M Fire Barrier 2000 Silicone Sealant. f. 3M Fire Barrier 2000+ Silicone Sealant. 9- 3M Fire Barrier 2003 Silicone Sealant. 2. Provide firestopping that has fire resistance rating equal to or greater than the fire -resistance rating of the assembly in which it is to be installed. 55 Agreement No. 6311 Provide firestopping that has movement capability appropriate to the potential movement of the gap, demonstrated by testing in accordance with ASTM E 1399 for minimum of 500 cycles at 10 cycles per minute. F. Accessories: Provide all accessory materials required for complete installation; use materials specifically identified in system listings. G, Identification Labels for Through Penetration Systems: Pressure sensitive self-adhesive vinyl labels, preprinted with the following information: I The words "Warning - Through Penetration Firestop System -. Do not Disturb. Notify Building Management of Any Damage." 2. Listing agency's system number or designation. 3. System manufacturer's name, address, and phone number. 4. Installer's name, address, and phone number. 5. General contractor's name, address, and phone number (if applicable). 6. Date of installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. B. Conduct tests according to manufacturer's written recommendations to verify that substrates are free of oil, grease, rolling compounds, incompatible primers, loose mill scale, dirt and other foreign substances capable of impairing bond of firestopping. C. Verify that items penetrating fire rated assemblies are securely attached, including sleeves, supports, hangers, and clips. D. Verify that openings and adjacent areas are not obstructed by construction that would interfere with installation of firestopping, including ducts, piping, equipment, and other suspended construction. E. Verify that environmental conditions are safe and suitable for installation of firestopping. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. B. Install masking and temporary coverings as required to prevent contamination or defacement of adjacent surfaces due to firestopping installation. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install in strict accordance with manufacturer's detailed installation instructions and procedures. B. Install so that openings are completely filled and material is securely adhered. C. Where firestopping surface will be exposed to view, finish to a smooth, uniforrn surface flush with adjacent surfaces. 56 Agreement No. 6311 D. After installation is complete, remove combustible forming materials and accessories that are not part of the listed system. E. Repair or replace defective installations to comply with requirements. At each through penetration, attach identification labels on both sides in location where label will be visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items or firestopping. ZD G. Clean firestop materials off surfaces adjacent to openings as work progresses, using methods and cleaning materials approved in writing by firestop system manufacturer and which will not damage the surfaces being cleaned. H. Notify authority having jurisdiction when firestopping installation is ready for inspection; obtain advance approval of anticipated inspection dates and phasing, if any, required to allow subsequent construction to proceed. Do not cover firestopping with other construction until approval of authority having jurisdiction has been received. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will engage an independent testing agency to inspect installed firestopping and to prepare reports indicating whether the installed work complies with the contract documents. B. Notify testing agency at least 7 days prior to date when firestopping installation will be ready for inspection; obtain advance approval of general schedule and phasing, if any, required to allow subsequent construction to proceed. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect installed systems and products until completion of project-, where subject to traffic, provide adequate protection board. END OF SECTION 07840 FIRESTOPPING 61% Agreement No. 6311 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALANTS PART I G E',S E R A L A. Pre -construction joint Sealant -Substrate Tests: Submit substrate materials representative of actual joint surfaces to joint sealant manufacturer for laboratory testing of joint sealants for adhesion to primed and unprimed substrates and for compatibility with joint substrates and other Joint -related materials. B. Submittals: In addition to product data submit the following: 1. Samples of each type and color of joint sealant required. 2. Certified test reports for joint sealants evidencing compliance with requirements. M it A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under service and application conditions, as demonstrated by testing and field experience. B. Colors: Provide color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors, to match adjacent substrate. C. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, clastomeric sealant of base polymer indicated complying with AST r C 920 requirements. 1. Multi -Part, Neutral -Curing Silicone Sealant: Type M; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses T, NT, M, G, A, and 0 with the additional capability to withstand 50 percent movement in both extension and compression for a total of 100 percent movement when tested per ASTM C 719 and still comply with other requirements of ASTM C 920. 2. One -Part, Neutral -Curing Silicone Sealant: Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, and as follows: a. Uses NT, M, G, A, and O. b. Additional capability, when tested per ASTM C 719, to withstand the following percentage changes in joint width as measured at time of application and still comply with other requirements of ASTM C 920: 1) 35 percent movement in both extension and compression for a total of 70 percent movement. D. Acoustical Sealant: Non -sag, paintable, non -staining, latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 and effective in reducing airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies per ASTM E 90. E. Tape Sealant: Solvent -free, butyl -based tape sealant with a solids content of 100 percent formulated to be nonstaining, paintable, and non -migrating in contact with nonporous surfaces with or without reinforcement thread to prevent stretch and packaged on rolls with release paper on one side. F. Sealant Backings, General: Nonstaining; compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. 1 Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, non -waxing, non -extruding strips of plastic foam of material indicated below, and of size, shape, and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. 58 Agreement No. 6311 a. Closed -cell polyethylene foam, nonabsorbent to liquid water and gas, non- outgassing in unruptured state. b. Proprietary, reticulated, closed -cell polymeric foam, non-outgassing, with a density of 2.5 pcf and tensile strength of 35 psi per ASTM D 1623, and with water absorption less than 0.02 grarn/cubic centimeter per ASTM C 1083. C. Any material indicated above. 2. Bond -Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing bond between sealant and joint filler or other materials at back of joint. G. Primer: As recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated. K Fire -Resistive Joint Sealants: Provide joint sealants with fire -resistance ratings indicated, as determined per ASTM E 119, but not less than that equaling or exceeding the fire -resistance rating of the construction in which the joint occurs. PART 3 EXECUTION A. General: Comply with Joint sealant manufacturer's instructions applicable to products and applications indicated. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with ASTM C 1193. C. Acoustical Sealant Application Standard: Comply with ASTM C 919 for use of joint sealants in acoustical applications. 59 Agreement No. 6311 DIVION 8 DOORS AND NNINDONYS SECTION 08117 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PAR"I'l GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Non -rated, shop pre -finished, site assembled steel frames. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 - Coordination: Site meetings. B. Section 01600 - Product Requirements: [Substitutions,] [delivery and storage requirements]. C. Section 01700 - Existing Conditions. D. Section 08210 - Wood Doors. E. Section 08700 - Hardware 1.3 REFERENCES A. Metallic -Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A653, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; with minimum A60 zinc -iron -alloy (galvannealed) coating designation. B. Cold -Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed applications. C. Supports and Anchors: After fabricating, galvanize units to be built into exterior walls according to ASTM A 153, Class B. D. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Provide items to be built into exterior walls, hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A153. E. ASTM D2247 - Practice for Testing Water Resistance of Coatings in 100% Relative Humidity. F. ASTM E 152 - Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. G. ASTM B 117 — Standard test for salt spray testing H. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. I. NFPA 252 — 1995 Fire Tests for Door Assemblies. J. UL I OB — Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. K. UL I OC — Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 1.4 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. Section 0 1300: Submission procedures. B. Product Data: Indicate frame configuration and finishes. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate frame elevations, reinforcement required, and spacing, location of embosses for hardware, and finish. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special installation instructions. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that Products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installers: I "Certified Prefinished Frame Installers" for the installation of site assembled door frames. 2. Refer to manufacturer's Internet web site for listing of Certified installers. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Section 0 1600: Transport, handle, store, and protect products in a dry area off the ground. B. Accept frames on site in manufacturer's box packaging with identification labels intact. Inspect for damage, C. Do not open individual boxes until installation is to begin. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Section 0 1300: Coordination and meetings. B. Verify actual measurements/openings by field measurement prior to fabrication. C. Coordinate the work with frame opening construction, door and hardware installation. W Agreement No. 6311 PART 2 _11RODWfS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Timely Industries, A Division of SDS Industries, Inc., 10241 Norris Avenue, Pacoima, CA, 91331-2292; Phone toll free: 800-247-6242. Web site: www.timelyframes.com. B. Ingersoll-Rand; Steelcraft C. Frames: Provide all frarnes for project fi-om same manufacturer. D. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01600. nViFIRM A. General: Comply with requirements of ANSI/SDT A250.8, B. Exterior Frames: Fabricate frames from metallic -coated steel sheet assembled with a mechanical interlockjoint, face miter seam "closed and tight". Weld face scam and full web of frame (T-3). Grind and dress smooth weld area. Apply zinc rich primer over grinding area. 1. Sheet Thickness: 14 gauge, (0.067 inch). 2. Material and Finish: Zinc -alloy -iron coating (galvannealed) to a minimum coating weight of A60 tocomply with ASTM A 653. Shop prime for field painting under Section 09 9100. 3. Galvanize internal members and reinforcements. C. Replacing Existing Exterior Frames in Existing Exterior Walls with New Exterior Frames: Provide the typical specified Exterior Frame, but instead of the new construction frame anchoring that is integrated into the construction as it proceeds, factory prep frames for minimum 3/8-inch diameter bolts with expansion shields or inserts. Anchors to be shipped loose with bolts to the jobsite for field installation. D. Interior Frames: Fabricate from cold rolled steel sheet assembled with a mechanical interlock joint, face miter seam "closed and tight". Weld face seam of frame (T-2). Grind and dress smooth weld area. Apply zinc rich primer over grinding area. 1. Sheet Thickness: 14 gauge, (0.067 inch). 2. Finish: Shop prime for field painting under Section 09 9100. E. Frame Casings: 1. Frame Throat Opening: Match finished wall thickness. 2. Type: Standard Steel Type: Model TA-8 with 6 mm. (1/4 inch) reveal, on steel frames. Fit factory assembled units with MiterGard comer alignment clips. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Reinforcement Bracket for Closer: Regular arm closer, Model TA- 10, or parallel arm closer, Model TA- 12, or multi -purpose application, Model TA-25. B. Reinforcement Brackets for Rim Exit Device: Model TA- 12 C. Reinforcement Brackets for Door Guards: Model TA- 10 D. Weatherstripping: Adhesive backed fire -rated seal, self -extinguishing rubber. Model TA-5 1, Black or Clear color and/or Adhesive backed fire -rated Intumescent seal, high volume multidirectional expandable graphite. Model TA-50, can be painted to match any doorjamb color. E. Silencers: clear stick -on type. F. Interior Frames at Existing Walls to Remain: same as interior frames except: Form frames with double return backbends to prevent cutting into drywall surface. Design knock down frames to be securely installed in the rough opening after wallboard is applied. Provide knocked down for field assembly. Factory die -mitered comer connections reinforced at miters, including soffit tabs to secure and interlock at jambs to head. Locate adjustable anchors in each jamb 4" from the top of the door opening to hold frame in rigid alignment. 2.4 STEEL DOORS A. Exterior Flush Steel Doors: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8, Level 11, Heavy Duty, Model 1, Full Flush Door, 1. Material and Finish: Zinc -alloy -iron coating (galvannealed) to a minimum coating weight of A60 to comply 61 Agreement No. 6311 with ASTM A 653. Shop prime for field painting under Section 09 9100. 2. Provide galvannealed components and internal reinforcements as required for hardware specified. 3. Close tops of exterior doors to eliminate moisture penetration. Galvannealed steel top caps are permitted. 4. Thickness: 1 -3/4 inch. 5. Core: Impregnated kraft honeycomb core. 6. Face Sheet Thickness: 18 gauge, (0.042 inch). Z� B. New Exterior Flush Steel Door being used in an Existing Exterior Frame: Provide an exterior door as specified herein but in lieu of the typical manufacturer's standard hinge placement, the hinges must be located as determined by the existing door in -place. C. Interior Flush Steel Doors: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8, Level 11, Heavy Duty, Model 1, Full Flush Doors. 1. Material and Finish: Cold rolled steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1008. Shop prime for field painting under Section 09 9100. 2. Thickness: 1-3/4 inch. 3. Core: Impregnated kraft honeycomb core. 4. Face Sheet: 18 gauge, (0.042 inch). D. New Interior Flush Steel Door being used in an Existing Interior Frame: Provide an interior door as specified herein but in lieu of the typical manufacturer's standard hinge placement, the hinges must be located as determined by the existing door in -place. E. Door Glazing: All Hollow Metal doors designated with window lites, must be shop glazed prior to shipment to the jobsite. F. Glazing0 Stops: Provide for glazed interior lites as indicated on Drawings complying with SDI vision panel designations V, N and G. Construct glazing stops of not less than 18 gauge steel. Fit and install stops in the factory. Form neat hairline joints. 2.5 PREPARATION FOR HARDWARE A. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI A250.6 for door and frame preparation for hardware. B. Factory prepare doors and frames for templated hardware specified under Section 08 7100 — Door Hardware. Mortise, reinforce, and drill for templated hardware, and reinforce for surface applied hardware. Mortise to hairline accuracy with no oversized punching. 1. All doors and frames to be factory drilled to receive operating and hanging door hardware. Trim components such as kick plates to be field drilled. C. Reinforce doors and frames with 8 gauge steel plate at each butt. D. Reinforce for lock front and strike with 16 gauge steel. frames for closers with 12 gauge steel plate, and reinforce doors with 12 gauge steel channel. Other reinforcing to be not less than 12 gauge steel. E. Cover mortises in frames with pressed steel mortar boxes. Ff. 6 FIRE RATING: Where required in one -hour fire rated walls and assemblies. A. Openings for single swing frame, rated for 45 minutes. B. Sidelights [when provided] with Steel Trim: 45 minute fire rated. C. Casing Clips: Fabricate frames with factory applied heated treated clips. D . Transom Bars: Fixed type same profiles as jamb and head. E. Fabricate frames with hinge reinforcement plates secured in place. F. Attach fire rated label to each fire -rated frame. 2.7 FINISH A. Shop Finish: Grind, fill and sand as required to make faces and edges smooth, true and free of irregularities. Chemically clean and phosphate treat to ensure prime paint adhesion. Timely Industries, Division of SDS Industries, Inc. B. Frame Units: Prefinished with factory applied impact resistant, polyester baked enamel finish. B. Casing: Prefinished with factory applied impact resistant, polyester baked enamel finish. 62 Agreement No. 6311 C. Primer: Primer Electro Galvanized. D. Colors: Standard Colors Stone Gray SC 106 P A R'I' 3, LiX E C I _JT I QNX 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of steel doors and frames. 1. Examine rough -in for embedded and built-in anchors to verify actual locations of steel frame connections before frame installation. 2. Verify acceptability of existing conditions before starting work. 3. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. 4. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install frames according to ANSI/SDI-A250.1 1. Erect frames plumb, square and true to line. B. Install doors according to DHI. Install with uniform margins at iambs and head. C. Steel Frames: Install steel frames for doors, borrowed lights and other openings, of size and profile indicated. Install steel frames in accordance with ANSI/SDI-A250.1 1. I . Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth andundamaged. 2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor and secure with expansion anchors. a. Metal Stud Partitions: Secure frames to metal studs with metal strap type anchors. b. Anchoring of New Frames in Existing Masonry Walls: Minimum 3/8-inch diameter bolts with expansion shields or inserts. Provide pipe spacer from frame to wall, with through reinforcement plate c. Interior Frames at Existing Walls to Remain (only at Remodel Projects when specifically designated): Secure frames in place with adjustable compression anchors for Dry Wall slip-on (Knock - Down) Frames. D. Steel Doors: Fit steel doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified below. Shim as necessary. 1. Non -Fire -Rated Standard Steel Doors: a. Jambs and Head: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/16 inch. b. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/ 16 inch. c. Door Undercuts: 1) Interior -Between Bottom of Door and Top of Finish Floor (No Threshold): Manufacturer's standard not to exceed 3/4" above floor. 2) Exterior - Between Bottom of Door and Top of Threshold: Custom, 1/8" above threshold surface. 2. Fire -Rated Doors: Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80. 3. Smoke -Control Doors: Install doors according to NFPA 105. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. B. Remove and replace defective work, including steel doors or frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable. C. Clean grout and other bonding material off steel doors and frames immediately after installation. D. Prime -Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air -drying primer. E. Galvannealed Surfaces: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. 63 Agreement No. 6311 Instructions on how to properly complete a Door Measurement Guide Overview: The Door Measurement Guide is to be used when specific measurements are not readily available to be printed in the Architectural Documents. This is typically due to existing field conditions that must be verified by the contractor. These measurements could be anything such as door height and width, wall thickness, hinge spacing, or any other measurement necessary to procure proper fitting material for a door opening. Objective: The Door Measurement Guide is used to obtain the exact proper measurements of an opening for correct and timely procurement. This is to be completed at the first available time frame due to varying lead times based on the specific results of the Door Measurement Guide. Instructions: Please fill out all measurements and information in order to verify all field conditions and eliminate confusion. It is critical that all pertinent measurements are recorded on the Door Measurement Guide in exact measurements. Approximations or rounding dimensions can cause the wrong products to be ordered. Measurements should be made down to the 32nd of an inch. Soffit 1-9/16, -- Varies 1®15116" — Sl0�a Explanation of Measurements and terms: -- fdatvhxt Unless otherwise noted all measurements are to be in inches starting from the underside of the frame head (the rabbet, not the stop/soffit, see diagram). N 4 A — Top hinge — Measure down to the top of the firsthinge. I )J Throat Opening (WaIMIckness) l Face 13— 2nd hinge — Measure down to the top of the 2nd hinge. I C— 3rd hinge — Measure down to the top of the 3rd hinge. Jamb Depth - D — 4th hinge (if applicable) — Measure down to the top of the 4th hinge. E — Deadbolt Strike (if applicable) — Measure down to the centerline of the deadbolt strike on the frame F — Lock Strike - Measure down to the centerline of the strike on the frame G — Door opening height — Measure down to the finished floor material or top of threshold H — Hinge Height — Measure from the top of the hinge to the bottom of the hinge I, J and K — Door opening Width — Measure the width of the door pocket the door must fit into (from hinge rabbet to strike rabbet). L — Undercut of door — Measure from the top of the floor material to the bottom of the door It is also important to indicate the type of stud used on the wall. This information is not always visible. This is important LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND Hinges on Loll Hinges on Hight so the new frame arrives with the correct anchors to set the opens Inward opens Inward � frame in the wall for that specific wall construction type. " LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND ***Use the handing chart as indicated to REVERSE REVERR E I HingesH 9 9 t door. * * * Opens Outward ,,, Opens Outward the exist ing handing on he d determineg g t%tand rcuut the secure slide of 0'm re ooir sere you wm9d IInsert yaauu. kqA, For pAirs, detannii ae the hand of the Active Waf. The iscOve lest N TypWafly the a&om with the 0ockset. IWRan21h Uea ves may Ire active. A Door DOOR# mossumme n c Gtide PROJECT I�VE- MEASUREMENTS - A J B K C L C-_ 1TEM(S) TO BE REPLACED: E boor Only Frame Only F %k- G_�.... ............°......., H- q FINIS EDWALL THICKNESS E F C9-�.FY O%TROLZ Agreement No. 6311 CmECKONC Existing opening Relocated opening_ G 'C9 ONE Frame Head Size 2" 4" L FLOOR CHECK ONE: Wood Stud Anchor Metal Stud Anchor New MasonryAnchor Existing Masonry Anchor in IN luok DOME DOOR HANDING: LH RH �LHR RHR 65 Agreement No. 6311 61 PC" It BTM is l �� 17M111 c" plu al mLl 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Provide Flush Wood Doors and associated components as follows: a. Solid -core doors with wood veneer faces. b. Factory finishing of wood doors. c. Factory fitting wood doors to frames and factory machining for hardware. 1.2 RELATEDITEMS A. Section 08117 - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; for interior metal frames for wood doors... B. Section 08710 - Door Hardware. 1.3 MATERIAL HANDLING REQUIREMENTS A. Materials: Flush wood doors included in this section are furnished by the Contractor with the following criteria: 1. Flush wood doors to be pre -drilled and prepared for the operating and hanging door hardware specified under Section 08710. 2. Refer to Section 01600 — Product Requirements for specific Contractor responsibilities. 3. Coordinate with distributor for specific project delivery requirements for phased delivery of materials. a. Phased Delivery of Materials: Delivery of Doors, Frames and Hardware will be made to the Project Site in the number of shipments required by the Contractor based on the project's phased construction schedule. Contractor to verify with Vendor the content of each shipment B. Itemized Materials List: The Contractor will prepare for each shipment, an Itemized Materials List indicating each door, frame and hardware component for each door opening included in that shipment. 1. Organization: An Itemized Material List will be organized, to the greatest extent possible, following the numbering order of the Opening Schedule on Drawings. 2. Itemized Material List for doors and frames will be combined with the Door Hardware, specified under Section 08710, to provide a complete listing of components for each opening as applicable. C. Material Process for Doors, Frames and Hardware: 1. Prior to Mobilization: No less than two (2) weeks prior to Project Mobilization, the Contractor shall contact the Distributor for Project notification and scheduling of delivery dates. D. Material Process for Doors, Frames and Hardware — Remodel Projects: 1. Prior to Mobilization: No less than two (2) weeks prior to Project Mobilization, the Contractor shall contact the Distributor for Project notification and scheduling of delivery dates. 2.Re-Use Verification: Contractor to verify with Architect the feasibility of the re -use or re -location of existing door, frame and hardware components, if any, as applicable to specific remodel project. 3. Verify Existing Conditions: Contractor to verify conditions and dimensions of existing components confirmed for re -use or re -location using Section 08 1120 - Door Measurement Guide and Instructions — Remodels, located in the specification. a. Indicate existing conditions for each re -used or re -located component on Door Measurement Guide. Label each Guide with Door Opening Number. b. Return Door Measurement Guides labeled with Project Number and Name to Distributor. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors from single manufacturer. B. Quality Standard: In addition to requirements specified, comply with WDMA I.S.1-A, "Architectural Wood Flush Doors." 1.5 DELIVERY,T HANDLING A. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Packing and Shipping: Deliver doors in original unopened packaging with legible manufacturer's identification. Agreement No. 6311 1. Mark doors with opening location. 2. Wrap doors in shop with moisture resistant plastic covering. Leave coverings intact and remove only portions required for door hardware installation. Do not remove coverings from installed doors until final cleaning is performed unless otherwise required by door manufacturer. C. Acceptance at Site: Inspect doors for damage. Notify distributor of any damage claims before installation begins. D. Storage and Protection: 1. Store doors by stacking flat. a. Support stack so air will circulate under stack. b. Support stack so doors do not bend or sag, c. Do not walk on or place other material on top of stacked doors. 2. Protect exposed surfaces of doors from elements and from damage. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Warping (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch in door surface area. b. Telegraphing of core construction in face veneers. c. Delamination of veneers. 2. Warranty to include installation and finishing that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors. 3. Warranty Period: Life of installation. EARI 2 - URQUIL16 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers for Wood Doors: 1. Furnish doors from one of the following manufacturers. a. Marshfield Door Systems, Inc.; b. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc.; c. Eggers Industries. d. Lynden Door, Inc. e. VT Industries Inc. 2.2 DOOR CONSTRUCTION, GENERAL A. W-DMA I.S.I-A Performance Grade: Heavy Duty. B. Particleboard -Core Doors: 1. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade LD-2, made with binder containing no urea -formaldehyde resin. C. Solid Core Flush Wood Doors: 1. WIC Premium grade, 1 3/4" thick, staved lumber or particleboard core, 5-ply construction. 2. Face Veneer: Perfect Match Doors. 3 Adhesive: Interior Doors - Type 11. 4. Blocking for Hardware: Provide blocking such that no -through -bolting is required for hardware installation. Provide blocking for closers on all doors whether or not closers are scheduled. D. Smoke -and -Draft and Fire Rated Doors: 1 3/4" thick, match non -rated door appearance. 1. Core: Staved lumber or particleboard core construction for 20 minute rated doors, mineral core required for longer ratings. E. Accessories: I Glazing Stops: Algoma, flush wood or wood veneered bead, labeled type required for fire rating, match door veneer. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate doors in accordance with requirements of specified standards. I . Factory prefit wood doors. M. Agreement No. 6311 2. Shop prepare doors to receive hardware; refer to Section 08700 - Hardware - for hardware requirements, templates, and locations. a. Factory machine doors for mortise hardware. Consult with Glenn Skipper, ext. 6125, and Pat DuPont, ext. 7668, on the following paragraph. Omit if not applicable. b. Hardware and Devices: Prepare doors and frames to receive electrical hardware specified in Section 08700 — Hardware. 3. Bevel strike edge of single -acting doors 1/8" in 2". 4. Make cutouts for glass where shown. L, I Labels: UL or ITS/Warnock-Hersey. a. Items provided with labels other than the fire resistive rating shown on the Door Schedule are not permitted and will be rejected. b. Install labels where visible when doors are installed, in open position. 2. Provide maximum allowable edge strips of wood species to match face veneers C. Finish: Factory finish in accordance with WIC System 5, transparent, clear, satin sheen. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and installed door frames before hanging doors. 1. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs. 2. Reject doors with defects. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Hardware: For installation, refer to Section 08 7 100 Door Hardware. B. Installation Instructions: Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, the referenced quality standard, and as indicated. C. Factory -Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. D. Factory- Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Operation: Re -hang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. B. Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or that do not comply with requirements. Doors may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. END OF SECTION 08210 WOOD DOORS M Agreement No. 6311 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL HEIIII&IN&LU-11iffil A. Work Includes: 1. Provide door hardware for hollow metal, wood doors and special doors as indicated: 1.2 MATERIAL HANDLING REQUIREMENTS A. Material Handling Requirements: Door Hardware included in this Section are furnished by the Contractorand must comply with the following criteria: 1. Door hardware components to be packaged per door opening and shipped to project site in accordance with the following: a. All door hardware including hinges, screws, panic devices, etc. should be shipped and labeled as follows: 1) Shipped in as few boxes as possible. 2) Inside the shipping box must be smaller boxes of all hardware components separated by type (I. e. all kickplates in one box, all hinges in one box, etc.). 3) Each item of hardware must be bundled and labeled per door opening (L e. 3 hinges grouped together and marked Door #102, each closer box clearly with door number). 2. Hardware Mounting Diagrams will be packaged for each specific opening. 3. Door openings that require electrified hardware will be packaged with Wiring Diagrams for each specific opening. 4. Refer to Section 01600 — Product Requirements for specific Contractor responsibilities. 5. Coordinate with Vendor for specific project delivery requirements for phased delivery of materials. b. Phased Delivery of Materials: Delivery of Doors, Frames and Hardware will be made to the Project Sitein the number of shipments required by the Contractor based on the project's phased construction schedule. Contractor to verify with Distributor the content of each shipment to meet specific Proj ect requirements. c. If the project requires, the Conti -actor may request additional shipments with written approval from the Owner. d. Remodel Phased Delivery of Materials: Delivery of Doors, Frames and Hardware will be made tothe Project Site in the number of shipments required by the Contractor based on the project's phased construction schedule. Contractor to verify with Vendor the content of each shipment to meet specific Project requirements. B. Itemized Materials List: The Contractor will prepare for each shipment, an Itemized Materials List indicating each hollow metal door, frame and hardware component for each door opening included in that shipment. 1. Organization: An Itemized Material List will be organized, to the greatest extent possible, following the numbering order of the Opening Schedule on Drawings. 2. Itemized Material List for doors and frames will be combined with the Material List for Door Hardware, specified under Section 08 7100, to provide a complete listing of components for each opening as applicable. C. Material Process for Doors, Frames and Hardware: 1. Prior to Mobilization: The Contractor shall initiate the Project notification and scheduling of delivery dates. D. Remodel Projects — Material Process for Doors, Frames and Hardware: 1. Prior to Mobilization: The Contractor shall initiate the Project notification and scheduling of delivery dates. 2. Re -Use Verification: Contractor to verify with Owner the feasibility of the re -use or re -location of existing door, frame and hardware components, if any, as applicable to specific remodel project. 3. Verify Existing Conditions: Contractor to verify conditions and dimensions of existing components confirmed for re -use or re -location using "Section 08 1120 - Door Measurement Guide and 69 Agreement No. 6311 Instructions — Remodels", located in the specification. a. Indicate existing conditions for each re -used or re -located component on Door Measurement Guide. Label each Guide with Door Opening Number. b. Return Door Measurement Guides labeled with Project Number and Name to Vendor. I JA .14 M U A. General: Door hardware for each door to comply with requirements of this section and door Hardware Groups indicated in Part 3, Hardware Schedule. B. Provide hardware components that are new, free from scratches, mars, and other defects. Furnish hardware complete with accessories of proper size and design required for the purpose intended, including screws, shields, and other anchorage devices necessary for complete installation. K911[d4Z141.?A X • 1144 041111K A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with accessibility requirements of Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), "Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)" and ANSI A117.1. B. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Provide door hardware for assemblies complying with NFPA80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252. C. Inventory door hardware on receipt at project site and provide secure lock -up for door hardware delivered to Project site. A. General: BHMA 156. 1, steel or stainless steel material, fabricated to template with flat button tips, non - rising loose steel pins, and beveled or non -beveled inner edge. 1. Non -removable loose pin hinges for exterior outswing doors or as scheduled. 2. Non-ferrous base metal for exteriordoors. 3. Ball bearing hinges of proper size and weight for labeled doors. B. Hinge Sizes: 1-3/4 inch doors / 4-1/2 inches x 4-1/2 inches, unless scheduled otherwise. 1. Width of hinges: Sufficient to cleartrim. C. Quantities: 1. One pair ( 2 hinges ) on doors 60 inches high or less, 1/2 pair ( I hinge ) for every additional 30 inches or fraction thereof. 1) Door width Requirements forhinges: Doors up to 36" wide: 1-1/2 pair ( 3 hinges ) unless door is higher than 96 inches (verify for larger). 2) Doors 36+" to 48": 2 pair (4 hinges) unless door is higher than 96 inches (verify for larger). D. Type 1 Hinge: Plain bearing, steel. 1. Interior doors less than 37 inches wide without closers. E. Type 2 Hinge: Standard weight, ball bearing, steel. 1. Interior doors less than 41 inches with closer. F. Type 3 Hinge: Extra heavy, ball bearing, steel. 1. Interior doors wider than 41 inches. G. Type 4 Hinge: Extra heavy, ball bearing, stainless steel. 1. Out -swing exterior doors. 2. When specified in group. ME Agreement No. 6311 H. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Hinge B mmer Hager Stanley j Tjpe1 5000 1279 F179 Type 2 BB5000 BB1279 FBB179 Type 3 BB5004 BB1168 FBB168 Type 4 BB5006 BB 1199 FBB 199 • A. General: BHMA 156.4, Grade 1, cast iron or aluminum of sizes recommended by manufacturer with forged steel or stamped steel arms, brackets, and accessories. Full rack and pinion mechanism with adjustable controls on Sweep", "Latch", and "Backcheck" speeds, with tamper -proof tool and independent valve key adjusting features. B. Medium Projection Closers: Universal mounting and multi -sized modern surface type with full cover, sized for individual door sizes and locations, (unless other types are required by special conditions or are specified in the hardware groups). l . Closer fluid to comply with requirements of UL 1 OC and UBC 7-2 for positive pressure tests. 2. Supply adapter and drop plates as required to suit mounting conditions. Where specified, provide heavy duty solid cast arms to permit doors to swing 180 degrees. Similar to LCN EDA arm. 3. Provide closer mounting templates, revised as required, to assure that doors located in back to back, or individual conditions, do not strike each other, or other store features, when fully opened. C. Maximum force to operate doors shall not exceed 8.5 pounds for exterior doors and 5 pounds for interior doors. Fire rated doors to be set to minimum operating force to allow positive latching when closed. D. Maximum force for California: Maximum force to operate doors shall not exceed 5 pounds for exterior and interior doors. Fire rated doors to be set to minimum operating force to allow positive latching when closed. E. Acceptable Manufacturers andProducts: 1. LCN 4040 XP Series as specified. A. Cylindrical Locks: BHMA A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 1, prepared to accept Best interchangeable cores. 1. Best: 93K Series. B. Lever Handle Trim: 1. Cylindrical: Best 15D for 93KSeries. 2. Mortise: Best 15J for 45H Series. A. Cylinders: BHMA A] 56.5, Grade 1. Manufacturer's standard tumbler type, constructed from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel silver, and complying with the following: 1. Mortise Type: Threaded cylinders with rings and straight or clover -type cam. 2. Rim Type: Cylinders with back plate, flat -type vertical or horizontal tailpiece, and raised trim ring. 3. Cylinders to accept Best seven pin interchangeable cores. 4. Provide cylinders with standard or special cams as required for proper installation with specified lock. 5. Provide standard and crush -proof cylinder rings as specified and/or required for proper installation with cylinders. B. Acceptable Manufacturers for Cylinders: 1. Best Access Systems; Div. of The Stanley Works. 2. Schlage Commercial Lock Division; an Ingersoll-Rand Company. 2.8 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION CORES A. Construction Cores: Temporary interchangeable construction cores and keys will be furnished during 71 Agreement No. 6311 construction as required. A. Permanent Cores: Interchangeable cores insert, removable by use of a special key; usable with other manufacturers' cylinders asspecified. 1. Contractor to coordinate with the Owner. A. General: 1. Manual Flush Bolts: BHMA 156.16, Grade 1. 2. Automatic Flush Bolts: BHMA 156.3, Grade 1. 3. Constant Latch Flush Bolts: BHMA 156.3, Grade 1. 4. Dust Proof Strike: BHMA 156.16, Grade 1. Item Ives Door Hager Trimeo Controls Manual F.B. FB257N 780F 282D 3915 Dust Proof Strike DP2 82 28OX 3910 Auto. F.B. FB31P 842NH 292D 3810 Constant 3820 x Latch F.B. FB51P 845 293D 3810 2.11 KICK PLATES, AND ARMOR PLATES A. General: BHMA 156.6. B. Kick Plates: Provide 0.050" thick x 10" high BHMA 630, Type 304 stainless steel plates with four edges beveled unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Width for single doors shall be 2" less than door width on stop side and 1" less than door width on face side. Pairs of doors shall be 1 " less than door width on both sides. C. Armor Plates: Provide 0.050" thick x 36" high, BHMA 630 stainless steel plates with four edges beveled unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Width for single doors shall be 2" less than door width on stop side and 1" less than door width on face side. for pairs of doors shall be 1" less than door width on both sides. 1. Note: On fire rated doors armor plates to be maximum 16 inches high to comply with requirements of NFPA 80. D. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Burns. 2. Hager. 3. Hiawatha. 4. Trimco. 2.12 DOOR STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Overhead Stops: BHMA 156.8, Grade 1,. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers andProducts: Item Glynn John -son Rixson Firemark Overhead Stops: Exterior GJ100 6 Series Interior GJ90 9 Series B. Wall and Floor Stops: BHMA 156.16, Grade 1, 72 Agreement No. 6311 Item Hager Burns Trimco Ives Don Jo Wall Stops: Concave 236W 575 1270CV WS406CCV 1407-630 255W 530 417 WS11 --- Stop/ Holder: 254W 531 418 WS20-26D --- Floor/ Stop: 269F 540 1209 FS18S — C. Notes: Provide either a wall or overhead stop at all doors unless otherwise indicated. 1. If type is not specified, provide 232W or 236W wall stop as applicable. Hager specified in Groups. 2. If wall stops are unsuitable, furnish GJ90 overhead stops. 3. Hager specified in Groups for wall and floor stops. 4. Glynn Johnson specified in Groups for Overhead Stops. A. Coat Hooks: aluminum double coat hook with clear anodized finish B. Acceptable Manufacturers and respective product numbers: National Guard specified in Groups. Coat Hooks 2.14 ASTRAGALS ohnson / Ives 601 V 796 A. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: 2 inch wide steel. Mount on Pull Side of door„ .�. NGP Pemko Reese 139SP FB5IPSP 183SP-84 ' Y YYYYYYYY� 2.15 SWEEPS, WEATHERSTRIPS, AND JAMB GASKETS A. General: BHMA 156.22. 1. Sweep: Clear anodized aluminum trim with neoprene or silicone inserts. 2. Weatherstrip/Gasket: Teardrop shape with adhesive strip. Weatherstrip and fire and smoke gasket. 3. Positive Pressure Gaskets: Teardrop shape with adhesive strip. B. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Hager NGP Pemko Reese Sweep 750X 200SA 315CN 323C Weatherstrip 726C 5050C S88BL 797B /Gasket Pos Pressure - 5050C S88BL - C. Provide jamb gaskets as required by code at all rated openings. D. Fire Rated Openings: Gasketing to comply with requirements of UL 1 OC for positive pressure tests. 73 Agreement No. 6311 a A. General: BHMA 156.21, mill aluminum units. Reese specified in Groups. B. Acceptable Manufacturers and products: '. I Y'S addle�. A. General: Mill aluminum drip cap continuous, over full width of door frame head with 2- 1/2" projection. Reese specified in Groups. B. Manufacturers and Products: A. BHMA 156.18, as follows, unless otherwise specified: 1. Hinges: a. Exterior Doors: US32D (630). b. Interior Doors: US26D (652). 2. Continuous Hinges: Clear anodized aluminum US28 (628) and US32D. 3. Exit Control Locks: Mfr's Standard. 4. Locks: US26D (626). 5. Push Plates, Bars & Pulls: US32D (630). 6. Closers: AL. 7. Magnetic Holders: US27. 8. Overhead Stops and Holders: US32D. 9. Coordinators: USP. 10. Wall and Floor Stops: US26D (626). 11. Kick Plates and Armor Plates: US32D (630). 12. Trim Protector Bars: US32D (630). 13. Sweeps: Clear anodized aluminum. 14. Thresholds: Mill aluminum. 15. Coat Hooks: Clear anodized aluminum US28 (628). 16. Auto Door Bottoms: Clear anodized aluminum US28 (628). 17. Miscellaneous Hardware: US26D (626). 1202642-43 3.1 INSTALLATION OF FIIHD ARE A. Install hardware according to hardware distributor's written installation instructions, mounting drawings and wiring diagrams included in hardware packages using experienced personnel. Maintain fire rating on labeled openings. B. Perform mortises and cutting neatly and conceal evidence of cutting in finished work. Permanently install hardware after finishing operations are complete and dry. Protect from scratching or other damage. 74 Agreement No. 6311 C. Mount door hardware as follows unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. For items not listed, conform to recommended mounting locations of Door Hardware Institute (DHI): 1. Lock and Latch Sets: Steel door and frame manufacturer's standard height. 40-5/16". 2. Door Closers: As recommended by the manufacturer for the degree of opening. Mount closers on room side of corridor doors, interior side of exterior doors, and room side (including corridors) opposite the main sales floor, unless otherwise indicated. a. Note: When a Closer and a Surface Mounted Overhead Stop are to be installed on same side of door, install the 4040 — 62A Auxiliary Shoe on closer to eliminate conflict. 3. Surface Mounted Overhead Stops: Mount on "Push" side of door. 4. Door Pull: Center 44" above floor. 5. Push Plates: Center 46" above floor. 6. Kick Plates: Mount on push side of door except where indicated for both sides of doors. 7. Armor Plates: Mount on both sides of door leaf unless otherwise noted on the Schedule. 8. Door Stops: As near the strike edge of door as possible, or as recommended by manufacturer. Do not mount oncabinets, casework, equipment, or furnishings. 9. Door Stop/Holder (WS20-26D): Mount at 12" above finish floor. 10. Trim Protector Bar: Directly below trim to provide 4" clearance from lever in down position; place on "push" side of door. Except for doors facing back exit Corridor must place Trim Protector Bar toward that Corridor. 11. Hasps: Install with screws covered by hasp in locked position. 12. Exterior Astragals: Install exterior astragals with non -removable screws. 13. Exterior Thresholds: Set exterior thresholds in full bed of sealant (SLNT-9) specified in Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants prevent compression of threshold. Clean excess sealant after installation. D. Tr -Bolting of Hardware: Install all hardware components with supplied fasteners. No "Than -Bolting" of hardware is required. 3.2 SUBMITTALS A. Hardware Schedule: Submit five (5) copies of the hardware schedule in the manner and format specified, complying with the actual construction progress schedule requirements (for each draft). Hardware schedules are intended for coordination of the work. Review and acceptance by the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of its exclusive responsibility to fulfill the requirements as shown and specified. B. Final Hardware Schedule: Based on the hardware requirements indicated, organize the final hardware schedule into "hardware sets", indicating complete designation of every item required for each door or opening. Furnish initial draft of schedule at the earliest possible date, in order to facilitate the fabrication of other work (such as metal frames) which may be critical in the project construction schedule. Furnish final draft of schedule after samples, manufacturer's data sheets, coordination with drawings for other work, delivery schedules, and similar information has been completed and accepted. C. Where needed, fumish templates to fabricators of other work which is to receive finish hardware. D. At final completion, adjust and test hardware for function and performance, and leave in good operating condition. Clean to restore original finish. 3.3 HARDWARE SCHEDULE 3 Hinges BB1279 3-1/2 x 3-1/2 NRP Hager 1 Deadlock 48H-7K Best 1 Pull 536B Hiawatha (outside) 1 Set Weatherstrip 797 Reese (entire perimeter) 1 Lockset 93K-7D15D Best (see note below) I Deadlock 48H-7L Best (see note below) I Cylinder 1 E74 Best 1 Closer 4040 SE x 24v AC x 75 Agreement No. 6311 Transformer 120v to 24v. LCN Annor I'laic as sjvcified 1Priori Protector Bar [� N I I I- 1" 13 Rockwood 11111-cAold S405A Reese sweell 3 2 3 Reese Set weaflierstril'i 797 Reese Note: Install deadlock cylinder on inside of door, blank outside. V I otef Install lockset with locked side to inside of building and "free" side to inside of compactor enclosure. 3 Hinge SL 11 Concealed Hinge Select if nges I Pull 536B 1-liawaflia I Push Plate 200H 1,fimvatha I Closer 4040 XP I-CN I Kick Plate as specified I Stop/Holder WS20-26D I vcs, I Lock ND50PD RHO S( ' , I'll I Latchset 93K-ON15D Best I Stop 1407-630 Don :lea I Threshold 173D 36" DK IMNZ 11EM END OF SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 76 I a IN 61 [13L� Ilk', I L-1 u Agreement No. 6311 PART1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Non -load -bearing steel framing systems for interior partitions. 2. Suspension systems for interior ceilings and soffits. 3. Grid suspension systems for gypsum board ceilings. B. Related Requirements: I . Section 05400 "Cold -Formed Metal Framing" for exterior and interior load -bearing and exterior non -load - bearing wall studs; floor joists; roof rafters and ceiling joists; and roof trusses. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Sustainable Design Submittals: 1. Product Data: For recycled content, indicating postconsurner and preconsurner recycled content and cost. 2. Environmental Product Declaratiot : For each product. 3. Sourcing of Raw Materials: Corporate sustainability report for each manufacturer. 4. Construction and Demolition Waste Management: Provide statements indicating percentage of materials diverted from landfills and incinerators and where recyclable resources are directed back to the manufacturing process. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Certificates: For each type of code -compliance certification for studs and tracks. B. Evaluation Reports: For embossed steel studs and tracks, post -installed anchors and power -actuated fasteners], fi-om ICC-ES or other qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Code -Compliance Certification of Studs and Tracks: Provide documentation that framing mernbers are certified according to the product -certification program of the Steel Framing Industry Association. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: For fire -resistance -rated assemblies that incorporate non -load -bearing steel framing, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated, according to ASTM E H 9 by an independent testing agency. B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, Provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated on Drawings, according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency. C. Horizontal Deflection: For wall assemblies, limited to 1/360 of the wall height. 2.2 FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal unless otherwise indicated. 2. Protective Coating: bot-dip galvanized unless otherwise indicated. B. Studs and Tracks: ASTM C 645. steel studs and tracks. I Steel Studs and Tracks: a. Basis-,,of-Desi2n Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide CEMCO; California Expanded Metal Products Co.; ViperStud, ViperTrack or a comparable product by a current active member of the SFIA. b. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: Match stud thickness As required. C. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. Track to match stud web size. 77 Agreement No. 6311 d. Flange: As indicated on Drawings. C. Return: As indicated on Drawings. C. Slip -Type Head Joints: Where illdrcated, I)W6dc 111c f'ollovvinll' I Clip syslern-Clips designed tin use in head -of -",all deflection conditions that provide a positive attachment ofstu& to tracks, while all(iavjiig minimum vettical movement. a. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide CEMCO; California Expanded Metal Products Co.; CST Brand Slotted Track or a comparable product by a current active member of the SFIA 2-inch-deep flanges in thickness not less than 2. Single Long -Leg Track System: ASTM C 2-i 645 top track with indicated for studs, installed with sinds 1riction fit into top track and with continuous bridging located within 12 inches of Ilic Iola ofstuds to provide lateral bracing. 3. Double -Track System: ASTM C 645 top ouler tracks, inside track with 2-inch-deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs and 1"aswried to studs, and outer track sized to friction -fit over inner track. 4. Deflection Track: Steel sheet lop track manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes applied to interior par6tion framing resulting, � frcnn dellection ot- strw Lire above; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in \vidth to acconiniodate depth of studs. ents, provide CEMCO.- C�difbrnia a. IL-a.S LIs_cif 1_PIg0_ SUI��W to compliance with requircin L - Expanded Metal Products Co.: FAS TRACK Brand or a coniparable product by a concm active member of the SFIA. D. Firestop'Tracks: Top track manufactured to allow partition heads to expand and contract with movement of structure while mainiamink, continuity of fire -resistance -rated assembly indicated: in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. CEMCO, California Expanded PrQucr Subject to compliance with reqLdrements, provide. Metal ProdUCtS CO.; FAS TRACK, Brand or a comparable pro&ct by a current active member of the SFIA. E. Flat Strap and Backing Plate, Steel sheet for blocking and bracing fit length and width indicated. -cqLiircrncnts, provide CEMCO� California Expanded L3asis_qL-QesJL,Li rodLicr, Subject to compliance with i I . , _ _ _L— — J table product by a current active merriber of the Metal Products Co.; Flat Strap and Backing Plate or as conipa SFIA. F. Cold -Rolled Channel Bridging: Steel, 0.0538-inch minimum base -metal thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges. I _11"!WoLduq.. Subject to compliance with requirenients, provide CEMCO; California Expanded rr i Metal Products C.o.„ Cold -Rolled Channel Bridging or a con p ble p, o u - d ct by a current active member of the SFIA. I Depth: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Clip Angle: Not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches, 0.069-inch-thick, galvanized steel. G. Hat -Shaped, Rigid Iurrm'o Charnicls: ASTM 645. 1 Subject to Compliance with requirements, provide CEMCO; California Expanded Metal Products (',0,: Hat -Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels or as comparable product by a current active ineinber of the SFIA one of the manufacturers listed. 2. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Depth As indicated on Drawings, H. Resilient Furrin.,,; Channels, 1/2-inch-deep, steel sheet members designed tc'r reduce sound transmission. I l!Lg)dqLt. Subject to compliance With rC(lUiIcIIIcnts, provide CEM(,'O; C ' "alifornia Expanded Metal Products OIL,- Resilient FUITing Channels or a comparable Product by a current active member of the SFIA. 2. Configkiration: Asymmetrical or hat shaped. Cold -Rolled burring Channels: 0.053-inch uncoated -steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch-wide flanges. I. Depth: As indicated on Drawings, mum uncoated -steel thickness of 2. Furring Brackets -,Adjustable, corrugated -edge -type steel sheet with minimum 0.0329 inch. 3. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641 /A 641 M, Class I zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062-inch-diameter wire, or double strand of 0.048-inch- diameter wire. " -1/4 inches, wall attachnient flange of 7/8 inch, Z-Shaped FurTin": With slotted or nonslotted vveb, face flange ()I I inininiuni uncomed-metal thickness of 0,0179 inch, and depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated. FIV Agreement No. 6311 1. B,, esig;ar 1'iorlgq-, Subject to compliance with requirements, provide CEMCO; California Expanded Metal Products Co.; Z-Shaped Furring or a comparable product by a current active member of the SFIA. K. Header- Assembly Made with an outer member, an inner- insert, and clips. 1. k,<lmmmal 17�„g r D�. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide CEMCO; California Expanded Metal Products Co.; ProX Header or a comparable product by a current active member of the SFIA. 2. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Outer Member Web Width: As indicated on Drawings. a. Basis-aal I csLgn PrQduct: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide CEMCO; California Expanded Metal Products Co.; or a comparable product by a current active member of the SFIA 4. Inner Member: As indicated on Drawings. a. �r �'mt=Gesram1'roclrsct:, Subject to compliance with requirements, provide CEMCO; California Expanded Metal Products Co.; or a comparable product by a current active member of the SFIA. 5. Clips: Minimum 0 0538-inch base metal thickness; two per header. a. Basis-oN Dcm;; jn Prod%1v Subject to compliance with requirements, provide CEMCO; California Expanded Metal Products Co.; ProX Clips or a comparable product by a current active member of the SFIA. PART 3 EX.CIA"1 N 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow -metal frames, cast -in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Suspended Assemblies: Coordinate installation of suspension systems with installation of overhead structure to ensure that inserts and other provisions for anchorages to building structure have been installed to receive hangers at spacing required to support the Work and that hangers will develop their full strength. B, Coordination with Sprayed Fire -Resistive Materials: 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Installation Standard: ASTM C 754. 1. Gypsum Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 841 that apply to framing installation. 2. Portland Cement Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 1063 that apply to framing installation. 3. Gypsum Veneer Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 844 that apply to framing installation. 4. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that apply to framing installation. B. Install framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, with connections securely fastened. C. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. D. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies E. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non -load -bearing steel framing members. Frame both sides of joints independently. 3.4 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Install framing system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types. B. Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall. C. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in sarne direction. D. Install tracks at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts that penetrate partitions above ceiling. 1. Slip -Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies. 79 Agreement No. 6311 1 Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to iamb anchor clips on door frames; install track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure tojarnb studs. a. Install two studs at cach jamb unless otherwise indicated. b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2-inch clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in finished assembly. C. Extend iamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overhead structure. 1 Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the sanic as rcquired for door openings unless otherwise indicated. Install franling below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. d 4. Fire -Resistance -Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with fire-resistancc-rated assembly indicated an support closures and to oial(c parti6ons continuous from floor to underside of solid structure. a. Firestop Track: Where indicated, install to maintain continuity of fire- resistan ce- rated assembly indicated. 5, Sound -Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with sound -rated assembly indicated. 6, Curved Partitions: a. Bend track to uniform curve and locate straight lengths so they are tangent to arcs. b. Begin and end each arc with a stud, and space intermediate studs equally along arcs. On straight lengths of no fewer than two studs at ends of arcs, place studs 6 inches o.c. E. Direct Furring: I Attach to concrete or masonry with stab nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder -driven fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c. F. Z-Shaped Furring Menibem I Erect n)sIllatioll, specified in Section 072100 "Thermal Insulation," vertically and hold in place with Z- shaped furring members spaced 24 inches o.c. 2. Except at exterior comers, securely attach narrow flanges of furring members to wall with concrete stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder -driven fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c. 3. At exterior corners, altach wide flange of furring members to wall %vith short flange extending beyond comer; on adjacerit wall surface, screw -attach sbon flange of Marring channel to web of attached channel. At interior comers, space second member no more than 12 inches from comer and cut insulation to fit. G. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing. MN Agreement No. 6311 PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A, Description of Work: Work of this section includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Gypsum board and accessories 2. Veneer plaster 3. Metal studs and furring 4. Metal sbaftwall systems 5. Metal suspension systems 6. Sound -rated construction and accessories 7. Gypsum board finishing 8. Trim and accessories A. See Section 09900 PAINTING AND FINISHING for gypsum board prime and finish coats. A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions with project conditions and materials clearly identified or detailed for each required system. A. Performance Requirements: Fabricate and install systems as indicated but not less than that required to comply with ASTM C754 under the following conditions: I Gypsum board partitions: a. Standard systems: Maximum deflection of 1/240 of partition height. 2. Interior suspended ceilings: Maximum deflection of 1/360 of distance between supports. B. Fire Resistance Ratings: Where fire resistance classifications are indicated, provide materials and application procedures identical to those listed by UL or tested according to ASTM E 119 for type of construction shown. C. Acoustical Rafiiigs. Wherc sound ratings are iridicaicd, provide niatcrials and application procedures identical to those testcd by Tnanul'hcturcr to achieve Sound Transmission Class (S'I'C) scheduled or indicated in accordance with ASTM E90. A. Reference Standards: 1. Applicable requirements of ASTM C754 for insiallalion of steel fraining, 2. Install gypsum board in accordance applicable reqL6rements and recoinmendations ol' Gypsum Association GA 216, "Reconiniendcd Specificatioris for the Application and Finishitig of Gypsum Board" except for more stringent requirements of main6cturcr. 3. Apply acoustical sealant in accordance with applicable requirements of ASTM C919. RMOBEEDISM A. Delivery: 1. Deliver material to site promptly without undue ex1posure to NNICathe". 2. Deliver in manufacturer's unopened containers or bund Ics, fully identified with name, brand, type and grade. 81 Agreement No. 6311 B. Storage: 1. Store above ground in dry, ventilated space. 2. Protect materials from soiling, rusting and damage. 3. Store board to be directly applied to masonry walls at 70°F for 24 hours prior to installation. A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Do not install gypsum board when ambient temperature is below 40'F. 2. For adhesive attachment of gypsum board, and for finishing ofgypsum board, maintain ambient temperature above 55°F from one week prior to attacirmcni or joint treatment, and until joiln trcatnient is complete and dry. A. Reuse: I Separate clean waste drywall pieces from comarninants for landfilling or recycling. Do not include vinyl -faced, r:1old-resistant or asphalt impre!naled gypsurn boards. Pulverize and apply to site soil in accordance to landscape specificaiions. Protect scrapes and pulverized material front moisture and contamination. Alternate to on -site soil aniciidinent, work to supply local Chnning oninular material for their use. Z� B. Recycle: I Separate clean waste drywall Pieces from contaminants for landfilling or reuse. Working with local waste hauler and local drywall manufacturer, provide proper storage of waste for pickup and return. Protect scrapes material from moisture and contamination. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS A. Gypsum Board and Accessories: Listed products establish standard of quality and are manufactured by United States Gypsum Company (USG), Chicago, IL. B. Steel Framing and Furring: Company acceptable to installer. C. Grid Suspension Assemblies: Listed products establish standard of quality and are manufactured by United States Gypsum Company (USG), Chicago, IL. 2.2 BOARD MATERIALS A. Gypsum Board: I . ASTM CI 396 (Section 5), Type X fire-resistant type. 2. Edges: Tapered. 3. Thickncss: 5)8 inch, unless otherwise indicated. a. Where curved gypsum board construction is indicated, use 1/4 inch thick flexible facing board. 4. Acceptable products: f'-'qtjivajcni to SHEETROCK, brand SW, FIRECODEt or a. Typical partitions and ceilings: FIRECODEI"C" Core gypsum panels by USG. b. OR [depends on edge condition option]: EqLiivalent to SHEETROCKV brand Regular. FIRECODES or FIRECODE8 "C" Core gypsum panels by USG. 9 Core, 3/4 inch thick, by USG. C. Acceptable product for fire -rated walls: Equivalent to ULTRACODE d. Acceptable product kir curved walls: 1 A" Flexible Gypsurn Panel's. e. \Xlliere foil backed gypmirn board is indicated: Equivalent to SHEETROC KIK brand SW Foil -Back, FIRECODEK, or FIRECODE, "C" gypstirn panels by t)S(-;, OR SHEI]TRO(XV brand Regular Foil - Back, FIRECODE9 or FIRECODE& "C" CORE gypsum panels by USG. 82 Agreement No. 6311 f. Use gypsum board and joint compound with little or no VOCs and fon-naldehyde emissions. Gypsum board shall have a minimum of 5% Post -consumer and 20% Post-industrial (nation-wide average for company) as defined by FTC (Federal Trade Commission) by USG. 2.3 METAL FRAMING AND FURRING MATERIALS A. Metal Studs and Runners I ASTM C645, "C" shaped, gauge: a. Provide gauge as indicated for studs; runner gauge as recommended by stud manufacturer. b. Provide 25 gauge studs, except as otherwise indicated or specified. Provide heavier gauge if required. C. At door [and borrowed light] frames, provide (2) 25 gage minimum studs at each jamb. Where wall is indicated or specified to be typically framed with 20 gauge studs, provide (2) 20 gauge studs at each jamb. d. Provide 20 gauge studs at walls to receive cement backer board, and water resistant gypsum board with ceramic tile facing. C. Provide runner gauge as recommended by stud manufacturer. 2. Depth of sections: As indicated. 3. Corrosion protection: G40 hot -dipped galvanized coating per ASTM A525. B. Shaft Wall Supports: Not applicable- C. Metal Furring Channels: 1. Hat -shaped: a. ASTM C645, 7/8 inch high, 25 gauge, with G40 hot -dipped galvanized coating per ASTM A525. b. Provide 20 gauge at furring to receive tile backer board. C. Acceptable products: DWC-25 for 1/2" and 5/8" gypsum board and DWC-20 by USG. 2. Z-shaped: ASTM C645, depths as indicated, 24 gauge minimum, with G40 hot -dipped galvanized coating per ASTM A525. 3. Resilient: Manufacturer's standard type designed to reduce sound transmission; 1/2 inch deep, 25 gauge steel with G40 hot -dipped galvanized coating per ASTM A525. A. Hanger Anchorage Devices: Screws, clips, bolts or other devices compatible with indicated structural anchorage for ceiling hangers and whose suitability has been proven through standard construction practices or by certified test data. B. Powder -Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hangers [and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to I Ox calculated loads]. C. Hangers: I Steel wire or rods, sizes to comply with requirements of ASTM C754 for ceiling or soffit area and loads to be supported. 2. Wire: ASTM A 641, soft, Class I galvanized. 3. Rods and flats: 1. Mild steel components. 2. Finish: Galvanized or painted with rust -inhibitive paint for interior work; galvanized for exterior work. D, Framing System: I Main runners: I . Cold -rolled, "C" shaped steel channels, 16 gauge minimum. 2. Finish: Galvanized with G40 bat -dip galvanized coating per ASTM A525 [for exterior work]; galvanized or painted with rust -inhibitive paint for other interior work. 3. Form to required radius at curved ceilings. 2. Cross furring: Hat -shaped steel furring channels, ASTM C645, 7/8 inch high, 25 gauge, galvanized. 83 Agreement No. 6311 Furring anchorages: 16 gauge galvanized wire ties, manufacturer's standard wire -type clips, bolts, nails or screws recommended by furring manufacturer and complying with ASTM C754. Provide compression posts and other accessories as required to comply with seismic requirements. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Metal Trim for Gypsum Board: 1. Conform to profile and dimensions indicated. 2. Material for interior work: Galvanized steel, 26 gauge minimum. 3. Corner beads: Equivalent to Dur-A-Bead No. 103 by USG. 4. Casing beads (edge beads): Equivalent to 200A by USG. 5. Control joints: a. Roll -formed zinc with perforated flanges. b. Size: 1-3/4 inch wide, with 1/4 inch wide center channel. C. Provide with removable tape strip over channel. d. Acceptable product: Equivalent to No. 093 by USG. B. Paper -Faced Metal Trim for Gypsum Board: 1. Conform to profile and dimensions indicated. 2. Material for interior work: Comply with ASTM C 1047. 3. Outside corners: Paper Faced Metal Bead and Trim B I W series by USG. 4. Outside Bullnose comers: Paper Faced Metal Bead and Trim by USG. 5. Inside corners: Paper Faced Metal Bead and Trim by USG. 6. Trims: L shape —Premasked L series by USG; J shape: B9 SERIES by USG, C. Backer Plates: I Steel, galvanized; 6 inches wide x 20 gauge minimum x lengths to suit size of items to be attached; fastened to studs for attachment of surface mounted fittings and accessories. 2. Elimination of backer plates or direct attachment of accessories or equipment to studs will not be allowed. D. Hanger Wire Sound Isolators: Provide where indicated for sound -rated suspended ceilings. E. Adhesives and Joint Treatment Materials: 1. Conform to requirements of ASTM C475. 2. Joint compounds: a. Drying -type (ready -mixed): Equivalent to SHEETROCKS brand taping joint compound and topping joint compound, or SHEETROCKO all purpose joint compound or ready -mixed lightweight all purpose joint compound by USG. b. Setting (chemically -hardening) type: Equivalent to SHEETROCKV brand setting -type joint compound by USG. C. SHEETROCK9 brand TUFF-HIDETMpi-imer-surfacer: Finish Level 4 (GA-214/ASTM C-840) drywall surface with vinyl acrylic latex -based coating to achieve Level 5 gypsum board finish. d. Laminating adhesive for multiple layers: Special adhesive or joint compound specifically recommended for laminating gypsum boards. e. Laminating adhesive for direct application: Special adhesive or joint compound specifically recommended for laminating gypsum boards and for adhering gypsum boards to solid substrates. f. Reinforcing joint tape: 1. ASTM C475, 2 inch nominal width. 2. For backer board, provide fiberglass tape as recommended by board manufacturer and acceptable to manufacturer of ceramic the setting materials. F. Gypsum Board Screws: Self -drilling, self -tapping steel screws. 1. For steel framing less than 0.03 inch thick: Comply with ASTM C 1002. 2. For steel framing from 0.033 inch thick to 0.112 inch thick: Comply with ASTM C954. a] Agreement No. 6311 Provide Type S or Type S- 12 screws. G. Backer Board Accessories: Provide accessories and corrosion -resistant -coated steel screws as recommended by backer board manufacturer and required for complete installation. H. Acoustical Sealant: Equivalent to SHEETROCK®R acoustical sealant by USG. Sound Attenuation Blankets: 1. Mineral fiber, conforming to ASTM C665, Type I. 2. Surface burning characteristics per ASTM E84: a. Flame spread: 15 or less. b. Smoke developed: 0. 3. Thicknesses: As indicated. 4. Acceptable product and manufacturer: Equivalent to Therinafiber LLC Sound Attenuation Fire Blankets SAFB (Fire Safety FS- 15 Blankets). K. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide as required for complete installations. PART 3, - EXEX,, Lf �r 10 N 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and adjoining construction and conditions under which work is to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A, Install in accordance with reference standards and manufacturer's instructions [and as required to comply with seismic requirements]. B Tolerances: I Do not exceed 1 /8 inch in W-O" variation from plumb or level in exposed lines of surface, except at joints between gypsum board units. 2. Do not exceed 1/16 inch variation between planes of abutting edges or ends. 3. Shim as required to comply with specified tolerances. C. Install framing to comply with ASTM C754 and with ASTM C840 requirements that apply to framing installation. D. Install supplementary framing, blocking and bracing at terminations in gypsum board assemblies to support fixtures, equipment, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings or similar construction. 3.3 METAL SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Metal Runners: 1. Align and secure runner tracks accurately to partition layout at both floor and ceiling. 2. Provide fasteners appropriate to substrate construction as recommended by manufacturer. B. Metal Studs: 1. Position metal studs vertically in the runners, spaced as indicated on drawings. 2. Place studs so that flanges face in same direction. 3. Cut studs 1/2 inch short of full height to provide perimeter relief. 4. Align and plumb partition framing accurately. W Agreement No. 6311 Where partitions abut ceiling or deck construction or vertical structural elements, provide slip or cushion type joint between partition and structure as recommended by stud manufacturer to prevent transfer of structural loads or movements to partitions, and to provide lateral support. Provide horizontal bracing where necessary for lateral support. Backer plates and blocking: a. Where handrails, grab bars, cabinets, wall -mounted door stops, or other wall -hung items are attached to partitions, install backer plates or wood blocking accurately positioned and firmly secured to metal studs, whether or not such backer plates or blocking are indicated on Drawings. b. Do not use wood blocking, in fire -rated construction. C. Hat Channel Furring: I Attach hat -shaped furring channels either vertically or horizontally with fasteners through alternate wing flanges (staggered). 2. Space furring channels at 24 inches on center, unless otherwise indicated. Where furring is indicated to receive backer board, water resistant gypsum board with ceramic tile, or veneer plaster, space at 16 inches on center. 3. Install furring channels within 4 inches of floor line and ceiling line. D. Z-Furring: 1. Securely attach narrow flanges of members to wall with concrete stub nails or power -driven fasteners, except as otherwise indicated. 2. Sequence furring installation with installation of insulation. E. Ceiling and Soffit Support Systems: 1. Secure hangers or rods to structural support by connecting directly to structure where possible; otherwise connect to inserts, clips or other anchorage devices or fasteners indicated. 2. Space main runners, hangers and furring according to requirements of ASTM C754, except as otherwise indicated. 3. Where spacing of structural members, or width of ducts or other equipment, prevents regular spacing of hangers, provide supplemental hangers and suspension members and reinforce nearest affected hangers to span extra distance. A. Single Layer Gypsum Board on Metal Studs: 1. Loosely butt gypsum board joints together and neatly fit. 2. Do not place butt ends against tapered edges. 3. Maximum allowable gap at end joints: 1/8inch. 4. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions. 5. Apply ceiling boards first where gypsum board ceilings and wall occur. 6. Cut openings in gypsum board to fit electrical outlets, plumbing, light fixtures and piping snugly and small enough to be covered by plates and escutcheons. Cut both face and back paper. 7. Screw board in place securely with screws spaced according to manufacturer's recommendations. B, Single Layer Gypsum Board on Furring: 1. Apply gypsum board with long dimension at right angles to furring channel. 2. Center end joints over channel web; stagger end joints from those in adjacent rows of board. 3. Fasten boards to furring channels with screws spaced according to manufacturer's recommendations. C. Double Layer Gypsum Board: I Fasten base layer to studs or furring with screws, and attach face layer using laminating adhesive and screws, applied according to manufacturer's instructions. 2. Offset face -layer joints at least 10 inches from parallel base -layer joints. Screw both layers to metal supports at double layer ceiling applications and where required for fire -rated construction. Agreement No. 6311 3.5 VENEER PLASTER INSTALLATION Not Applicable A. Insulation: 1. Install sound attenuation blankets in sound -rated partitions and ceilings where indicated. 2. Completely fill space between studs and framing to full height of partition wall or full area of ceiling, 3. Fit carefully behind electrical outlets and other work penetrating sound -rated construction. Install sound attenuation blankets in gaps between steel deck flutes and tops of sound -rated partitions, which are not fire -rated. Attach blankets in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Gypsum Board: 1. Install gypsum board same as for interior partitions. 2. Coordinate with installation of perimeter sealants. C. Acoustical Sealant: 1. At partition walls, provide continuous beads of acoustic sealant at juncture of both faces of runners with floor and ceiling construction, and wherever gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials, prior to installation of gypsum board. 2. At ceilings, provide continuous beads of sealant wherever gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 3. Provide continuous bead of sealant behind faces of control joints prior to installation of control joint accessories. 4. After installation of gypsum board base layers, cut face layer sheets 1/2 inch less than floor -to -ceiling height and position with 1/4 inch open space between gypsum board and floor, ceiling and dissimilar vertical construction. Fill 1/4 inch open space with continuous sealant beads after installation of face layer. 5. At openings and cutouts, fill open spaces between gypsum board and fixtures, cabinets, ducts and other flush or penetrating items, with continuous bead of sealant. 6. Seal sides and backs of electrical boxes to completely close off openings and joints. D. Sound Flanking Paths: 1. Where sound -rated partition walls intersect non -rated gypsum board partition walls, extend sound -rated construction to completely Close Sound flanking paths through non -rated construction. 2. Seal joints between face layers at vertical interior angles of intersecting partitions. 3.7 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. Trim: 1. Use same fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges as required to fasten gypsum board to supports, unless otherwise recommended by trim manufacturer. 2. Install metal comer beads at external comers. 3. Install metal casing bead trim whenever edge of gypsum board would otherwise be exposed or semi -exposed. I . Install control joints at junction of gypsum board partitions with walls or partitions of other finish material. 2. Install control joints within long runs of partitions, ceilings or soffits at approximately 30'-0" on center or as indicated. 3. Where gypsum board is vertically continuous, as at stairwells, provide horizontal control joints at each floor level. C. Special Trim: Install as indicated on drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. M Agreement No. 6311 A. Provide levels of gypsum board finish for locations as follows, in accordance with Gypsum Association GA 214, "Recommended Specification: Levels of Gypsum Board Finish". 1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas and concealed areas, except provide higher level of finish as required to comply with fire resistance ratings and acoustical ratings. 2. Level 2: Gypsum board substrate at tile [stone], except remove tool marks and ridges. 3. Level 3: Gypsum board surfaces, where textured finishes or heavy vinyl wall papering will be used. 4. Level 4: Gypsum board surfaces, except where another finish level is indicated. 5. Level 5: Gypsum board surfaces requiring extra smooth surface for critical light, where indicated using spray - applied Primer -Surfacer, TUFF -HIDE. a. Surface Preparation: Complete gypsum board surface to Level 4 before applying primer -surfacer. 1311• �,� I Prefill: a. Use setting -type joint compound. Mix joint compound according to manufacturer's directions. b. Fill joints between boards flush to top of eased or beveled edge. C. Fill joints of gypsum board above suspended ceilings in fire -rated partitions. d. Wipe off excess compound and allow compound to harden. 2. Taping (Level 1): a. Use taping or all purpose [conventional weight, lightweight or midweight] compound. b. Butter taping compound into inside comers and joints. C. Center tape over joints and press down into fresh compound. d. Remove excess compound. e. Tape joints of gypsum board above suspended ceilings. 3. First coat (Level 2): a. Use taping or all-purpose [conventional weight, lightweight or midweight] drying -type compound, or setting -type joint compound. b. Immediately after bedding tape, apply skim coat of compound over body of tape and allow to dry completely in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Apply first coat of compound over flanges of trim and accessories, and over exposed fastener heads and finish level with board surface. 4. Second coat (Level 3): Use all purpose or topping (conventional weight,, lighoveight or rnid�veiglit) drying type joint COMPOLInd. After first coat treatnicilt is dried. apply second coat ofconipotind over tape and trim, feathering compound 2 inches beyond edge of first coat. 5. Third coat (Level 4): a. Use all purpose or topping [conventional weight, lightweight or midweight] drying type joint compot b. After second coat has dried, sand surface lightly and apply thin finish coat to joints, fasteners and trini, feathering compound 2 inches beyond edge of second coat. C. Allow third coat to dry. Apply additional compound, and touch-up and sand, to provide surface free of visual defects, tool marks, and ridges, and ready for application of finish. 6. Skim coat (Level 5): a. Apply skim coat of all-purpose (conventional weight) drying -type compound or spray -applied Primer- Surl'accr.TUFF-1-111)E over exposed surfaces of gypsum board. b. Alter skini coat has dried, tOLIC11-Up and sand to provide surface free of visual defects, tool marks, and ridges, and ready for application of finish. C, Joint Compound: 1. After skim coat sets, apply finish coat of compound feathering 3 to 4 inches beyond tape edges. 2. Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch. 3. Allow joint compound to completely set before applying veneer plaster finish. D. Trim: 1. Use same fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges as required to fasten gypsum board to supports, unless otherwise recommended by trim manufacturer. 2. Install metal comer beads at external comers. W.* Agreement No. 6311 Install metal casing bead trim whenever edge of gypsum base would otherwise be exposed or semi -exposed, and where gypsum base terminates against dissimilar material. 3.9 VENEER PLASTER APPLICATION Not Applicable. 3.10 ADJUSTING B. Leave work smooth and uniform. END OF SECTION 09260 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Agreement No. 6311 SECTION 09300 - CERAMIC TILE PART1-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to complete the tile work as shown on the drawings or specified. B. Related documents, drawings and general provisions of contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections apply to work of this section. Related Sections: 1. Division 7, scaling expansion joints and other joints in the work (joint sealant types, colors and manufacturers to be specified by Architect). 07920 1.2 .11E,FElit NC1,-. STANQARD� Comply with current editions and applicable Specifications of the following: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 3. Tile Council of North America (TCNA) Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation. 1.3 Q _N LIALII4'A_��Lll�A L`J, A. Provide the materials of each type, color and finish from Crossville Porcelain Stone / USA, Crossville, Tennessee. Provide setting, grouting and related materials of each type, color and finish obtained from one source. B. Deliver, store and handle materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Tile contractor, by commencing the work of this section, assumes overall responsibility to assure that all assemblies, components and parts shown or required within the work of this section comply with contract documents and are compatible with each other and with the conditions and expected use. D. Qualified Labor (Because the is a permanent finish, the lowest bid should not be the deciding factor but rather, but who is the most qualified to perform the scope of the work being specified. See TCNA Handbook for a list of recognized programs). Engage an installer with a minimum of five (5) commercial the installations similar in material, design and scope to that indicated. E. Pre -Installation Meeting: Prior to tile installation, conduct a pre -installation project meeting. Contractor, Subcontractor, Material Suppliers, Architect and Owner representative shall be notified of the meeting. F. Extra Stock: Furnish extra stock of quantity equal to 5% of amount installed, in full-size units, for each type, color, size and finish of tile. nmlmml�� A. Verification Samples: Submit the following for each type, color, size, and finish included in the work. 1. Full size the and trim shapes, (indicate number of pieces required). 2. Grout color samples. 3. Sealant color samples or Prefabricated Joint/Transition Strip Samples Product and Installation Data: 1. Porcelain the manufacturer's product and technical data indicating compliance with applicable standards. 2. Master Grade Certificates for each type of tile issued by tile manufacturer and signed by the installer, only available after the material has shipped from the manufacturer. 3. Mortar and grout manufacturer's technical data sheets indicating suitability for the installation specified and compliance with applicable standards. 4. Sealant or prefabricated joint manufacturer's product and technical data. Kii Agreement No. 6311 1.5 ENVIRONNIENTAL A. Comply with requirements of referenced standards and recommendations of material manufacturers for environmental conditions before, during and after installation. B. Maintain environmental conditions and protect work during and after installation to comply with referenced standards and manufacturer's printed recommendations. C. Maintain minimum and maximum temperature limits as recommended by manufacturers. D. Protect adjacent surfaces during progress of the work in this section. E. Illuminate the work area during installation providing the same level and angle of illumination as will be available for final inspection. The use grazing or cove type lighting where lights are located either at the wall/ceiling interface, or mounted directly to the wall prompts the light to strike the the finish at a straight down angle, creating unwanted shadows from grout lines giving the the layout an un-flat irregular appearance. Installing overhead lighting at a wide downward angle 18"-24" away from the tiled wall will provide a flatter more uniform appearance to the tiled surface. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GEN REL REMENTS _ _ E L�AL z &�L A. Fumish the complying with "Standard/First Grade" requirements per ANSI A137.1 - 2012, for types of tile indicated. B. Comply with ANSI Standard for Tile Installation Material and current Tile Council of North America (TCNA) Handbook for products and materials indicated for setting andgrouting. 2.2 TILE A. Unglazed and glazed porcelain tile shall be standard/first grade quality as manufactured by Crossville Inc., Crossville, Tennessee, and shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A 137.1 - 2012. 1. Size: Porcelain and ceramic tile shall be manufactured to specific size after firing and shall be Nominal 2'x2" for floor and 6"x6" or 6"x12" for walls. All measurements are in inches unless otherwise specified. 2. Type: Floor Porcelain the shall be — Crossville Main Street 2"x2" floor the with 6" Cove base, Gallery Grey stone look, UPS- Unpolished. Wall Porcelain tile shall be — Crossville Main Street 6"x6" or 6"x] 2" Boutique black or Caf6 Caramel, stone look, UPS -Unpolished. 3. Thickness: Porcelain the shall be manufactured to specific thickness after firing and shall be nominal 3/8" or greater. 4. Color: Gallery Grey and Boutique black or Caf6 Caramel. 5. Product Test Data: Manufacturer's list of. - a. Water Absorption (ASTM C373) b. Breaking Strength (ASTM C648). c. Bond Strength (ASTM C482). d. DCOF Dynamic Coefficient of Friction (ANSI 137.1-2013). 6. According to availability, provide matching trim shapes such as bullnose, comers, borders and cove base when specified. 7. Environmental Properties i 2.3 SETTING AND GROLFFING MATERIALS: A. Use appropriate installation mortars according to ANSI Al 18-2014. B. Grouting Materials: Select grouting materials according to the following types: Tile setting and grouting epoxy: Al 18.6-2010 Standard Cement Grout, Al 18.7-2010, High Performance Cement Grout or Al 18.8-2010, Modified Epoxy Emulsion Grout. Provide grout in colors selected by the Architect from standard colors available from the approved manufacturers. C. Use waterproofing/Anti Fracture Membrane as required according to ANSI Al 18.12. 91 Agreement No. 6311 2.4 EXPANSION JOINTS, CONTROL, CONTRACTION, AND ISOLATION JOIATS: A. Refer to most current TCNA Handbook, Method EJ 171 for recommendations on locating, treating and detailing various types of construction joints. NOTE: Architect must specify type of expansion joints and show location and details on drawings. B. Use sealant complying with AST M C920 according to Type, Grade, Class and Uses required. C. Prefabricated expansion joints can also be used when suitable for installation. 3.1 EXAMINATION —1— ........... A. Examine substrates where tile will be installed for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions effecting performance of installed tile. Before tiling concrete surfaces saturated dry (SSD), free of standing water verify that substrates for setting tile are well cured, structurally sound dry, clean, and fi-ee from oil or waxy films, curing compounds or other coatings and surface treatments. Nonstructural shrinkage cracks should be pretreated with a crack suppression membrane (to prevent telegraphing of cracks through the finished tile installation) ANSI Al 18.11 B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Commencement of work signifies acceptance of substrate and installation conditions. A. Substrate Preparation: Prepare and clean substrate in accordance with installation standards and manufacturer's instructions, and as follows: 1. Remove protrusions, bumps and ridges by grinding or chipping. 2. Repair, fill, and level cracks, holes, depressions and rough or chipped areas in substrate using patching material recommended by setting materials manufacturer. 3. Slab to have light broom finish when the is installed by thin -set method. 4. Before tiling, verify that all surfaces to be tiled are structurally sound true to plane, and fall within maximum variations shown below: Ensure that the substrate is within the following tolerances: a. Horizontal surfaces (floors) - Maximum variation in substrate shall not exceed 1/4 " in ten feet* from required plane, depending on substrate. b. Vertical surfaces (walls) - Maximum variation in substrate shall not exceed 1/4 " in ten feet* from the required plane, depending on substrate. L-\-V 11 gq-LIS. ifu la r - .. 0 rnial defined bv TCNA Handbook mITa tiles with amtmmleast onc,or gLevtqL,.A.111qrc stri pZqpt to�craiicc 1/8" in 10' or 1/16" in 24" when niea.5�jttg from thg.hi"h loints on the �Lirj4s�c i5E quired. Report all unacceptable surfaces to the architect in writing, and do not tile such surfaces until they are leveled enough to meet above requirements. B. Jobsite Blending: Blend tiles before installing in accordance with reference standards to produce an even range and distribution of color and finish. 3.3 INSTALI.INTION A. Manufacturers' Instructions: Perform work in compliance with standard accepted installation guidelines, Crossville Porcelain Stone/USA instructions and setting materials manufacturers' instructions. B. Comply with appropriate ANSI A 108-2014 specification and current Tile Council of North America Handbook (TCNA) for appropriate method of installation for each specification. For thin set adhesive mortar application use following technique: 1. With the flat side of trowel, key mortar into substrate. 2. Using the appropriate size trowel, comb mortar in one direction with notched side of the trowel. 92 Agreement No. 6311 3. Set the with a sliding motion, perpendicular to the mortar ridges. 4. Obtain as near 100% coverage as possible of mortar to tile. 5. Mortar coverage shall be no less than 85% and shall be sufficiently distributed to give full support under all comers and edges of the tile. 6. Note: 95- 100% coverage is mandatory for wet and exterior areas. Periodically, remove sheets or individual tiles to assure proper bond coverage consistent with industry specifications. C. Installing Tile: 1. Install the in pattern indicated. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are same size. Adjust to minimize the cutting and to avoid the less than half size. 2. When possible, smooth cut edges of the and/or use appropriate cutter or wet saw to produce smooth cuts. Provide straight cuts which align with adjacent materials. 3. Extend tile into recesses and under equipment and fixtures to form a complete covering without interruption. 4. Terminate the neatly at obstructions, edges, and comers, without disruption of pattern or joint alignment. 5. Provide the joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Make joints smooth and even, without voids, cracks, or excess mortar or grout. 6. Mix mortar in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 7. Apply setting material in accordance with rnamifaCtUrei's directions and install the before mortar has started initial cure. For thin set mortar application, use a notch trowel that will achieve the recommended coverage of mortar after tiles have becti installed. Ret'crence standan] coverage information and follow manufacturer's recommendations for trowel size when using mortar. 8. Do not spread more material than can be covered within 10 to 15 minutes. If "skinning" occurs, remove mortar and spread fresh material. Spread mortar with notches running in one direction that shall be perpendicular to the pressing, pushing and pulling of tile during placement. 9. Place the in fresh mortar, press, push and pull the tile slightly to achieve as near 100% coverage and contact of the with setting material and substrate as possible. The coverage shall be no less than 85% and be sufficiently distributed to give full support of the tile. Make sure that all comers and edges are well supported with mortar. Leave no hollow corners or edges. NOTE: 95-100% cmerage is mandatory Tor wet or exterior areas. A skim cma ("back-bLA") ICTof mortar can be placed onto the ctitire back of the tile using a trowel in order to assist in optimum adhesion and coverage of the mortar being used. 10. Ensure there is a minimum 1 /8" of mortar between tile and substrate after proper bedding. Installer must Periodically remove sheets or itidividwal tiles to assure proper bond co\,crage coilsisient with industry specifications, 11'emerage is fecund to be insufficient, LISCa larger SiZe notch trowel. f 11. Use a beating block and hammer or rubber mallet so that aces and edges ofI indiN]dual tiles are flush and level with faces and edges of adjacent tiles, and to reduce lippage. 12. For running bond/brick joint patterns utilizing tiles (square or rectangular) where the side being offset is greater than 18" (�iominal dimension), the running bond offset wall be a maximum of 3 1`',4m unless otherwise specified by the tile manufacturer. If an off` ct greater than 33% is specified, specifier and owner must approve mock-up and lippage. D. Grouting: 1. Install grout in accordance with ANSI A108.10, A108.6, A108.8, A108.9-2010 correlating to grout type chosen and manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Mix grout material in strict accordance with manufacturer's directions. 3. Apply grout to produce full, smooth grout joints of uniform width, and free of voids and gaps. 4. Before grouting entire area do a test area to assure there will be no permanent staining or discoloration of the tile and to verify that the grow is easily removed I)-om the surflace. If necessary, pre -coat exposed surfaces of tile with a grout release as recommended lay the matuffacturer, as this will facilitate removal of the grout. 5. Cure all setting and grouting materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Cleaning and Protection: 1. If one has been used, remove grout release and clean tile surfaces so they are free of grout residue and 93 Agreement No. 6311 foreign matter, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. If a grout haze or residue remains, use a suitable grout haze remover or cleaner and contact grout manufacturer for recommendations. Flush surface with clean water before and after cleaning. Do not use harsh hydrochloric, muriatic or sulfuric acid or acid -based cleaners to clean glazed tiles or tiles grouted with latex modified grout. 2. When a heavy residue of Portland cement grout is present, acceptable the cleaning acids may be used. However, the grout should be allowed to cure a minimum of 10 days before this aggressive cleaning method is employed. Tile and grout shall be soaked with water before cleaning. In the absence of a recommendation from the grout manufacturer, acid cleaning may be done with a saturated solution of phosphoric or sulfamic acid, mixed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Protect all floor the installations with clean construction paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining or damage. After cleaning, provide protective covering and maintain conditions to protect the work from damage or deterioration. Where tiled surfaces will be subject to equipment or wheel traffic or heavy construction traffic, and during move -in of furniture and equipment, cover protective covering with 1/4" hardboard, plywood or similar material. No foot or wheel traffic permitted on floor for at least 3 days after grouting. Owner/specifier is responsible for protecting the from damage including allowing sufficient time for installed materials to cure properly typically 30-45 days is required for full cure of thin set bonding mortars. 4. Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked, chipped, broken, un-bonded, and otherwise defective the work. 5. Consult most current Crossville Brochure "How to Care For Porcelain Tile" for information on post installation cleanup and routine maintenance Inquiries- Crossville Incorporated — Technical Services (931) 484 —2110 (931) 484-8418 Fax EMAIL- crossc@crossvilleinc.com SECTION 09300 - CERAMIC TILE El Agreement No. 6311 SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART I - GENERAL A. Related [Mcurnents: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, apply to work of this Section. B. Q�g�scri mioij..gf'Work: 1. The extent of the painting work is shown on the Plans and as herein specified. 2. The Work includes painting and finishing Of interior exposed items and surfaces throughout the project, except as noted. Surface preparation, priming and coats of paint specified are in addition to shop -priming and surface treatment specified under other sections of the Work. 3. The Work includes field painting of exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts, and of hangers, exposed steel and iron work, primed metal surfaces of equipment, grilles, registers, louvers (except aluminum) and panel covers and frames installed under the Mechanical and Electrical Work, except as otherwise indicated. 4. "Paint(s)" used herein means all coating systems materials, including primers, emulsions, enamels, stains, sealers and fillers and other applied materials whether used in prime, intermediate or finish coats. Paint all exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in "schedules", except where the natural finish of the material is specifically noted as a surface not to be painted. Where items or surfaces are not specifically mentioned, paint these the same as adjacent similar materials or areas. If color or finish is not designated, the Architect will select from standard colors available for the materials systems specified. C. Not Included: 1. The following categories of work are not included as pail of the field -applied finish work, or are included in other Sections of these Specifications. 2. Shop Priming: Unless otherwise specified, shop priming of ferrous metal items is included under the various Sections for structural steel, miscellaneous metal, hollow metal work and similar items, and for fabricated components such as shop -fabricated or factory -built mechanical and electrical equipment or accessories. 3. Pre -Finished Items: Unless otherwise indicated, do not include painting when factory -finishing or installer L, finishing is specified for such items as (but not limited to) acoustic materials, finished mechanical and electrical equipment including light fixtures and distribution cabinets. 4. Concealed Surfaces: Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on surfaces such as walls and ceilings in concealed areas and generally inaccessible areas, furred areas and pipe spaces. 5. Finished Metal Surfaces: Metal surfaces or anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze and similar finished materials do not require finish painting, unless otherwise indicated. 6. Operating Parts and Labels: Moving parts of operating units, mechanical and electrical parts. Do not paint over any code -required labels, such as Underwriters' Laboratories and Factory Mutual, or any equipment identification, performance rating, name or nomenclature plates. 7. Unfinished Areas: Do not paint floors, walls or ceilings of rooms or spaces scheduled as unfinished. D. Qkwlii�LA qnqwg: ..�5 —2 95 Agreement No. 6311 T.- and color, for each ty e required, for each continuous area and visually related areas. Do not change brands of materials during the course of the work without approval. 2, Application Assurance: The Contractor assumes all responsibility for the work of this Section, to assure that all assemblies, components and parts shown or required, comply with the Contract Documents. a. Assure that all components, specified or required to satisfactorily complete the installation are compatible with each other, with adjoining substrates, materials and work by other trades and with the conditions of installation and expected use. b. Where not otherwise specified, follow recommendations of "Painting Specifications" by Painting & Decorating Contractors of America, "Type 1, and Recommended Jobs". E. -Submittals: Materials Lists: Submit manufacturer's name, product brand name, generic description of product and product data sheet. Detailed Painting Schedule: After approval of "Materials List" submit a "Detailed Painting Schedule" for approval. Prepare this schedule on the basis of the surfaces, types of paint materials and number of coats required. List the brand name of the product of the manufacturer for each use. Samples: Submit samples for Architect's review of color and texture only. Provide a listing of the material and application for each coat of each finish sample. a. Contractor shall provide two (3) drawdown samples of each color and material to simulate actual conditions. Resubmit each sample as requested until acceptable sheen and color are achieved. b. On actual wall surfaces duplicate painted finishes of the prepared samples. On at least 48"x 48" square surface as directed, provide full -coat finish samples until required sheen and color are obtained; simulate finished lighting conditions for review of in -place work. F. Deliveryan . _4 Deliver all materials to the work site in original, new and unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, name of materials, FS number if applicable, stock number, date of manufacture, contents by volume for major constituents, thinning and application instruction and color number and name. 2. Assign room or space for Installer use and storage, adequately illuminated and ventilated. Follow applicable safety laws and regulations. G. Job Conditions: Apply water -base paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and the surrounding air temperatures are between 50°F and 90®F unless otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturer's printed instructions. 2. Place paint or solvent soaked rags, waste or other materials which might constitute a fire hazard in metal containers and remove from premises at the close of each day's work. Take every precaution to avoid damage by fire. Provide suitable coverings to protect work, the work of others and adjacent surfaces and objects. 4, Remove or protect items such as hardware, hardware accessories, plates, lighting fixtures and similar items placed prior to painting. Reposition or remove protection upon completion of each space. Disconnect equipment adjacent to walls by workmen skilled in these trades to permit painting of wall surfaces; replace and reconnect after completion of painting. 9.! Agreement No. 6311 Protect surfaces not requiring painting. Maintain wrappings or other factory applied protection fumished with finishing hardware or other items provided by other trades and installed in areas where painting is required, and if displace or removed, replace for the duration of painting work. H. Coordination: Provide finish coats which are compatible with prime paint used. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers where required. Notify the Architect in writing of anticipated problems using specified coatings with substrates primed by others. Guarantee: Guarantee all painting and coating for one year against becoming unserviceable or objectionable in appearance as a result of being defective or non -conforming. 2. Without limiting the guarantee scope, the work shall be guaranteed not to: a. Noticeably discolor, yellow, streak, bloom, bleach, or darken. b. Change sheen with excessive speed or irregularity. C. Peel, crack, blister or alligator. d. Release from the substrate or intermediate coats. e. Chalk or duct excessively. f. Stay tacky or become tacky 9. Mildew. J. Extra Stock: Upon completion of the work of this Section, deliver to the City any extra stock equaling 3% of each color, type and gloss of paint used in the work, tightly scaling each container, and clearly labeling with contents and location where used. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. Material_QtIALL �y: Provide the best quality grade of the various types of coatings as regularly manufactured by acceptable paint materials manufacturers. Materials not displaying the manufacturer's identification as a standard, best -grade product will not be acceptable. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following or approved equal: a. Dunn Edwards 2. Materials: a. Primers shall be type as specified by manufacturer of finish paint used and as approved by the Architect. b. Use thinners only as recommended by the manufacturer of the paint material used and as approved by the Architect. C. Use products of the same manufacturer for succeeding coats. Where red lead paint primer is used, subsequent coats may be the product of another manufacturer. Factory -Mixed Paints: Insofar as possible, each type and kind of painter's finish shall be factory -mixed to match approved color samples retained by the Architect and shall be ready for application directly from manufacturer's original container. a. Mixing and application other than from manufacturers' original containers shall be subject to Architect's approval. b. Colors, textures and degree of luster will be selected by the Architect. Tint primer and undercoats approximately to the same shade of the final coat but with sufficient variation to distinguish them from the preceding coat. 97 Agreement No. 6311 5. Specula Reflectance (abbreviated "SR" hereinafter): The degree of gloss or flatness of paint materials shall be determined fi-orn the tests by an independent testing laboratory paid for solely by Contractor. Tests shall be rated by gloss meter reading at 60 degrees on a scale of 100 in accordance with ASTM C523. Unless specifically approved otherwise, paint materials provided for this work shall produce readings within the following SR ranges: a. Gloss: 60 meter SR of over 65 b. Semi -Gloss: 60 meter SR of 30 to 65 C. Satin: 60 meter SR of 15 to 35 d. Eggshell: 85 meter SR of 13 to 20 e. Low (flat): 85 meter SR of below 15 PART 3 - EXECUTION A. his I Examine the areas and conditions under which painting work is to be applied and notify the Architect, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Architect. 2. Starting of painting work will be deemed as the Contractor's acceptance of the surfaces and conditions within any particular area. 3. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces or conditions otherwise detrimental to the formation of a durable paint film. 4, Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show through final paint coat, until paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. 5. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged cover to match exposed surfaces. 6. Apply each material at not less than the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate, to provide a total dry film thickness of not less than 4.0 mils for the entire coating system of prime and finish coats for 3-coat work. T Provide a total dry film thickness of not less than 2.5 mils for the entire coating system of prime and finish coat for 2-coat work. B. Surface Prmar Lition: General: Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with the paint manufacturer's instruction and as herein specified, for each particular substrate condition. a. Mask off all built-in millwork and/or ftimiture and wall base. Use tape approved by manufacturer. b. Completely cover with impervious drape material all millwork and furnishings. C. Cover as directed by Architect all finished floor coverings. d. Mask off or remove all hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures and similar items in place and not to be finish painted. Following completion of painting of each space or area, remove masking. Reinstall all removed items by workmen skilled in the trades involved. C. Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint or surface treatments. Remove oil and grease prior to mechanical cleaning. Program the cleaning and painting so that contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall onto wet, newly -painted surfaces. Wood: Prime, stain or seal wood required to be job -painted immediately upon delivery to site. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides and backsides of such wood, including the cabinets, counters, cases, paneling, etc. a. When transparent finish is required, use spar varnish for backpriming. Backprime paneling on interior partitions only where masonry, plaster or other wet wall construction occurs on backside. b. Seal tops, bottoms and cut-outs of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or equivalent sealer immediately upon delivery to site. W Agreement No. 6311 Metals: a. General: Clean bare metal surfaces thoroughly of foreign matter such as mortar, plaster, grease, rust, scale and dirt before priming coat is applied. Where solder flux has been used, clean surface with benzene. b. Shop Painted Ferrous Metal Surfaces: Remove grease and oil with gasoline, benzene or other similar volatile cleaner. Exercise care to prevent damage to shop coat. Touch-up abraded or marred shop coats with paint used for priming. C. Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Surfaces: Remove grease and oil with gasoline, benzene or other similar volatile cleaner. Treat surfaces with an approved chemical compound such as a phosphoric acid wash. Rinse the chemical compound completely and remove with clean, fresh water. d. Aluminum: Clean and prepare surfaces with one coat of an acid etch solution where painting of aluminum is shown. e. Plaster Work: Test plaster surfaces with a moisture meter and do not proceed with painting until the moisture content satisfies the recommendation of the respective paint manufacturer. f. Remove grit and loose particles and repair surface irregularities before paint is applied. Repair cracks and holes with patching plaster, properly keyed to the existing plaster and sandpaper smooth. 9. Prime plaster surfaces with an approve alkali -resistant primer. Spackle imperfections in the plaster that become visible after the prirne coat is applied. Make flush with adjoining surface and spot prime with the prirne coat material. If the prime coat does not dry to a uniform sheen over the entire surface, the areas that indicate suction shall also be spot primed before applying succeeding coats. 4. Gypsum Drywall: Repair minor cracks and holes with finishing compound, and sand smooth after drying. C. N4aicrial,5 Ircamia icLn: -L --L Store, mix and prepare painting materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Stir materials before application to produce a mixture of uniform density and stir as required during the application of the materials. Do not stir surface film into the material. Remove the film and, if necessary, strain the material before using. D. Ai JJ 1lical(m: General: Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Use applicator and techniques best suited for the substrate and type of materials being applied. a. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show through the final coat of paint, until the paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that all surfaces, including the edges, comers, crevices, welds and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. b. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only before final installation of equipment. C. Paint interior surfaces of ducts or diffusers, where visible through registers or grilles, with a flat, non - specula black paint. d. Finish doors on tops, bottoms and side edges the same as the faces, unless otherwise indicated. e. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. Brush Application: Brush out and work the brush coats onto the surface in an even film. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness and other surface imperfections are not acceptable. Spray Application: Except as specifically otherwise approved by the Architect, confine spray application to metal framework and similar surfaces where hand brush work would be inferior. a. Where spray application is used, apply each coat to provide the hiding equivalent of brush coats. b. Do not double back with spray equipment to build up film thickness of two coats in one pass. &01 Agreement No. 6311 Scheduling Painting: Apply the first -coat material to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. a. Apply final coat after the complete installation of all millworl, and furnishings. b. Allow sufficient time between successive coatings to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure and the application of another coat of paint does not cause lift or loss of adhesion of the undercoat. 5. Prime Coats: Apply a prime coat of material which is required to be painted or finished and which has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat, to assure a finish coat with no bum -through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. 6. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with specified requirements. E. 01�a 110_-Ilj?. Lq_)TQm[iO_T1: Clean -Up: During the progress of the work, remove from the site all discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans and rags at the end of each work day. Upon completion of painting work, clean window glass and other paint - spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by proper methods of washing and scraping using care not to scratch or otherwise damage finished surfaces. Protection: Protect work of other trades whether to be painted or not, against damage by painting and finishing work. Correct any damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing and repainting as acceptable to the Architect, at no additional cost to the City. a. Provide "Wet Paint" signs as required to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work after completion of painting operations. b. At the completion of the Work, touch-up and restore all damage or defaced painted surfaces. F. Painflnu S .sterns and Schedules: G. It is the intent of this Specification to establish procedure, quality and the number of coats; the Architect will determine the exact finish desired. Do not start priming or painting without notice to the Architect. All paint coats specified herein are in addition to any prime coat which may already be on surface. The following Specification for finishing is not intended to mention every particular item which will receive painter's finish, but is intended to establish types and quality of finish required for various materials. If in question see constructions drawings and/or match existing. 2. The kinds of paint and number of coats required on the various surfaces shall be as follows: a. Ferrous Metal: All exposed steel including Hollow Metal Frames and Doors. i. Shop Primer: Tnemec 90-97 Tnemec Zinc, or approved equal. ii. Touch-up Shop Primer: Tnemec 90-97, or approved equal. iii. Finish: Two coats Tnernec Series 75 Endura-Shield, or approved equal., 3.0-4.0 Dry Mils per coat. (Spray apply). (Color as selected by Architect). b. All Ferrous Metal: Shop coat by fabricator, sand before applying primer, spot prime abraded areas. i. I coat Enamel undercoat ii. 2 coats Semi -gloss enamel C. Gypsum Board (all surfaces indicated "Paint Semi -Gloss"): i. I coat Primer ii. 2 coats Latex Enamel orange peel texture 100 Agreement No. 6311 d, Gypsum Board (all surfaces indicated "Paint eggshell"): i. I coat Primer 2 coats Latex Enamel e. Gypsum Board (all surfaces indicated "Paint Flat"): i- I coat Primer ii. 2 coats Acrylic Latex Paint on Wall Metal Grilles: Shop coat by manufacturer: I coat to match adjacent surface END OF SECTION 09900 PAINTING 101 Agreement No. 6311 APPENDICES 1. City and Project Location Maps 2. Typical No Parking Sign — El Segundo Standard ST-18 3. Construction and Demolition Recycling Forms 4. Asbestos and Lead -Containing Materials Report 5. Project Plans Agreement No. 6311 APPENDIX 1 City and Project Maps IL-2.1 W ELM, ..._. ...._.. t°NkhICYNd � '��:s r a.. ...�.. ill.. a: pryN p,, StSNVN'. MM 1S VPINkPCk;id'It!"� _..... 1S _ '�BNdVJ.M IVO * r �) w o 15 ........._....r" J ® ' l ,r'�53kinb ',. p x r.uA J x a s hl a az =. U«Y+!d,3t a w .....m.. �....... 1 4uM 1S 0.x0 a31N3� 1S [71 E do n10 Yv�Nna �' Ej =VllVdOl � _� HI 1S r� � E'd:ipk9�'h � I DEdl _� .� ! .. JS Vdk93{S '. a +un 15 z NN3d 1S S53NdA� ' �" nEEET I� w� LIE] _._�iVp U pS'N3W�l � � [I El Ll E 0 .�L .mm.....mm.�� iS VINI 41A .1S Vi, E., 6ru VISA '.. � 1S A3l"IVdt � U 7[7 �? »a3 �JI' i r�T' ✓"" NuWN' N�NN�N'N✓*.. F Agreement No. 6311 I'Ale Al Co] 4AV UOJJDA *AV O-JlDt) UN030 ld MCRrj',,A,19 aAV IG-1 l,S5C115nDO N IS 45rN N eflit31Blvd utx CL ui ui 'L' jLj www ryrylr—O 10 pM Aow Cie 01 OF -el 55 L w� E O L^ l.i E O O s. O O c O 0) J m O U N L CU A� Guaymas ILI LL Agreement No. 311 En a) O ili � T � U N d N C � � N 6 U w E E _ (V E a=o P a `o - n�oin E a m.2 U w E = E 3N>. L > U N LL 00 00 0 o X _ Q I _ O M U d al co �I II Agreement No. ��l1 W J Q 0 Z Agreement No. 6311 APPENDIX 2 Typical No Parking Sign — El Segundo Standard ST- 3 L DESIGN BY: P.B. CITY OF EL SEGUNDO, CALIFORNIA APPROVED BY: . ENGINEERING DIVISION 11-I4--8q DATE: f I • 7 • 89 � DRAWN BY: Y.B. TYPICAL City Engineer:etr: R.E. 2 8 0 9 DateSTANDARD DRAWING NO. DATE: 11. 13. 89 TEMPORARY NO PARKING SIG Agreement No. 6311 APPENDIX 3 CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION MATERIALS RECYCLING FORMS PW INSTRUCTIONS Agreement No. 6311 - City of El Segundo Public Works Department (310) 524-2300 Construction and Demolition Debris Waste Management Plan (WMP) PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS (including MUNICIPAL ROAD CONSTRUCTION, OVERLAY, SIDEWALK REPAIR OR LAND CLEARING PROJECTS) INSTRUCTIONS Pursuant to the California Green Building Code of 2016 (2016 CALGreen), the City of El Segundo requires diversion (repurposed, reused, or recycled) of at least 65% of non -hazardous construction and demolition (C&D) debris from Public Works projects. A C&D Waste Management Plan must be submitted to the Public Works Department for municipal projects or projects on public property. The contents of this packet, when completed, constitute a C&D Debris Waste Management Plan (WMP). This packet is designed to track the amount of C&D debris diverted or disposed from your City -related (i.e. Public Works) project. If you believe your project cannot achieve the required diversion, you must complete and submit Form PW-D, the EXEMPTION REQUEST form, to the City (i.e. your Project Manager) explaining the circumstances, and requesting an exemption from the requirements. Ste 1 Complete Forms PW-A and PW-B Form PW-A is the PROJECT INFORMATION form. This form asks for basic project information, such as name, type, description, location, and contractor contact information. Form PW-B is the PRE -PROJECT WORKSHEET form. This form asks for estimated amounts of debris that will be generated by the project. 02tion 1, If you are electing to contract with hauler(s) from the Authorized Hauler list who will handle recycling compliance on your behalf, complete Form PW-B (short form). Op ion . If you will be handling all waste management activities (through direct hauling or use of own bins), complete Form PW-131. Estimate the weight of the C&D debris, by material type, that will be recycled, reused, salvaged, disposed and/or transformed from your project. You must complete either Form PW-B or PW-131. Ste 2: Submit Forms to Public Works Forms PW-A and PW-B (or PW-131) must be submitted to your Public Works Project Manager and approved prior to commencing work. Ste.. 3: Complete POST -PROJECT SUMMARY - FORM PW-C At least 5 business days prior to contractor requesting release of final project retention, submit a completed FORM PW-C to your Public Works Project Manager. *NOTE* A FACILITY INFO list showing nearby companies that accept C&D materials for recycling is included in this packet. This list was developed to assist you in finding local facilities to use as an alternative to disposal. If you use a certified mixed C&D processing facility, your project will meet the diversion requirements. There are authorized haulers that do business in El Segundo. The HAULER LIST showing companies that are authorized to collect solid waste inEl Segundo is included in this packet. You must use one of these haulers if contracting for waste removal service. For your convenience, there are electronic versions of the forms that will automatically calculate waste generation, aisposai, and diversion based on the data entered. Rev. 12/4/2020 FORM PW-A Agreement No. 6311 Project Name. Contractor Name: Mailing Addressc Ofc Phone No.: City of El Segundo Date: Public Works Department PW Project Manager (310 ) 524-2300 PW Project Name: FORM PW-A - PROJECT INFORMATION Submit this form to the Public Works Department prior to commencing your project. for all mun'iici al pr2jects subject to compliance, or projects, on public pLo2eTty. Project Address / Location: City / State / Zip: Cell No: Project Type; Mark appropriate box in each column with an "X": LI Road (construction, overlay, repair) ElFacility Improvement (renovation, alteration, or addition) Land Clearing (trail, grading, etc.) F-1 Other Estimated Project Start Date: Estimated Project End Date: Email: USE FORMS PROVIDED BY EL SEGUNDO COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPT Request for Exemption: 1:1 (If you are requesting an exemption, fill out Form PW-D: Exemption Request) To the best of my knowledge, the above information is an accurate representation of the proposed project. I have been made aware of the 2016 CALGreen requirements and will comply with all requirements. Print Name Title Signature PW OFFICE USE ONLY - F-1 Approved Denied DFurther Explanation Needed Exempt Due to Infeasibility Reviewed By Rev. 12/4/2020 2 FORM PW-B Agreement No. 6311 City of El Segundo Date: i Public Works Department PW Project Manager: j (310) 524-2300 PW Project Name: FORM PW-B - PRE -PROJECT WORKSHEET - PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS This form must be completed and amproved or a demolition J buildina vermit will not be issued, Instead of completing a detailed accounting of the types and quantities of C&D debris that will be generated from this project (FORM PW-131), you have the option to select one of El Segundo's authorized waste haulers. These haulers can handle your project's debris in such a way as to comply with CALGreen standards. If you elect this option, please specify which authorized hauler(s) and/or facility(ies) you will be using and sign the acknowledgement below. El Segundo authorized hauler(s) and/or facility(ies) can be found on the City's website: h t ��w.else u� udta.o� pverr�n tgrb fPrpp ri�m�_rnt otalic-A0r Iraab_-, e smhm It is your responsibility to ensure that the hauler knows you are contracting for "C&D Recycling Service" so that the material is properly handled and waste diverted. You need to obtain weight tickets from the hauler indicating the type and weight of the material collected. In order to comply with the requirements of the WMP, I will contract with the following hauler(s): Hauler: I understand that I am responsible for obtaining copies of any and all weight tickets from all haulers and/or facilities which receive debris from this project and that I will submit aPost-Project Summary (FORM PW-C) at least bu iraes ,da rtrior to fInal,in�aecii�arn- Print Name Signature Rem 12/4/2020 FROM PW-61 Agreement No. 6311 City of El Segundo Date: Public Works Department PW Project Manager: (310) 524-2300 PW Project Name: FORM PW-B1 - PRE -PROJECT WORKSHEET - PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS [This form is to be completed only if you plan to use your own company -owned bins/trucks for disposition of material] This form must be completed and apgroved oar a demolition / building permit will not be issued.. In the table below, list estimated weight or cubic yards of debris that will be generated, recycled, reused, salvaged, disposed, and/or transformed by this project. You must include all recyclers, salvage companies, recycle facilities, mixed -use material recovery facilities, landfills, and/or transformation facilties that will be used for the project. List of materials to be generated from the project: ex etc. TONS CUBIC YARDS Facilities to be Used Reused/Salvaged/Donated Ex.: Habitat for Humanity, Thint Stores, regrind onsite, reuse fixtures, reuse dirt/concrete/asphalt Recycled A facility that accepts 100% recyclable materials to be turned into other products. Delivered to Mixed C&D Recycling Facilties that recover some materials for recycling Disposed/Landfilled/Transformed Transfer station, landfill, or SERRF Generated (total of above) I or my company elect not to use an authorized hauler because I or my company own containers (bins or roll -off boxes) Initial Here and/or dump vehicles and will not be contracting for debris removal services, I understand that I am responsible for obtaining copies of any and all weight tickets from all haulers and/or facilities Initial Here which receive debris from this project and that I will submit a Post -Project Summary (FORM PW-C) at least a xjsiness tag prior io fing ins Legtion. Print Name Signature _ Date Rev.12/4/2020 3-A Form PW-C � City of El Segundo VFig, VPublic Works Department � ° �°(310) 524-2300 Project Name: Contractor Name: Project Number: Form PW-C - Post Project Summa Project Address: Project Manager: Date: Agreement No. 6311 This form must be submitted to the Public Works Department at least 5 business days prior to project finalization. Provide facility name, material, and total tonnage disposed and/or diverted. Documentation must be attached (i.e. weight tickets). If an approved mixed waste processing facility was used, a report by the facility for this project is preferred. Return the completed form to the Public Works Department. You may use additional sheets if necessary.Y klff�oused oneof the City' W� II r d haulers acilities, complete this section, then ski to the SIGNATURE set blo t r � r s author y ze orf P Print Name Signature PW OFFICE USE ONLY Diversion Requirement Met: Yes No Exemption: = Yes No Reviewed and Approved by: Date: Rev. 12/4/2020 Agreement No. 6311 Project Name: Contractor Name: Project Number: City of El Segundo Public Works Department (310) 524-2300 Form PW-D - Exemption Request Project Address: Project Manager: Date: If it is infeasible for you to comply with all of the requirements set forth by the Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Form and you are requesting an infeasibilty exemption, please use the following space to explain why your project should be considered exempt from recycling requirements. PW OFFICE USE ONLY Exemption Approved: Yes No Reviewed by: Date: Rev. 12/4/2020 Agreement No. 6311 Gale Jordan Associates LIMITED BULK SAMPLING OF SUSPECT ASBESTOS -CONTAINING AND LEAD -CONTAINING MATERIALS Agreement No. 6311 9 j�a gale jordan associates, inc. LIMITED BULK SAMPLING OF SUSPECT ASBESTOS -CONTAINING AND LEAD -CONTAINING MATERIALS City Hall, Joslyn Center, Check Out Building, Police Station, and Fire Station #1 City of El Segundo 350 Main Street El Segundo, CA 90245 March 5, 12, and 19, 2021 CI21011 3858 Carson. Street, Suite 200, Torrance, CA 90503 1I ja-env ronnie talll.cor 1 310 316....4377 Agreement No. 6311 Christopher K. Gale President Cal/OSHA Certified Asbestos Consultant No. 92-0207, Expiration Date: 8/18/21 Agreement No. 6311 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 Scope of Work 2.0 Investigative Methods 3.0 Results of Investigation 4.0 Recommendations 5.0 Confidentiality and Limitations APPENDICES A. Bulk Sampling Summary — Asbestos B. Bulk Sampling Summary - Lead C. Laboratory Documentation/Sample Location Diagram by Area Agreement No. 6311 1.0 SCOPE OF WORK gale/jordan associates, inc. (gja) was retained by the City of El Segundo to conduct limited asbestos and lead sampling in designated areas of the following buildings: El Segundo City Hall, the Police Department, Joslyn Center Restroom, Check Out Building and Fire Station 1. Andrew Hoyer, Cal/OSHA Certified Asbestos Consultant No. 05-3837 Exp. 7/21/21 and CA DPH Certified Lead Inspector/Assessor No. 19586, Exp. 10/11/21 conducted the bulk sampling on March 5, 12 and 19, 2021. He is also accredited by EPA/AHERA (Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act) for "Building Inspection for Asbestos. Christopher Gale, Cal/OSHA Certified Asbestos Consultant No. 92-0207, Exp. 8/18/21 reviewed the project. The following is a listing of the areas and scope of the sampling addressed in the report: Cif all 350 Main Street, El Segundo 1. Number not used 2. City Hall E. Lobby and Council Chambers (4 restrooms) 3. Lobby area, Business License, Planning & Building safety — Interior remodel including flooring, wall painting, electrical modifications 4. Hallway — flooring 5. West conference room — ceiling & lighting 6. Finance, Treasurer and Payroll offices - Interior remodel including flooring, wall painting, electrical modifications 7. City Clerk's office — window modifications, wall painting, electrical modifications 8. Basement Finance Office - Interior remodel including flooring, wall painting, electrical modifications Other sites 9. Police Department, 348 Main Street, El Segundo - Women's Restroom & Shower — ADA Agreement No. 6311 10. Recreation Park Check Out Building, 401 Sheldon Street, E1 Segundo - Restroom & Shower — ADA 11. Joslyn Center, 339 Sheldon Street, El Segundo - Restroom — ADA 12. Fire Station #l, 314 Main Street, El Segundo - Restroom 2.0 INVESTIGATIVE METHODS 2.1 Asbestos Three samples of each suspect asbestos -containing material (ACM) were collected and analyzed for asbestos content. This sampling protocol satisfies the guidelines of Cal/OSHA and the South Coast Air Quality Management District for the materials sampled. The sampling was limited to the areas designated by the client and no destructive sampling was conducted; therefore, other asbestos -containing materials may be present. Analysis was performed by SGS/Forensic Laboratories in Carson, California, NVLAP No. 101459-1, using Polarized Light Microscopy with Dispersion Staining (PLM/DS) in accordance with the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), "Method for the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk Building Materials" (EPA 600/R-93-116). Percentage estimates of each material component are based on the analyst's best judgment following examination with a stereoscope and PLM/DS analysis. Please see the laboratory documentation, Appendix C. 2.2 Lead, Samples of paint and ceramic tile, suspect lead -containing materials, were collected from the designated areas. The purpose of the survey was to ascertain the potential for worker exposure to lead dust, per CCR Title 8, Section 1532.1 (Cal/OSHA Lead Standard). The samples were analyzed by SGS/Forensic Laboratories in Carson, California using Flame Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy in accordance with EPA Method 3050B/7420. Please see the laboratory documentation, Appendix D. 2 Agreement No. 6311 3.0 RESULTS OF INVESTIGATION 3.1 Asbestos Samples were collected of each suspect asbestos -containing material in accordance with the scope of work for each area. The following materials proved to contain asbestos: SAMPLE SAMPLING ESTIMATED ANALYTICAL NUMBERS MATERIAL AREA QUANTITY RESULTS CI21011-2 1. Number not used 2. City Hall: E. Lobby and Council Chambers (4 restrooms) Men's & 2% Chrysotile in 23-25 Drywall w/ joint compound women's 1,600 sf joint compound restrooms 3. City Hall: Lobby area, Business License, Planning & Building safety — Interior remodel including flooring, wall painting, electrical modifications 14-16 12" Brown tread floor tile w/ Lobby ramp — 200 sf 2% Chrysotile in glue floor mastic 4. City Hall: Hallway — flooring 26-28 Light or dark gray floor tile Corridor floor 1,350 sf 2% Chrysotile in (VFT) w/ black mastic mastic 5. City Hall: West conference room — ceiling & lighting 35-37 Drywall w/ joint compound Walls 600 sf 2% Ch joint compound 6. City Hall: Finance, Treasurer and Payroll offices - Interior remodel including flooring, wall painting, electrical modifications Agreement No. 6311 SAMPLE SAMPLING ESTIMATED ANALYTICAL NUMBERS MATERIAL AREA QUANTITY RESULTS CI21011-2 45-47 I Drywall w/ joint compound Entry, Offices walls 3 600 sf 2% Chrysotile in joint compound 7. City Hall: City Clerk's office — window modifications, wall painting, electrical modifications 57-59 Sand VSF w/ glue Copy Area 30 sf floor 2% Chrysotile in black mastic 8. City Hall: Basement Finance Office - Interior remodel including flooring, wall painting, electrical modifications No asbestos -containing materials were identified.. 9. Police Department 82-84 Drywall w/ joint compound Restroom 300 sf 2% Chrysotile in joint compound 10. Check Out Building No asbestos -containing materials were identified. 11. Joslyn Center Men's restroom, 2% Chrysotile in 106-108 Drywall w/ joint compound Women's 1,000 sf joint compound restroom entry 12. Fire Station #1 No asbestos -containing materials were identified. All the other sampled materials proved to be non -detected for asbestos content. Please see the bulk sampling summary, Appendix A. ll Agreement No. 6311 3.2 Lead Samples were collected from multiple types of paint and ceramic tile. The following materials proved to contain lead: SAMPLE MATERIAL/ ANALYTICAL ANALYTICAL NUMBER SUBSTRATE SAMPLING AREA RESULTS RESULTS CI21011 wt* m* 1 Number not used 2. City Hall: E. Lobby and Council Chambers (4 restrooms) No lead -containing materials were identified, 3 City Hall: Lobby area, Business License, Planning & Building safety — Interior remodel including flooring, wall painting, electrical modifications White paint/ PB - 04 metal door Planning — Copy room 0.012 120 frame 4. City Hall: Hallway - Flooring No suspect lead -containing materials were identified 5. City Hall: West conference room — ceiling & lighting No suspect lead -containing materials identified. 6. City Hall: Finance, Treasurer and Payroll offices - Interior remodel including flooring, wall painting, electrical modifications No lead -containing materials were identified. 7. City Hall: City Clerk's office — window modifications, wall painting, electrical modifications White Pb-09 paint/metal City Clerk office 0.23 2,300 window frame Agreement No. 6311 SAMPLE ANALYTICAL ANALYTICAL NUMBER MATERIAL/ SAMPLING AREA RESULTS RESULTS C121011 SUBSTRATE wt* m* White Pb-13 paint/concrete Vault 0.27 2,700 wall 8. City Hall: Basement Finance Office - Interior remodel including flooring, wall painting, electrical modifications No suspect lead -containing materials were identified. 9. Police Department No lead -containing materials were identified. 10. Check Out building Pb-20 Green paint/ I Men's restroom door .009 90 wood Pb-21 Green paint/ Women's restroom — 0.10 1,000 metal door frame Pb-23 White paint/ Storage door frame 0.024 1 240 metal Pb-24 White paint/ Storage 0.010 100 plaster Pb-25 Pink ceramic Storage 0.050 500 tile Pb-26 fellow Men's restroom 0.26 2,600 ceramic tile Pb-27 Orange Women's restroom 2.1 21,000 ceramic tile Pb-28 Orange Storage floor 0.0045 45 composite tile 11. Joslyn Center Agreement No. 6311 SAMPLE ANALYTICAL ANALYTICAL NUMBER MATERIAL/ SAMPLING AREA RESULTS RESULTS CI21011 SUBSTRATE wt* Hillx Pb-29 White Men's restrooms 0.25 2,500 paint/drywall Pb-30 Pink ceramic Men's restroom 0.046 460 the Blue ceramic Pb-32 Women's restroom 0.0069 69 tile 12. Fire Station #1 Pb-34 White ceramic Floor — Front offices 0.29 2,900 ' tile and men's toilet *wt% - percentage by weight; ppm — parts per million. BLD — Below level of detection. BOLD indicates above level requiring respiratory protection. Please see the bulk sampling summary, Appendix B. The Cal/OSHA Lead in Construction Standard considers any amount of lead in paint to be of concern during renovation and demolition activities; however, Cal/OSHA considers lead content below 0.06% (600 ppm) to not produce an exposure concern for workers during renovation/demolition activities (Title 8 CCR 1532.1). The Consumer Safety Product Commission considers paint with a lead content over 600 ppm is considered to be "lead -based paint". For disposal purposes, the California Department of Toxic Substances Control has determined that materials with a TTLC (Total Threshold Limit Concentration) below 50 parts per million (ppm) or 0.005 percent by weight (wt%) are not hazardous. 4.0 RECOMMENDATIONS 4.1 Asbestos When work is performed in the vicinity of an asbestos -containing material, the workers must be informed that the material contains asbestos. Removal of an asbestos -containing material must be performed by a licensed (Contractor's State License Board) and registered (Cal/OSHA) asbestos abatement contractor, under the supervision of a Cal/OSHA Certified Asbestos Consultant. Agreement No. 6311 All ACM (friable and non -friable) have the potential to release asbestos fibers into the air if they are disturbed or damaged. Building activities or events which could cause these materials to release asbestos fibers include, but are not limited to: maintenance activities, renovation work, water leaks, breakage or damage of the materials and disturbance activities (i.e., cutting or sanding). 4.2 Lead Cal/OSHA considers lead content below 0.06% (600 ppm) to not produce an exposure concern for workers during renovation/demolition activities (Title 8 CCR 1532.1). The lead -based paint and ceramic tile (equal to or above 600 ppm) should be removed in accordance with Cal/OSHA requirements. Detectable materials, above 50 ppm, require additional analysis of the waste stream, such as a California Wet -Test, for disposal purposes. The additional testing should be performed prior to disposal to determine disposal options. 5.0 CONFIDENTIALITY AND LIMITATIONS This report is prepared for the express use and benefit of The City of E1 Segundo and its agents and employees. The information in this report or portions thereof may be required to be included in notifications to employees, contractors or other visitors to the building(s). The Owner or its agents shall not use this report as a specification or work plan for any of the work suggested or recommended in the report. This report is based upon conditions and practices observed at the property and information made available to gja. This report does not propose to identify all hazards or unsafe practices, or to indicate that other hazards or unsafe practices do not exist at the premises. Additional suspect but un-sampled materials could be located between walls, in voids, or in other inaccessible areas; caution should be exercised regarding these areas. gja cannot warrant that these buildings do not contain asbestos and/or lead in locations other than those noted in this report. gja will not discuss or disclose any information about our services to any third party without the Client's written consent unless otherwise required by law or by judicial or administrative order. gja's assessment of the risk of exposure to asbestos and lead followed generally accepted protocols and is based on conditions at the time of the survey. gja is not responsible for changes in conditions or accepted protocols subsequent to our site visit. Agreement No. 6311 BULK SAMPLING SUMMARY - ASBESTOS ND indicates "non -detected" for asbestos SAMPLE SAMPLING ANALYTICAL NUMBERS MATERIAL AREA RESULTS CI21011 1. Number not used 2. City Hall E. Lobby and Council Chambers (4 restrooms) Men's & 2% Chrysotile in 23-25 Drywall w/ joint compound women's joint compound restrooms 3 City Hall: Lobby area, Business License, Planning & Building safety — Interior remodel including flooring, wall painting, electrical modifications 1-3 Wall plaster Lobby — North ND wall Lobby — South wall 4-7 Drywall w/ joint compound Planning - North, ND Center & South walls Lobby — 8-10 4" Brown cove base w/ glue North & South ND walls 11-13 4" Black cove base w/ glue Lobby ramp — ND walls Agreement No. 6311 SAMPLE SAMPLI NG7 ANALYTICAL NUMBERS MATERIAL AREA RESULTS CI21011 12" Brown tread floor tile w/ Lobby ramp — 2% Chrysotile in 14-16 glue floor mastic 17 19 Brown floor grout Lobby— floor N D Planning — 20-22 Carpet glue North, Copy ND room, SW floors 4. City Hall: Hallway — flooring Light or dark gray floor tile Corridor floor 2% Chrysotile in 26-28 (VFT) w/black mastic mastic 29-31 4" Black cove base w/brown Corridor walls ND mastic 5. City Hall: West conference room — ceiling & lighting West Conference 32-34 2' x 4' Ceiling panel ND ceiling Walls 2% Chrysotile in 35-37 Drywall w/ joint compound joint compound 38 Wall plaster North wall ND w 6. CityHall: Finance Treasurer and Payroll offices - Interior remodel � Y including flooring, wall painting, electrical modifications Finance 39-41 Carpet glue Department ND Office floor 42-44 4" Brown cove base w/glue Offices walls ND 10 SAMPLE NUMBERS CI21011 45-47 48-50 MATERIAL Drywall w/joint compound Sand VSF w/ glue Agreement SAMPLING AREA Entry, Offices walls Finance Department vault floor No. 6311 ANALYTICAL RESULTS 2% Chrysotile in joint compound ND 7 City Hall: City Clerk's office — window modifications, wall painting, electrical modifications 51-53 4" Brown cove base City Clerk NDwalls 54-56 Carpet glue City Clerk NDfloor Copy Area 2% Chrysotile in 57-59 Sand VSF w/ glue floor black mastic 60 Wall plaster East wall ND 8 City Hall: Basement Finance Office - Interior remodel including flooring, wall painting, electrical modifications Basement Finance 61-63 Drywall w/joint compound (W' SW)' Office (NW) ND 64-66 Wall texture Walls NW) NE) ND(SW, 67-69 4" Brown cove base w/ glue Walls ND 70-72 Carpet glue Basement Finance (SW, NW, E) ND 73-75 Light tan VSF w/ glue SE Entry floor ND 11 Agreement No. 6311 SAMPLE SAMPLING ANALYTICAL NUMBERS MATERIAL AREA RESULTS CI21011 76-78 2' x 4' Ceiling panels Ceiling ND 9. Police Department 79-81 2' x 4' Ceiling panel Women's lockers ND (N, E, W) Drywall w/ joint Restroom 2% Chrysotile in 82-84 compound (NE, SE, SW) joint compound 85-87 Vapor barrier Shower wall ND 88-90 4 Gray cove Women's lockers ND base w/ glue (NW, SW, SE) Faux wood VSF Women's lockers ND 91-93 w/ glue (NW, NE, SE) 94-96 Carpet glue Under locker's ND (NW, NE, SE) 10 Check Out Building Men's & 97-99 Wall plaster Women's ND (coarse & smooth) restrooms and - storage Men's & 100-102 Button board Women's ND restroom s and storage 11 Joslyn Center 103-105 1 'x 1' Ceiling tile Men's r stroom ND entry, 12 Agreement No. 6311 SAMPLE SAMPLING ANALYTICAL NUMBERS MATERIAL AREA RESULTS CI21011 Women's restroom Men's restroom, 2% Chrysotile in 106-108 Drywall w/ joint compound Women's Joint compound restroom entry 109-111 4" Brown cove base w/glue Men' ent bat ND Sand floor sheeting (VSF) w/ Men's & 112-114 Women's ND glue bathroom entry's 12 Fire Station #1 Front offices — SW Copy 115-117 Carpet Glue machine, ND Conference room, Captain's office Battalion Chiefs 118-120 4" Brown cove base office- ND (entry, corridor) 13 Agreement No. 6311 �W SUMMARY A LEAD RESULTS SAMPLE ANALYTICAL ANALYTICAL NUMBER MATERIAL/ SAMPLING AREA LTS RESULTS CI21011 SUBSTRATE * m* L--7wut 1 Number not used 2. City Hall: E. Lobby and Council Chambers (4 restrooms) Pb-OS Light tan paint/ E Men's Restrooms <0.007 BLD drywall 3 City Hall: Lobby area, Business License, Planning & Building safety — Interior remodel including flooring, wall painting, electrical modifications White & blue Lobby PB - 01 paint/ plaster a ll North wall <0.006 BLD wall PB - 02 White paint/ Planning — North wall <0.006 BLD drywall PB - 03 Blue paint/ Planning — South wall <0.006 BLD drywall White paint/ PB - 04 metal door Planning — Copy room 0.012 120 frame 4. City Hall: Hallway - Flooring No suspect lead -containing materials were identified 5. City Hall: West conference room — ceiling & lighting 14 Agreement No. 6311 ANALYTICAL S11 AMPLE MATERIAL/ NUMBER SUBSTRATE SAMPLING AREA RESULTS CI21011 wt No suspect lead -containing materials identified. _.. ANALYTICAL RESULTS in 6. City Hall: Finance, Treasurer and Payroll offices - Interior remodel including flooring, wall painting, electrical modifications Gray paint/ Pb-06 metal door Finance - entry <0.006 BLD frame Pb-07 White paint/ NW office <0.006 BLD drywall Pb-08 Gray paint/ SE office <0.006 BLD drywall 7 City Hall: City Clerk's office — window modifications, wall painting, electrical modifications White Pb-09 paint/metal City Clerk office 0.23 2,300 window frame White Pb-10 paint/metal City Clerk office <0.01 BLD door frame Gray Pb-11 paint/metal City Clerk office <0.006 BLD door frame Pb-12 Gray City Clerk office <0.006 BLD paint/drywall White Pb-13 paint/concrete Vault 0.27 2,700 wall 8 City Hall: Basement Finance Office - Interior remodel including flooring, wall painting, electrical modifications No suspect lead -containing materials were identified. 9 Police Department 15 Agreement No. 6311 SAMPLE ........... ............... . ......................... ANALYTICAL ANALYTICAL NUMBER MATERIAL/ SAMPLING AREA RESULTS RESULTS CI21011 SUBSTRATE wt* m* Pb-14 Gray paint / Women's lockers — S <0.02 BLD CMU wall wall wawa.... Pb-15 Gray paint/ Women's lockers - <0.006 BLD drywall shower Pb-16 Dark gray Women's lockers — <0.02 BLD paint/ metal door frame Pb-17 Tan ceramic tile Women's lockers - <0.0009 BLD shower Pb-18 Brown Women's lockers — <0.0006 BLD composite t tr mfl r restroom es o0 00 10 Check Out building Pb-19 Light brown Men's restroom <0.006 BLD P aint/brick Pb-20 Green paint/ Men's restroom door .009 90 wood ---------- Pb-21 Green paint/ Women's restroom — 0.10 1,000 metal door frame Pb-22 White paint/ Storage door <0.007 BLD wood Pb-23 White paint/ Storage door frame 0.024 240 metal Pb-24 White paint/ Storage 0.010 100 plaster Pb-25 Pink ceramic Storage 0.050 500 the Pb-26 Yellow Men's restroom 0.26 2,600 a the Pb-27 Orange Women's restroom 2.1 21,000 ceramic the 16 Agreement No. 6311 SAMPLE ANALYTICAL ANALYTICAL NUMBER MATERIAL/ SAMPLING AREA RESULTS RESULTS CI21011 SUBSTRATE wt m Pb-28 Orange Storage floor 1 0.0045 45 composite tile 11 Joslyn Center Pb-29 te Men's restrooms 0.25 2,500 wall paint/drywall P y P b 30 Pink ceramic Men's restroom 0.046 460 the Pb-31 Brown Men's restroom floor <0.002 BLD composite the 3 Pb-2 Blue ceramic Women's restroom 0.0069 69 the Blue composite Women's restroom <0.001 BLD Pb-33 tile floor 12 Fire Station #1 White ceramic Floor — Front offices 0.29 2,900 Pb-34 tile and men's toilet *wt% - percentage by weight; ppm — parts per million. BLD — Below level of detection. BOLD indicates above level requiring respiratory protection. 17 Agreement No. 6311 Laboratory ocum eotation/Sample vocation Diagram by Area In Agreement No. 6311 .. Number not used Agreement No. 6311 2. City Hall: 'E. Lobby and Council. Chambers (4 restrooms) 1[V RENSIC I ABGIMI ORHES Agreement No. 6311 Bulk Asbestos Analysis (EPA Method 40CFR, Part 763, Appendix E to Subpart E and EPA 600/R-93-116, Visual Area Estimation) NVLAP Lab Code: 10 1459-1 Gale/Jordan Associates Client ID: 5105 Joanie Keiser Report Number: B315138 3858 Carson Street Date Received: 03/15/21 Suite 200 Date Analyzed: 03/18/21 Torrance, CA 90503 Date Printed: 03/18/21 First Reported: 03/18/21 Job ID/Site: C121011-2; 350 Main St, El Segundo, CA SGSFL Job ID: 5105 Total Samples Submitted: 3 Date(s) Collected: 03/12/2021 Total Samples Analyzed: I Asbestos Pei -cent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Number Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer ..................... - 23 51423084 Layer: Brown Drywall ND Layer: Off -White Skimcoat/Joint Compound Chrysotile 2% Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (Trace) Cellulose (7 %) 24 51423085 Comment: Sample not analyzed due to prior positive result in series. 25 51423086 Comment: Sample not analyzed due to prior positive result in series. VA 1:V 6�� I-Q. Tiffam Ludd, Laboratory Supervisor., Carson Laboratory Note: Limit of Quantification ('LOQ') = I%. 'Trace' denotes the presence of asbestos below the LOQ. 'ND' ='None Detected'. Analytical results and reports are generated by SGS Forensic Laboratories (SGSFL) at the request of and forth e exclusive use of the person or entity (client) named on such report. Results, reports or copies of same will not be released by SGSFL to any third party without prior written request from client. This report applies only to the sample(s) tested. Supporting laboratory documentation is available upon request. This report must not be reproduced except in full, unless approved by SGSFL. The client is solely responsible for the use and interpretation of test results and reports requested from SGSFL. SGSFL is not able to assess the degree of hazard resulting from materials analyzed SGS Forensic Laboratories reserves the right to dispose of all samples after a period of thirty (30) days, according to all state and federal guidelines, unless otherwise specified. All samples were received in acceptable condition unless otherwise noted. I of 1 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Agreement No. 6311 gale IddH " ' SS rs� Inc.Page f of '� , ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES% Project Numbers. LABORATORY SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQUEST Submitter Name ). Date SubmittedTURNAROUND Phone # Client Name' / 12 / 24 / 48 / Billing Address Site Address - " �� 4 / 5 day PCM PLM: STANDAA* POINT COUNT: 400 1000 TEM: BULK AIR MVAC QUALITATIVE QUANTITATIVE AHERA Level I II NIOSH METALS: AA/FLAME AA/FURNACE ICP ANALYZE TO FIRST P"OSITIV Sample Number Material Description Volume Location Date Collected Aj i I 4 i 1 i I Chain of Custody Released By Received By Time Date 3858 CARSON ST., SurrE 200 0 TORRANCE, CA. 90503-6705 • TEL. (310) 316-4377 • FAx (310) 316-4558 Agreement No. 6311 I�� 23 10 = Bulk Suspect Asbestos Sample 0 = Suspect Lead Paint Sample —Identified by Sample Numbers 3858 Carson Street, Suite 200 Torrance, CA 90503 (310) 316-4377 (310) 316-4558 C121011-2 February 2, 2021 City Hall Building Restrooms 350 Main Street El Segundo, CA This Drawing is not To Scale Sample Locations Are Approximate Agreement No. 6311 3 City all: Lobby area, Business License, Planning & Building safety — Anterior remodel including flooring, wall painting, electrical modifications IRENSIC I ABORA F'DIIJEIS Final Report Agreement No. 6311 Bulk Asbestos Analysis (EPA Method 40CFR, Part 763, Appendix E to Subpart E and EPA 600/R-93-116, Visual Area Estimation) NVLAP Lab Code: 10 1459-1 Gale/Jordan Associates Client ID: 5105 Joanie Keiser Report Number: 13314798 3858 Carson Street Date Received: 03/08/21 Suite 200 Date Analyzed: 03/11/21 Torrance, CA 90503 Date Printed: 03/11/21 First Reported: 03/11/21 Job ID/Site: C121011 - 3; City Hall, 350 Main St., El Segundo, CA SGSFL Job ID: 5105 Total Samples Submitted: 22 Date(s) Collected: 03/07/2021 Total Samples Analyzed: 20 Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Number Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer 51421232 Layer: Off -White Plaster ND Layer: White Plaster ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 2 51421233 Layer: Off -White Plaster ND Layer: White Plaster ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 3 51421234 Layer: Off -White Plaster ND Layer: White Plaster ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 4 51421235 Layer: White Drywall ND Layer: White Skimcoat/Joint Compound ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (20 %) Fibrous Glass (Trace) 5 51421236 Layer: White Drywall ND Layer: White Skimcoat/Joint Compound ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (20 %) Fibrous Glass (Trace) I of 4 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Agreement No. 6311 Report Number: B314798 Client Name: Gale/Jordan Associates Date Printed: 03/11/21 Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Number Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer 6 51421237 Layer: White Drywall ND Layer: Drywall Tape ND Layer: White Skimcoat/Joint Compounds ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (25 %) Fibrous Glass (Trace) 7 51421238 Layer: White Drywall ND Layer: Drywall Tape ND Layer: White Skimcoat/Joint Compounds ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (25 %) Fibrous Glass (Trace) 8 51421239 Layer: Brown Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: White Mastic ND Layer: Brown Mastic ND Layer: Paint ND Layer: White Non -Fibrous Material ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 9 51421240 Layer: Brown Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: White Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 10 51421241 Layer: Brown Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: White Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 11 51421242 Layer: Black Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: Yellow Mastic ND Layer: Brown Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 2 of 4 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Agreement No. 6311 Client Name: Gale/Jordan Associates Report Number: B314798 Date Printed: 03/11/21 Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Number Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer 12 51421243 Layer: Black Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: White Mastic ND Layer: Brown Mastic ND Layer: Paint ND Layer: White Non -Fibrous Material ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 13 51421244 Layer: Black Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: Yellow Mastic ND Layer: Brown Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 14 51421245 Layer: Grey Tile ND Layer: Black Mastic Chrysotile 2 % Layer: Grey Non -Fibrous Material ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (Trace) Cellulose (Trace) 15 51421246 Comment: Sample not analyzed due to prior positive result in series. 16 51421247 Comment: Sample not analyzed due to prior positive result in series. 17 51421248 Layer: Brown Grout ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 18 51421249 Layer: Brown Grout ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 19 51421250 Layer: Brown Grout ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 20 51421251 Layer: Tan Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 21 51421252 Layer: Tan Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 3 of 4 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Agreement No. 6311 Client Name: Gale/Jordan Associates Report Number: B314798 Date Printed: 03/11/21 Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Number Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer 22 51421253 Layer: Tan/Black Mastic Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components Cellulose (Trace) Asbestos (ND) 9 MIT "k, Tiffam Ludd, Laboratory Supervisor, Carson Laboratory Note: Limit of Quantification ('LOQ') = I %. 'Trace' denotes the presence of asbestos below the LOQ. 'ND' = 'None Detected'. Analytical results and reports are generated by SGS Forensic Laboratories (SGSFL) at the request of and for the exclusive use of the person or entity (client) named on such report. Results, reports or copies of same will not be released by SGSFL to any third party without prior written request from client. This report applies only to the sample(s) tested. Supporting laboratory documentation is available upon request. This report must not be reproduced except in full, unless approved by SGSFL. The client is solely responsible for the use and interpretation of test results and reports requested from SGSFL. SGSFL is not able to assess the degree of hazard resulting from materials analyzed. SGS Forensic Laboratories reserves the right to dispose of all samples after a period of thirty (30) days, according to all state and federal guidelines, unless otherwise specified. All samples were received in acceptable condition unless otherwise noted. 4 of 4 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Agreement No. 6311 Odle/Jourdall idtes , Page—Lof ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES Pr/?7'1 DUPD-3 LABORATORY SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQUEST Submitter Name �r ' Date Submitted —%� TURNAROUND Phone # Client Name / 12 / 24 / 48 / e2k�r t Billing Address 4/saey Site Address 3 � ' i r PCM P„M; LTANDA POINT COUNT: 400 1000 TEM: BULK AIR MVAC QUALITATIVE QUANTITATIVE AHERA Level I 11 NIOSH METALS: AA/FLAME AA/FURNACE ICP ANALYZE TO FIRST POSI T IV Chain of Custody Date R leased By Received By Time 3858 CARSON ST., Sum 200 • TORRANCE, CA. 90503-6705 • TEL. (310) 316-4377 • FAx (310) 316-4558 Agreement No. 6311_ 9d1le/jurddil dWdAteS. C. Page �f ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES �"%� /Q 3 Project Number (ram LABORATORY SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQUEST Submitter Name g',AJ Date Submitted r TURNAROUND Client Name ne # 12/24/48/Billing Address4/5day Site Address PCM PLM: TAND POINT COUNT: 400 1000 TEM: BULK AIR MVAC QUALITATIVE QUANTITATIVE AHERA Level I II NIOSH METALS: AA/FLAME AA/FURNACE ICP ANALYZE TO FIRSTPOSITIVE Chain of Custody 4pl en.-;ed l v Received By p Time ' Date 3858 CARSON ST., SUITE 200 • TORRANCE, CA. 90503-6705 * TEL. (310) 316-4377 • FAx (310) 316-4558 Submitter Name , tL Client Name ! T- Billing Address Site Address PCM Agreement No. 631 9 e SS teSq Ce Page of ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES O 4 - 3 Project Number C / LABORATORY SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQUEST (")4yer-'Date Submitted 3 7'r-Ll TURNAROUND ► -5e /12/24/48/ 4/sday FILM: AND POINT COUNT: 400 1000 TEM: BULK AIR MVAC QUALITATIVE QUANTITATIVE AHERA Level I 11 NIOSH METALS: AANJ AME AA/FURNACE ICP ANALYZE TO FIRST POSITIVE 3858 CARSON ST., SurTE 200 • TORRANCE, CA. 90503-6705 • TEL. (310) 316-4377 • FAx (310) 316-4558 SAS_ U S III C Final Report Agreement No. 6311 Metalssis of Paints (AIHA-LAP, LLC Accreditation, Lab ID #101629) Gale/Jordan Associates Client ID: 5105 Joanie Keiser Report Number: M232175 3858 Carson Street Date Received: 03/08/21 Suite 200 Date Analyzed: 1 1 /03/21 Torrance, CA 90503 Date Printed: 03/11/21 First Reported: 03/11/21 Job ID / Site: CI21011 - 3; City Hall, 350 Main St., El Segundo, CA SGSFL Job ID: 5105 Date(s) Collected: 03/05/21 Total Samples Submitted: 4 Total Samples Analyzed: 4 Result Reporting Method Sample Number Lab Number Analyte Result Units Limit* Reference PB-01 LM200837 Pb < 0.006 % 0.006 EPA 3050B/7000B PB-02 LM200838 Pb < 0.006 wt% 0.006 EPA 305013/7000B PB-03 LM200839 Pb < 0.006 wt% 0.006 EPA 3050B/7000B PB-04 LM200840 Pb 0.012 wt% 0.006 EPA 3050B/7000B * The Reporting Limit represents the lowest amount of analyte that the laboratory can confidently detect in the sample, and is not a regulatory level. The Units for the Reporting Limit are the same as the Units for the Final Results. r Beatriz Hinojosa, Lttbora o 3, Supervisor, Carson Laboratory Analytical results and reports are generated by SGS Forensic Laboratories at the request of and for the exclusive use of the person or entity (client) named on such report. Results, reports or copies of same will not be released by SGS Forensic Laboratories to any third party without prior written request from client. This report applies only to the sample(s) tested. Supporting laboratory documentation is available upon request. This report must not be reproduced except in full, unless approved by SGS Forensic Laboratories. The client is solely responsible for the use and interpretation of test results and reports requested fi-orn SGS Forensic Laboratories. SGS Forensic Laboratories is not able to assess the degree ofhazard resulting from materials analyzed. SGS Forensic Laboratories reserves the right to dispose ofall samples after a period ofthirty (30) days, according to all state and federal guidelines, unless otherwise specified. Any modifications that have been made to referenced test methods are documented in SGS Forensic Laboratories' Standard Operating Procedures Manual, Sample results have not been blank corrected, Quality control and sample receipt condition were acceptable unless otherwise noted. Note* Sampling data used in this report was provided by the client as noted can the associated chain of custody form. 1 of 1 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Agreement No. 6311 /turd 'a ass "N i • Page—1—of ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES Project Number LABORATORY SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQUEST Submitter Na Client Name Billing Addri Site Address PCM PLM: STANDARD POINT COUNT: 400 10M TEM: BULK AIR MVAC QUALITATIVE QUANTITATIVE AHERA Level I H NIOSH METALS LAM AA/FURNACE ICP ANALYZE TO FIRST POSITIVE Chain of Custody q�� Released By Received By Time V Date �. 3858 CARBON ST., Su1rE 200 • TowuNCE, CA. 90503-6705 • TEL. (310) 316-4377 • FAx (310) 316-4558 Agreement No. 6311 4/9 p 02 020 7/10 22 9 = Bulk Suspect Asbestos Sample 0 = Suspect Lead Paint Sample —Identified by Sample Numbers 3858 Carson Street, Suite 200 Torrance, CA 90503 (310) 316-4377 (310) 316-4558 C121011-3 February 2, 2021 City Hall Building Lobby 350 Main Street El Segundo, CA This Drawing is not To Scale Sample Locations Are Approximate Agreement No. 6311 4. City all: Hallway — Flooring °° UII�° IIIII'Illlk` Final Report Agreement No. 6311 Bulk Asbestos Analysis (EPA Method 40CFR, Part 763, Appendix E to Subpart E and EPA 600/R-93-1 16, Visual Area Estimation) NVLAP Lab Code: 101459-1 Gale/Jordan Associates Client I: 5105 Joanie Keiser Report Number: B315143 3858 Carson Street Date Received: 03/15/21 Suite 200 Date Analyzed: 03/18/21 Torrance, CA 90503 Date Printed: 03/18/21 First Reported: 03/18/21 Job ID/Site: CI21011-4; 350 Main St, El Segundo, CA SGSFL Job ID: 5105 Total Samples Submitted: 6 Date(s) Collected: 03/12/2021 Total Samples Analyzed: 4 Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Number Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer 26 51423087 Layer: Grey Tile ND Layer: Black/Tan Mastics Chrysotile 2 % Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (Trace) Cellulose (Trace) 27 51423088 Comment: Sample not analyzed due to prior positive result in series. 28 51423089 Comment: Sample not analyzed due to prior positive result in series. 29 51423090 Layer: Black Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: Beige Mastic ND Layer: Paint ND Layer: Brown Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 30 51423091 Layer: Black Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: Beige Mastic ND Layer: Paint ND Layer: Brown Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 31 51423092 Layer: Black Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: Beige Mastic ND Layer: Paint ND Layer: Brown Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 1 of 2 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Client Name: Gale/Jordan Associates Agreement No. 6311 Report Number: B315143 Date Printed: 03/18/21 Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Number Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer Tiffam Ludd, Laboratory Supervisor, Carson Laboratory Note: Limit of Quantification ('LOQ') = I%. 'Trace' denotes the presence of asbestos below the LOQ. 'ND' ='None Detected'. Analytical results and reports are generated by SGS Forensic Laboratories (SGSFL) at the request of and for the exclusive use of the person or entity (client) named on such report. Results, reports or copies of same will not be released by SGSFL to any third party without prior written request from client. This report applies only to the sample(s) tested. Supporting laboratory documentation is available upon request. This report must not be reproduced except in full, unless approved by SGSFL. The client is solely responsible for the use and interpretation of test results and reports requested from SGSFL, SC3SFL is not able to assess the degree of hazard resulting from materials analyzed. SGS Forensic Laboratories reserves the right to dispose of all samples after a period of thirty (30) days, according to all state and federal guidelines, unless other -wise specified. All samples were received in acceptable condition unless other -wise noted. 2 of 2 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Agreement No. 311 gaie/Jaddo w einc, Page_ ---of _. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES Project Number. LABORATORY SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQUEST 4Submitter Name Date Submitted TURNAROUN w Client Name / L . 1 Phone # / 12 / 24 / 48 / 2 Billing Address 4/5day Site Address 0 PCM PLM: w,"STANII POINT COUNT: 400 1000 TEM: BULK AIR MVAC QUALITATIVE QUANTITATIVE AHERA Level I II NIOSH METALS: AA/FLAME AA/FURNACE ICP ANALYZE TO FIST POSITIVE Chain f Custody r tasd Date 3858 CARSON ST., SUITE 200 • TORRANCE, CA. 90503-6705 • TEL. (310) 3164377 • FAx (310) 316-4558 Agreement No. 6311 = Bulk Suspect Asbestos Sample — Identified by Sample Numbers 3858 Carson Street, Suite 200 Torrance, CA 90503 (310) 316-4377 (310) 316-4558 C121011-4 February 2, 2021 City Hall Building Hallway 350 Main Street El Segundo, CA This Drawing is not To Scale Sample Locations Are Approximate Agreement No. 6311 5. City fall: West conference room — ceiling & lighting SG, _$ If"" IIIII°III I ABORATORIIIIlIIS Final Report Agreement No. 6311 AnalysisBulk Asbestos (EPA Method 40CFR, Part 763, Appendix E to Subpart E and EPA 600/R-93-116, Visual Area Estimation) NVLAP Lab Code: 101459-1 Gale/Jordan Associates Client ID: 5105 Joanie Keiser Report Number: B315144 3858 Carson Street Date Received: 03/15/21 Suite 200 Date Analyzed: 03/18/21 Torrance, CA 90503 Date Printed: 03/18/21 First Reported: 03/18/21 Job ID/Site: CI21011-5; 350 Main St, El Segundo, CA SGSFL Job ID: 5105 Total Samples Submitted: 7 Date(s) Collected: 03/12/2021 Total Samples Analyzed: 5 Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Number Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer 32 51423093 Layer: Beige Fibrous Material ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (35 %) Fibrous Glass (45 %) 33 51423094 Layer: Beige Fibrous Material ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (35 %) Fibrous Glass (45 %) 34 51423095 Layer: Beige Fibrous Material ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (35 %) Fibrous Glass (45 %) 35 51423096 Layer: White Drywall ND Layer: Off -White Skimcoat/Joint Compound Chrysotile 2 % Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (Trace) Cellulose (20 %) Fibrous Glass (2 %) 36 51423097 Comment: Sample not analyzed due to prior positive result in series. 37 51423098 Comment: Sample not analyzed due to prior positive result in series. 38 51423099 Layer: Beige Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: White Plaster ND Layer: Tan Mastic with Debris ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 1 of 2 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Agreement No. 6311 Report Number: B315144 Client Name: Gale/Jordan Associates Date Printed: 03/19/21 . .......... Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Numbei Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer Tiffam Ludd, Laboratory Supervisor, Carson Laboratory Note: Limit of Quantification ('LOQ') = 1%. 'Trace' denotes the presence of asbestos below the LOQ.'ND'='None Detected'. Analytical results and reports are generated by S GS Forensic Laboratories (SGSFL) at the request of and for the exclusive use of the person or entity (client) named on such report. Results, reports or copies of same will not be released by SGSFL to any third party without prior written request from client. This report applies only to the sample(s) tested. Supporting laboratory documentation is available upon request. This report must not be reproduced except in full, unless approved by SGSFL. The client is solely responsible for the use and interpretation of test results and reports requested from SGSFL. SGSFL is not able to assess the degree of hazard resulting from materials analyzed. SGS Forensic Laboratories reserves the right to dispose of all samples after a period of thirty (30) days, according to all state and federal guidelines, unless otherwise specified. All samples were received in acceptable condition unless otherwise noted. 2 of 2 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Submitter Name I Client Name Billing Address Site Address i PCM Agreement No. 6311 gdle'ages' / , Inc. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES Project Numb LABORATORY SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQUEST do Lute Submitted 3 L TURNAROUND Phone # i/12/24/48/ 4/sday FILM: POINT COUNT:400 loon T.L+ M; BULK AIR MVAC QUALITATM QUANTITATIVE RA Level I II NIOSH T AAMJRNACE ICP AN ALYZE TO FIRST POSITIVE IV Sample Number Material Description Volume Location Date Collected 3 W-esf 3 S014 7K —'+.'ro -�J� I I � 3 3T C 4� Chain of Custody eleased B Received By Time Date LOOP- 3M CARSON ST., SUTTE 200 TORRANCE, CA. 90503-6705 TFL. (310) 3164377 • FAx (310) 316-4558 Agreement No. 6311 35 M qow ■ In s f■� 32 33 36 34 = Bulk Suspect Asbestos Sample — Identified by Sample Numbers 3858 Carson Street, Suite 200 Torrance, CA 90503 (310) 316-4377 (310) 316-4558 C121011-5 February 2, 2021 City Hall Building West Conference Room 350 Main Street El Segundo, CA This Drawing is not To Scale Sample Locations Are Approximate Agreement No. 6311 6. City :all: Finance, Treasurer and Payrolloffices - Interior remodel including flooring, wall painting, electrical modifications Final Report _SG F�URENSIC Agreement No. 6311 Bulk Asbestos Analysis (EPA Method 40CFR, Part 763, Appendix E to Subpart E and EPA 600/R-93-116, Visual Area Estimation) NVLAP Lab Code: 101459-1 Gale/Jordan Associates Client ID: 5105 Joanie Keiser Report Number: B315145 3858 Carson Street Date Received: 03/15/21 Suite 200 Date Analyzed: 03/18/21 Torrance, CA 90503 Date Printed: 03/18/21 First Reported: 03/18/21 Job ID/Site: CI21011-6; 350 Main St, El Segundo, CA SGSFL Job ID: 5105 Total Samples Submitted: 12 Date(s) Collected: 03/12/2021 Total Samples Analyzed: 10 Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Number Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer 39 51423100 Layer: Black/Tan Mastics with Debris ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 40 51423101 Layer: Black/Tan Mastics with Debris ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 41 51423102 Layer: Black/Tan Mastics with Debris ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 42 51423103 Layer: Brown Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: Beige Mastic ND Layer: Paint ND Layer: White Skimcoat/Joint Compound ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 43 51423104 Layer: Brown Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: Beige Mastic ND Layer: Brown Mastic ND Layer: Paint ND Layer: White Skimcoat/Joint Compound ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 44 51423105 Layer: Brown Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: Beige Mastic ND Layer: Brown Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 1 of 2 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Agreement No. 6311 Client Name: Gale/Jordan Associates Report Number: B315145 Date Printed: 03/18/21 Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Number Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer 45 51423106 Layer: White Drywall ND Layer: Off -White Skimcoat/Joint Compound Chrysotile 2 % Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (2%) Cellulose (20 %) Fibrous Glass (10 %) 46 51423107' Comment: Sample not analyzed due to prior positive result in series. 47 51423108 Comment: Sample not analyzed due to prior positive result in series. 48 51423109 Layer: Grey Sheet Flooring ND Layer: Fibrous Backing ND Layer: Off -White Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (20 %) Fibrous Glass (5 %) Synthetic (10 %) 49 51423110 Layer: Grey Sheet Flooring ND Layer: Fibrous Backing ND Layer: Off -White Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (20 %) Fibrous Glass (5 %) Synthetic (10 %) 50 51423111 Layer: Grey Sheet Flooring ND Layer: Fibrous Backing ND Layer: Off -White Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (20 %) Fibrous Glass (5 %) Synthetic (10 %) Tiffani Ludd, Laboratory Supervisor, Carson Laboratory Note: Limit of Quantification ('LOQ') = 1%. 'Trace' denotes the presence of asbestos below the LOQ. 'ND' ='None Detected'. Analy icaal results and reports are geatcratud b "�faS Forensic V.abor*alo os (:�t` SFU tit the weywa��st ofand A'i',ra tho, esr lusivetrse of the pc�;rson awx entity tchent) named on Such x clroort, F Results, r'eII torts ttr ea ties of stone wffl noa be wle,, cd Val+ 'SCi�^+Ft, to am tbird paany witlrcrtat prior radnen request I'Toln c,lic:nt �l pats Telaarrt «-rtr00, awor'ly 10 the sran,rple(' ta.,stcad. li >n is available tr ora rere tdc st ` hi't re )crtt most taut V c, rc rrodoccd cxcepl in full, urrla:ss approved by (""sFiH.. me client is solely resraortstkaicFaat' the �arlrptr.wtrrat, laboratory c caa.urrruntae ac r opon I l trse. wid artterVaaetaxkioat of test results and repmis reque"Ied Rai»nr oSGS - ;136S t is noc atalc ao a sssascs the degree of Ir,aaa+red re.suhing from m atcri;ds „an a0 ed. SOS h wtertsic. V„;xbtat,aiieyrie a rc,,ei o, ti,xv right 141 ehsposc f all sa lrt'r"ioal oR`tdrt:r'ts' V t47Ri ¢panty.+s„ accordingto all state and federal guidelines, unless otherwise specified. All sampleswere received in acceptable condition unless otherwise noted. 2 of 2 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Submitter Name Client Name f Billing Address Site Address PCM Agreement No. 6311 g e'/ d awda' s', inc, Page of ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES / /) Project Number LABORATORY SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQUEST //4' Y, Date Submitted TURNAROUND a ,f Phone # /12/24/48/ tr 4/5day PLM:-81ANDARD POINT COUNT: 400 1000 TEM: BULK AIR WAC QUALITATIVE QUANTITATIVE AHERA Level I II NIOSH METALS: BLAME AA/FURNACE ICP ANALYZE TO FIRST POSITIVE Date 5 3858 CARSON ST., SUITE 200 • TORRANCE, CA. 90503-6705 • TES. (310) 316-4377 1 FAx (310) 316-4558 Agreement No. Pageofof eale/JurdandSSUCIdes, Inc. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES Project Number LABORATORY SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQUEST Submttter Name r Date Submitted 2 . TURNAROUND Client Name `� Phone # 12/24/48/ BillingAddress e 4/5day Site Address n e C 1 PCM PLM:, ' STANDA'�D POINT COUNT: aoo I000 TEM: BULK AIR MVAC QUALITATIVE QUANTITATIVE AHERA Level I II NIOSH METALS: AA/FLAME AANURNACE ICp ANALYZE TO FIRST POSITIVE Chain of Custody Released By Received By Time Date 3858 CARSON ST., SurrE 200 • TORRANCE, CA. 90503-6705 • TEL. (310) 316-4377 • FAx (310) 316-4558 I ABGRATORUES Agreement No. 6311 Metals Analysis of Paints (AIHA-LAP. LLC Accreditation, Lab ID P 10 i 629) Gale/Jordan Associates Client ID: 5105 Joanie Keiser Report Number: M232406 3858 Carson Street Date Received: 03/15/21 Suite 200 Date Analyzed: 03/17/21 Torrance, CA 90503 Date Printed: 03/17/21 First Reported: 03/17/21 Job ID / Site: C121 011; City Hall, 350 Main St., El Segundo SGSFL Job ID: 5105 Date(s) Collected: 03/12/21 Total Samples Submitted: 9 Total Samples Analyzed: 9 Result Reporting Method Sample Number Lab Number Analyte Result Units Limit* Reference PB-05 LM201205 Pb < 0.007 wt% 0.007 EPA 3050B/7000B PB-06 LM201206 Pb < 0.006 wt% 0.006 EPA 3050B/7000B PB-07 LM201207 Pb < 0.006 vA% 0.006 EPA 305013/700013 PB-08 LM201208 Pb < 0.006 Wt% 0.006 EPA 305013/700013 PB-09 LM201209 Pb 0.23 wt% 0.02 EPA 3050B/7000B PB-10 LM2012 10 Pb < 0.01 Wt% 0.01 EPA 3050B/7000B PB-1 I LM201211 Pb < 0.006 Wt% 0.006 EPA 305013/7000B PB-12 LM201212 Pb < 0.006 wt% 0.006 EPA 3050B/7000B PB- 13 LM201213 Pb 0.27 wt% 0.02 EPA 305013/7000B * The Reporting Limit represents the lowest amount of analyte that the laboratory can confidently detect in the sample, and is not a regulatory level. The Units for the Reporting Limit are the same as the Units for the Final Results. Beatriz I lino, osa. Labora o y Supervisor, Carson Laboratory 'it L Analytical results and reports are generated by SGS Forensic Laboratories at the request of and for the exclusive use of the person or entity (client) named on such report. Results, reports or copies of same will not be released by SGS Forensic Laboratories to any third party without prior written request from client. This report applies only to the sample(s) tested. Supporting laboratory documentation is available upon request. This report must not be reproduced except in full, unless approved by SGS Forensic Laboratories. The client is solely responsible for the use and interpretation oftest results and reports requested from SGS Forensic Laboratories, SGS Forensic Laboratories is not able to assess the degree of hazard resulting from materials analyzed. SGS Forensic Laboratories reserves the right to dispose of ail samples after a period ofthirty (30) days, according to all state and federal guidelines, unless otherwise specified. Any modifications that have been made to referenced test methods are documented in SGS Forensic Laboratories' Standard Operating Procedures Manual. Sample results have not been blank corrected. Quality control and sample receipt condition were acceptable unless otherwise noted. Note* Sampling data used in this report was provided by the client as Doted on the associated chain of custody form. I of 1 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Submitter Name Client Name 0 Billing Address4 Site Address PCM Agreement No. 6311 9dle/juddil dSSCC01dteSq iW$ ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES 1 "y� Project Numbcr �" LABORATORY SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQUEST ° * Date Submitted Phone # PLM: STANDARD POINT COUNT: 400 1000 TURNAROUND 12/24/4 2 4/5day TEM: BULK AIR MVAC QUALITATIVE QUANTITATIVE AHERA Level I II NIOSH METALS:.. (A�� AA/FURNACE ICP ANALYZE T01 FIRST POSITIVE Chain of Custody '" R leased By Received By Time Date 3858 CARSON ST., SurrE 200 • TORRANCE, CA. 90503-6705 • TEL. (310) 316-4377 • FAx (310) 316-4558 "^r�ement No. 6311 = Bulk Suspect Asbestos Sample 49 = Suspect Lead Paint Sample —Identified by Sample Numbers 3858 Carson Street, Suite 200 Torrance, CA 90503 (310) 316-4377 (310) 316-4558 C121011-6 February 2, 2021 City Hall Building Finance, Treasurer, & Payroll Offices 350 Main Street El Segundo, CA This Drawing is not To Scale Sample Locations Are Approximate Agreement No. 6311 7. City all: City Clerk's office — window modifications, wall painting, electrical modifications IN SIC III ABORA Final Report Agreement No. 6311 B�ulk Asbestos Analysis (EPA Method 40CFR, Part 763, Appendix E to Subpart E and EPA 600/R-93-116, Visual Area Estimation) NVLAP Lab Code: 101459-1 Gale/Jordan Associates Client ID: 5105 Joanie Keiser Report Number: B315146 3858 Carson Street Date Received: 03/15/21 Suite 200 Date Analyzed: 03/18/21 Torrance, CA 90503 Date Printed: 03/18/21 First Reported: 03/18/21 Job ID/Site: CI21011-7; 350 Main St, El Segundo, CA SGSFL Job ID: 5105 Total Samples Submitted: 10 Date(s) Collected: 03/12/2021 Total Samples Analyzed: 8 Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Number Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer 51 51423112 Layer: Brown Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: Beige Mastic ND Layer: Paint ND Layer: Brown Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 52 51423113 Layer: Brown Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: Beige Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 53 51423114 Layer: Brown Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: Beige Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 54 51423115 Layer: Beige/Tan Mastics ND Layer: Black Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 55 51423116 Layer: Beige Mastic with Debris ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 56 51423117 Layer: Beige/Tan Mastics ND Layer: Black Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) I of 2 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Agreement No. 6311 Client Name: Gale/Jordan Associates Date Printed: 03/18/21 Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Number Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer 57 51423118 Layer: Beige Sheet Flooring ND Layer: Fibrous Backing ND Layer: Tan Mastic ND Layer: Black Mastic Chrysotile 2% Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (Trace) Cellulose (20 %) Fibrous Glass (5 %) Synthetic (10 %) W-3 51423119 Comment: Sample not analyzed due to prior positive result in series. M 51423120 Comment: Sample not analyzed due to prior positive result in series. M 51423121 Layer: Light Beige Plaster Layer: White Plaster Layer: Paint Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Cellulose (Trace) Va 1 bu M61 ME Tiffani Ludd, Laboratory Supervisor, Carson Laboratory Note: Limit of Quantification ('LOQ') = I%. 'Trace' denotes the presence of asbestos below the LOQ. 'ND'='None Detected'. Analytical results and reports are generated by SGS Forensic Laboratories (SGSFL) at the request of and for the exclusive use of the person or entity (client) named on such report. Rewhs. re wants o� copies of�.,u"e will not be r0oawd Oy SGSR lo any third pan� witliout prior w6mn rQquvsI from che�lt flus rcporl aprhe", ulfly �o 111C S,=plc(s) Supporting �aboratoi,N tiocumentation is, a%,aflable upon rvques% This, %poi , I osusl rani b L� teluoducod cxcq)t fit fold, unlo,, approwvd by SGS11— The cholf is SoMy responsiblc fix t14Q u,,,c and interlvctafion of wst rcsults and report,,, �(�,qu�sied ftonl SGSUL, SOSFI- is no �iblv to assw�,s fl'W (Icglec Ofhazard re,,Ajhing. ftoin nwerials wialy�vd. SGS l`oren","ic Laboratories reserves the right to dispose ofall samples after a period of thirty (30) days, «ictwdinglo, all shade and federal tlnddcline�,,� All ""amples, were received in acceptable condition unless otherwise noted. 2 of 2 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Submitter Name I' Client Name 0, Billing Address r2-all Site Address PCM Agreement No. 6311 gdle/Jurddo dssuddes, *Inc. p,age � of__ ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES �;J' 4� PI'�r�et Number �" ,_ LABORATORY SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQUEST Date Submitted TURNAROUND hone # /12124 /48/ thy' km„ 4 It I C 415 day PLM: ST' AN POINT COUNT: 400 1000 TEM: BULK AIR MVAC QUALITATIVE QUANTITATIVE AHERA Level I II NIOSH METALS: AA/FLAME AA/FURNACE ICP ANALYZE TO FIRST POSITIVE Chain of Custody y eleaed B,7 Received By Time Date 3858 CARSON ST., SurE 200 • TORRANCE, CA. 90503-6705 • TEL. (310) 316-4377 • FAx (310) 316-4558 Agreement No. 6311 N4= = Bulk Suspect Asbestos Sample 0 = Suspect Lead Paint Sample —Identified by Sample Numbers 3858 Carson Street, Suite 200 Torrance, CA 90503 (310) 316-4377 (310) 316-4558 C121011-7 February 2, 2021 City Hall Building City Clerk's Office 350 Main Street El Segundo, CA This Drawing is not To Scale Sample Locations Are Approximate Agreement No. 6311 8 City all: Basement finance Office - Interior remodel including flooring, wall painting, electrical modifications Final Report Agreement No. 6311 Bulk Asbestos Analysis (EPA Method 40CF, Part 763, Appendix E to Subpart E and EPA 600/R-93-116, Visual Area Estimation) NVLAP Lab Code: 101459-1 Gale/Jordan Associates Client ID: 5105 Joanie Keiser Report Number: 13315147 3858 Carson Street Date Received: 03/15/21 Suite 200 Date Analyzed: 03/17/21 Torrance, CA 90503 Date Printed: 03/18/21 First Reported: 03/18/21 Job ID/Site: CI21011-8; 350 Main St, El Segundo, CA SGSFL Job ID: 5105 Total Samples Submitted: 18 Date(s) Collected: 03/12/2021 Total Samples Analyzed: 18 Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Number Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer 61 51423122 Layer: White Drywall ND Layer: White Skimcoat/Joint Compound ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (10 %) 62 51423123 Layer: White Drywall ND Layer: Paint ND Layer: Tan Adhesive ND Layer: White Skimcoat/Joint Compound ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (10 %) 63 51423124 Layer: White Drywall ND Layer: Paint ND Layer: Tan Adhesive ND Layer: White Skimcoat/Joint Compound ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (10 %) 64 51423125 Layer: White Skimcoat/Joint Compound ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 65 51423126 Layer: White Drywall ND Layer: White Skimcoat/Joint Compound ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (35 %) 1 of 3 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Agreement No. 6311 Report Number: B315147 Client Name: Gale/Jordan Associates Date Printed: 03/18/21 Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Number Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer 66 51423127 Layer: White Skimcoat/Joint Compound ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 67 51423128 Layer: Brown Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: Beige Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 68 51423129 Layer: Brown Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: Beige Mastic ND Layer: Paint ND Layer: White Skimcoat/Joint Compound ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 69 51423130 Layer: Brown Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: Beige Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 70 51423131 Layer: Beige Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 71 51423132 Layer: Black Semi -Fibrous Material ND Layer: Beige Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) Fibrous Glass (5 %) 72 51423133 Layer: Beige Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 73 51423134 Layer: Beige Sheet Flooring ND Layer: Fibrous Backing ND Layer: Beige Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (25 %) Synthetic (10 %) 2 of 3 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 1 Fax: (310) 763-4450 Agreement No. 6311 Client Name: Gale/Jordan Associates Report Number: B315147 Date Printed: 03/18/21 Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Number Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer 74 51423135 Layer: Beige Sheet Flooring ND Layer: Fibrous Backing ND Layer: Beige Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (25 %) Synthetic (10 %) 75 51423136 Layer: Beige Sheet Flooring ND Layer: Fibrous Backing ND Layer: Beige Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (25 %) Synthetic (10 %) 76 51423137 Layer: Beige Fibrous Material ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (35 %) Fibrous Glass (45 %) 77 51423138 Layer: Beige Fibrous Material ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (35 %) Fibrous Glass (45 %) 78 51423139 Layer: Beige Fibrous Material ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (35 %) Fibrous Glass (45 %) Tiffani Ludd, Laboratory Supervisor, Carson Laboratory Note: Limit of Quantification ('LOQ') = I%. 'Trace' denotes the presence of asbestos below the LOQ. 'ND' ='None Detected'. Amdyfico[ resultsand recjioosjre geed ated by S('js Forensic at the requeq ofiand fimthe c%cWSh,CUqe of The ejlljjyl (Cjjelj(q rIiIIIICd On Such Np011r Rc',Wts, reporls or copies, of' sanic will no� bk�. Meased by SGSR, toany third p�ioy wilhout psiol writleo requesl fit�lnl cjiejjk� T"lli!,q aq)(,gj appjic,� l(l the sample(s) wsicd� Supporting hibo��iiort, docun lei t(at ksn �',' jvDj W,& upon lqucst,Thvs report inust not be roproducedexcepi in f"WI, kinlessapprovedby SOSH.— Theclicill is Ole ww 'Ind interpreullion ol, lest rcsultN ;ind reports refplested froal SGSH, $(3SFtr is not kte to assess ttw (IcgTQC of hzmard �esifliiljg fioni jnawriAs analy7cd, SOS Nmvnstc Laboruiorics reserves the right to di, All I �,,' I I I aj� �tate �nid figlera� Vuid6n received in acceptable condition unless otherwise noted. 3 of 3 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Submitter Name Client Name r '_ Billing Address Site Address PCM Agreement No. 6311 oale/Jurdan asscoates, inc, ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES 6) Project Number („� LABORATORY SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQUEST �_ .,�. 'Date Submitted TURNAROUND one # �/12/24/48 4/5day PLM: '$1'A.ND POINT COUNT: 400 1000 TEM: I3ULI AIR MVAC QUALITATIVE QUANTITATIVE AHERA Level I H NIOSH METALS: AA/FLAME AA/FURNACE ICP ANALYZE TO FIRST P0SI.TI.VE of Custody Date 3858 CARSON ST., Su►TE 200 • TORRANCE, CA. 90503-6705 • TEL. (310) 316-4377 • FAx (310) 316-4558 Submitter Name Client Name Billing Address Site Address Agreement No. 6311, 9d1e/JCrddt1 IdSWeldeSo ince Page, ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES I � d Project Number'I i LABORATORY SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQUEST y date Submitted PCM v gym° PLM: LSTAND POINT COUNT: 400 1000 TEM: BULK AIR MVAC QUALITATIVE QUANTITATIVE AHERA Level I II NIOSH METALS: AA/FLAME AA/FURNACE ICP ANALYZE TO FIRST POSITIVE 3858 CARBON ST., SUITE 200 • TORRANCE, CA. 90503-6705 • TES. (310) 316-4377 • FAx (310) 316-4558 "Will ent No. 6311 5 AwTk -rA 76 1)66 1063/65 (& 72 077 67 78 070 !j L - - - - - / 2 64/ 6 61/67 1) = Bulk Suspect Asbestos Sample — Identified by Sample Numbers 3858 Carson Street, Suite 200 Torrance, CA 90503 (310) 316-4377 (310) 316-4558 C121011-8 February 2, 2021 R � K LI FWHF% Ir NOL 69 - 73 74' w.,v T' "K 7� City Hall Building Basement Finance Office 350 Main Street El Segundo, CA This Drawing is not To Scale Sample Locations Are Approximate Agreement No. 6311 9. Police Department 348 Main Street, El Segundo o e 's Restroom, & Shower — A A FORENSIC 1BORA I U�11ES Final Report Agreement No. 6311 Bulk Asbestos Analysis (EPA Method 40CFR, Part 763, Appendix E to Subpart E and EPA 600/R-93-116, Visual Area Estimation) NVLAP Lab Code: 101459-1 Gale/Jordan Associates Client ID: 5105 Joame Keiser Report Number: B315520 3858 Carson Street Date Received: 03/19/21 Suite 200 Date Analyzed: 03/25/21 Torrance, CA 90503 Date Printed: 03/25/21 First Reported: 03/25/21 Job ID/Site: C121011-9; 348 Main St., El Segundo,CA SGSFL Job ID: 5105 Total Samples Submitted: 18 Date(s) Collected: 03/19/2021 Total Samples Analyzedl I Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Number Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer 79 51424996 Layer: Yellow Fibrous Material ND Layer: Beige Fibrous Material ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (35 %) Fibrous Glass (45 %) 80 51424997 Layer: Beige Fibrous Material ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (35 %) Fibrous Glass (45 %) 81 51424998 Layer: Beige Fibrous Material ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (35 %) Fibrous Glass (45 %) 82 51424999 Layer: Brown Drywall ND Layer: Paint ND Layer: Off -White Skimcoat/Joint Compound Chrysotile 2% Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (Trace) Cellulose (20 %) 83 51425000 Comment: Sample not analyzed due to prior positive result in series. 84 51425001 Comment: Sample not analyzed due to prior positive result in series. 85 Layer: Black Felt 51425002 Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Cellulose (75 %) Asbestos (ND) WE 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Agreement No. 6311 Client Name: Gale/Jordan Associates Report Number: B315520 Date Printed: 03/25/21 Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Number Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer 86 51425003 Layer: Black Felt N Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (75 %) 87 51425004 Layer: Black Felt ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (75 %) 88 51425005 Layer: Grey Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: Yellow Mastic ND Layer: Paint with Debris ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 89 51425006 Layer: Grey Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: Yellow Mastic ND Layer: Paint with Debris ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 90 51425007 Layer: Grey Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: Yellow Mastic ND Layer: Paint with Debris ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 91 51425008 Layer: Grey Tile ND Layer: Beige Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 92 51425009 Layer: Grey Tile ND Layer: Beige Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 93 51425010 Layer: Grey Tile ND Layer: Beige Mastic ND Layer: Brown Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 2 of 3 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 1 Fax: (310) 763-4450 Agreement No. 6311 Client Name: Gale/Jordan Associates Report Number: B315520 Date Printed: 03/25/21 Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Number Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer 94 51425011 Layer: Beige Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 95 51425012 Layer: Beige Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 96 51425013 Layer: Beige Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) tl Tiffani Ludd, Laboratory Supervisor. Carson Laboratory Note: Limit of Quantification ('LOQ') = I%. 'Trace' denotes the presence of asbestos below the LOQ.'ND'='None Detected'. A na I), ttca I resuhs, and �cpow;,dry by SGS Foronsic I �iljoratofies (,SGSFL ) at the ivqtwst of ,ant. fof flie exc I ITS ive arse or I hc pel-,�wtl ov V I I I I I Y k: 11011) Im I I wd coo Such Iepol t, ResWis. roorts cor copies oil ��enw wilt not be released by SGSFl. Rat anyh �ird pa ny witlIout �,rwws' iw rites rcw� from chcnt, This report applies, onty tc) 9,e Supporfing laborawo� docurnolultion �s av,,Iihfllh� opon request'I'lliq rcporl rnusl not lie repmduccdc,,,,,cQj51 in ftflL unlxss, approved by SG',,FL. The diew is SOMY the uN�c and interpmalion of test rvsuh,� and rcpor�� requesked fiom SGSF1- SGSH. is noI; able w asws's the dc.�Irec orlm7ard roulting fiom maleriabs analYlvd, �'6S rcm'Qm,�c Laborawics reseTAIcs Ihc fio� a to dkposc 01'all siamples aftei a perik.W ofthIml (30) d;iys, ,wcordhig lo ItIl skale ,md f4lcrul guidefines. kinkss oflm-MsQ s1weified, All saniples were received in acceptable condition unless other -wise noted. 3 of 3 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 1 Fax: (310) 763-4450 Submitter Name Client Name Billing Address Site Address PCM Agreement No. 6311 Inc,gifle/kr0limcciates, Page�—of (/- ENVIpONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES T Project Number -? LABORATORY SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQUEST Submitted _ TURNAROUND / 12 / 24 / 48 / 2 4/5day PLM: TAND POINT COUNT: 400 1000 TEM: BULK AIR MVAC QUALITATIVE QUANTITATIVE AHERA Level I II NIOSH METALS: AA/FLAME AA/FURNACE ICP •, .LYZE, TO FIRST SITIVE Sample Number Material Description Volume Location Date Collected {L) �_J n PPS Iow �J Chain of Custody f Re eased By Received By Time Date 3858 CARSON S-r., SurFE 200 • TORRANCE, CA. 90503-6705 • TEL. (310) 316-4377 • FAX (310) 316-4558 Chain of Custody f Re eased By Received By Time Date 3858 CARSON S-r., SurFE 200 • TORRANCE, CA. 90503-6705 • TEL. (310) 316-4377 • FAX (310) 316-4558 Agreement No. 6311 Odle/JcrddH Page- R. Of ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES Project Number e-� ) ^^.. LABORATORY SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQUEST Submitter Name jr-e� D Date Submitted _ — l� TURNAROUND Client Name t 1 Phone # /12/24/48/ Billing Address � 4/5day Site AddressP14, PCM PLM:f`` POINT COUNT: aoo tooa TEM: BULK AIR MVAC QUALITATIVE QUANTITATIVE AHERA Level I I1 NIOSH METALS: AAM AME AA5 URNACE ICP ANALYZE TO FIRST POSITIVE Sample Number Material Description Volume (L Location Date Collected Nvj 3 1 L`l i N Chaen of Custody elease Received By Time Date ✓ 4 3858 CARSON ST., SurTF 200 • TORRANCE, CA. 90503-6705 TEL. (310) 316-4377 • FAx (310) 316-4558 Agreement No. 6311 = Bulk Suspect Asbestos Sample = Suspect Lead Paint Sample — Identified by Sample Numbers 3858 Carson Street, Suite 200 Torrance, CA 90503 (310) 316-4377 (310) 316-4558 C1210011-9 February 2, 2021 Police Department Building Women's Restrooms & Shower 348 Main Street El Segundo, CA This Drawing is not To Scale Sample Locations Are Approximate Agreement No. 6311 10. Recreation Park Check Out Building 01 Sheldon Street, El Segundo Restroom & Shower — A A 1116" IIII II Ili , �'° IIII� �m" IIIII� �II'III°w Final Report Agreement No. 6311 Bulk Asbestos Analysis (EPA Method 40CF, Part 763, Appendix E to Subpart E and EPA 600/R-93-116, Visual Area Estimation) NVLAP Lab Code: 101459-1 Gale/Jordan Associates Client ID: 5105 Joanie Keiser Report Number: B315521 3858 Carson Street Date Received: 03/19/21 Suite 200 Date Analyzed: 03/25/21 Torrance, CA 90503 Date Printed: 03/25/21 First Reported: 03/25/21 ............ Job ID/Site: CI21011-10; 401 Sheldon St., El Segundo, CA SGSFL Job ID: 5105 Total Samples Submitted: 6 Date(s) Collected: 03/19/2021 Total Samples Analyzed: 6 Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Number Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer 97 51425014 Layer: Beige Plaster ND Layer: White Plaster ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 98 51425015 Layer: Beige Plaster ND Layer: White Plaster ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 99 51425016 Layer: Grey Cementitious Material ND Layer: White Cementitious Material ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 100 51425017 Layer: White Drywall ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (7 %) 101 51425018 Layer: White Drywall ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (15 %) 102 51425019 Layer: White Drywall ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (15 %) 1 of 2 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Agreement No. 6311 Report Number: B315521 Date Printed: 03/25/21 Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Number Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer Tiflain Ludd, Laboratory Supervisor, Carson Laboratory Note: Limit of Quantification ('LOQ') = 1%. Trace'denotes the presence of asbestos below the LOQ. 'ND'='None Detected'. Analytical results and reports are generated by SGS Forensic Laboratories (SGSFL) at the request of and for the exclusive use of the person Or entity (client) named OD such report. Results, reports or copies of same will not be released by SGSFL to any third party without prior written request from client. This report applies only to the sample(s) tested. Supporting laboratory documentationis available upon request. This report must not be reproduced except in full, unless approved by SGSFL. The client is solely responsible for the use and interpretation of test results and reports requested from SGSFL. SGSFL is not able to assess the degree of hazard resulting from materials analyzed. SGS Forensic Laboratories reserves the right to dispose ofall samples after a period of thirty (30) days, according to all state and federal guidelines, unless otherwise specified. All samples were received in acceptable condition unless otherwise noted. 2 of 2 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Agreement No. 6311 Page—Lof ...._ eale/Jourdan E=NViRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERVICE$ kq/ '`0 Project Number LABORATORY SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQUEST Submitter Name AJ( eu.')WOLIZ—rDate Submitted Client Name T O �ir 0i 0 Phone # Billing Address _lD'fie` . Site Address TURNAROUND /12/24/48 72hr 4/5day PCM PLM: eTANIIa POINT COUNT: 400 1000 TEM: BULK AIR MVAC QUALITATIVE QUANTITATIVE AHERA Level I II NIOSH METALS: AA/FLAME AA/FURNACE ICP ANALYZE TO FIRST POSITIVE Sample Number Material Description Volume Location Date Collected PA C- 00 vl �c a R Gar AA I I i Chain of Custody Reias B Received By Time Date 3 3858 CARSON ST., SurrE 200 • TORRANCE, CA. 90503-6705 TEL. (310) 316-4377 • Fax (310) 316-4558 SGS RE III N�ftllS Final Report Agreement No. 6311 Metals Analyiss of Bulks, - TTLC (AlfIA-LAP.LAccredutatik)ii.,I.-,,ibID,';101629) Gale/Jordan Associates Client ID: 5105 Joanie Keiser Report Number: M232582 3858 Carson Street Date Received: 03/19/21 Suite 200 Date Analyzed: 03/24/21 Torrance, CA 90503 Date Printed: 03/24/21 First Reported: 03/24/21 Job ID / Site: C12 1011 -10; 401 Sheldon St., El Segundo, CA SGSFL Job ID: 5105 Date(s) Collected: 03/19/21 Total Samples Submitted: 4 Total Samples Analyzed: 4 Result Reporting Method Sample Number Lab Number Analyte Result Units Limit* Reference PB-25 LM201541 Pb 0.059 wto/" 0.003 EPA 305013/70001 PB-26 LM201542 Pb 0.26 wt% 0.02 EPA 305013/70001 PB-27 LM201543 Pb 2.1 Wt% 0.2 EPA 305013/70001 PB-28 LM201544 Pb 0.0045 Wt% 0.0006 EPA 305013/70001 * The Reporting Limit represents the lowest amount of analyte that the laboratory can confidently detect in the sample, and is not a regulatory level. The Units for the Reporting Limit are the same as the Units for the Final Results. Beatriz Hino'osa, Labora o y Supervisor, Carson Laboratory ' f14 Analytical results and reports are generated by SGS Forensic Laboratories at the request of and for the exclusive use of the person or entity (client) named on Such report Results, reports or copies of same will not be released by SGS Forensic Laboratories to any third party without prior written request froth Client This report applies only to the sample(s) tested. Supporting laboratory documentation is available upon request. This report must not be reproduced except in full, unless approved by SGS Forensic Laboratories. The client is solely responsible for the use and interpretation of test results and reports requested from SGS Forensic Laboratories. SGS Forensic Laboratories is not able to assess the degree of hazard resulting from materials analyzed, SGS Forensic Laboratories reserves the right to dispose of all samples after a period of thirty (30) days, according to all state and federal guidelines, unless otherwise specified. Any modifications that have been made to referenced test methods are documented in SGS Forensic Laboratories' Standard Operating Procedures Manual, Sample results have not been blank corrected. Quality control and sample receipt condition were acceptable unless otherwise noted. Note* Sampling data used in this report was provided by the client as noted on the associated chain ofeustody form. 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Submitter Name t Client Nameo, Billing Address Site Address PC Agreement No. 6311 OWeo Ince Page�of I9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES Project Number 42-Loyl—l() LABORATORY SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQUEST rP( Date Submitted TURNAROUND Phone # 12/24/48/' 4/5day PLSTANDARD POINT COUNT: 400 1000 TE BULK AIR MVAC QUALITATIVE, QUANTITATIVE AHERA Level 1 11 NIOSH METALS: �A� AAIFURNACE ICP A N A LYZE TO FIRST P 0 S ITIVE 4-12iil,-'/ ".leased By.. .sm . � Received By Time Date 3-19 3858 CARSON ST., SUITE 200 0 ToRRANCE, CA. 90503-6705 • TEL. (310) 3164377 • FAx (310) 316-4558 r. ■, r ■ ■ r ra .14 • r••• • i " • ■ AgreemMrrt.plo. 6311 C 'd ■ ■ • •0 Pb-25 .wwiay ra■r a . awllllw. ■ . r .w 1 W IN Pb-28 �. r■ . map a Pb-24 N a r . ■ Pb-2 ■ as a w • ■ r M r ■ • • ► . rr� 98/101 99/102 arM Pb-26 Pb-27 w�r®a 4 a ■ Pb-19 a �� wr■wa a w . rr . �• M Pb-21 a' 97/100 Pb-20 ■ a a ® r a. 1 Pb-08 = Bulk Suspect Asbestos Sample = Suspect Lead Paint Sample —Identified by Sample Numbers This Drawing is not 3858 Carson Street, Suite 200 Check Out Building To Scale Torrance, CA 90503 Restrooms & Shower 401 Sheldon Street Sample Locations (310) 316-4377 El Segundo, CA (310) 316-4558 C121011-10 Are Approximate February 2, 2021 Agreement No. 6311 . L Joslyn Center 339 Sheldon Street, E,l Segundo estroo — AA FWIC IIIIEm IIIII "' IIIIIII E I ' r Agreement No. 6311 Bulk Asbestos Analysis (EPA Method 40CFR, Part 763, Appendix E to Subpart E and EPA 600/R-93-116, Visual Area Estimation) NVLAP Lab Code: 101459-1 Gale/Jordan Associates Client ID: 5105 Joanie Keiser Report Number: B315522 3858 Carson Street Date Received: 03/19/21 Suite 200 Date Analyzed: 03/23/21 Torrance, CA 90503 Date Printed: 03/25/21 First Reported: 03/25/21 Job ID/Site: CI210-11; 339 Sheldon St., El Segundo, CA SGSFL Job ID: 5105 Total Samples Submitted: 12 Date(s) Collected: 03/19/2021 Total Samples Analyzed: 10 Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Number Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer 103 51425020 Layer: Grey Fibrous Tile ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (2 %) Fibrous Glass (85 %) 104 51425021 Layer: Grey Fibrous Tile ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (2 %) Fibrous Glass (85 %) 105 51425022 Layer: Grey Fibrous Tile ND Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (2 %) Fibrous Glass (85 %) 106 51425023 Layer: White Drywall ND Layer: Off -White Skimcoat/Joint Compound Chrysotile 2 % Layer: Paint ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (Trace) Cellulose (25 %) Fibrous Glass (Trace) 107 51425024 Comment: Sample not analyzed due to prior positive result in series. 108 51425025 Comment: Sample not analyzed due to prior positive result in series. 109 51425026 Layer: Red -Brown Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: Off -White Mastic ND Layer: Beige Non -Fibrous Material ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 1 of 2 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Agreement No. 6311 Report Number: B315522 Client Name: Gale/Jordan Associates Date Printed: 03/25/21 Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Numbei Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer 110 51425027 Layer: Red -Brown Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: Off -White Mastic ND Layer: Beige Non -Fibrous Material ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 111 51425028 Layer: Red -Brown Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: Off -White Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 112 51425029 Layer: Beige Sheet Flooring ND Layer: Fibrous Backing ND Layer: Yellow Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (20 %) Fibrous Glass (5 %) Synthetic (10 %) 113 51425030 Layer: Beige Sheet Flooring ND Layer: Fibrous Backing ND Layer: Yellow Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (20 %) Fibrous Glass (5 %) Synthetic (10 %) 114 51425031 Layer: Beige Sheet Flooring ND Layer: Fibrous Backing ND Layer: Yellow Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (20 %) Fibrous Glass (5 %) Synthetic (10 %) Tiffani Ludd, Laboratory Supervisor, Carson Laboratory Note: Limit of Quantification ('LOQ') = I %. 'Trace' denotes the presence of asbestos below the LOQ. 'ND' = 'None Detected'. Amflyiiical rvsuhs mid ivitouts aie generated by SGS Forensic Laboratories (SGSFL 1, ai flie request of send fi)r the exchisive use of1he J'mson or OlflCy (chest) VImried on such lvpul I �s Results. fq)orls m Copies ofsainc will not he rcicas��A by SGS11 to any third pariy svilhout prior "vHlien lquest f,ropn clier"_ T1,6s rq)ort apj)tio, only it) dw, 5aailpte 0 TcslccI, Sri pjxn �ing taboi alory docurntt aitjoo is availaWQ upon request , Thus i eport iinw nol bc icproduced e,%cept jfa ffifl . %,I des,,, apjm ovcd by SGS1.1, The client is "'olcly wsponsiWc fol the ws,c and inun-pimition at' wsi rvsoltr and reports icquestta frorn SGSFL. SGS1`i,,, not able to assess ffie dqrce of hazard rv-,ofting Boni inatsrWs analyzed S(JS Forensic um)or%floTieN reservesthe right w 6spoaeofall sainplesaftor a pefiod cal of ioy (30'd days, according to all state and federal guidelines, unless otherwise specified. All samples were received in acceptable condition unless otherwise noted. 2 of 2 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Submitter Name Client Name t Billing Address Site Address PCM Agreement No. 6311 gale/j,"Orddil dMUCI&S, Inc. Jof Page ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES Project Number u- rl LABORATORY SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQUEST Date Submitted 1- #-9 TURNAROUND Phone # _/12/24/48/ 2 r 414 uf oy- le,ce t m 4/5day n FILM: `TANDARD ' POINT COUNT: 400 1000 TEM: BULK AIR MVAC QUALITATIVE QUANTITATIVE AHERA Level I I1 NIOSH METALS: AAMI AME AA/FURNACE ICP ANALYZE TO FIRST POSITIVE Sample Number Material Description Volume (L Location Date Collected CJ -"(2 iLfo-'s 0 zx d rr Chain of Custody46 Bel, ed B Received By Time Date mm CARsoN ST., SLTM 200 • TORItANCE, CA. 90503-6705 • TEL. (310) 316-4377 • FAX (310) 316-4558 Submitter Name Client Name 04 IV Billing Address Site Address -33 PCM Agreement No. 6311 galelcrdan assm" a tes . inc, Page,of 2�' ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES Project Number LABORATORY SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQUEST V0 '-- -Z'c �Date Submitted ('2 TURNAROUND P -44L Phone # _/12/24/48/ Qht 4/5day PLM: T OINT COUNT:400 1000 TEM: BULK AIR MVAC QUALITATIVE QUANTITATIVE AHERA Level I H NIOSH METALS: AANI AME AAMURNACE ICP ANALYZE TO FIRST POSITIVE Sample Number Material Description Volume {L Location Date Collected 1�, i Chan of Custody ele d By Received By Time Date 3858 CARSON ST., SLZTE 200 • TORRANCE, CA. 90503-6705 • TEL. (310) 316-4377 9 FAx (310) 316-4558 ,-SG,$,,,-- 1104 SIC 1 ABORATDIIES Final Report Agreement No. 6311 Gale/Jordan Associates Joan ie Keiser 3858 Carson Street Suite 200 Torrance, CA 90503 Metals Analysis of Paints (AIRA-LAP. LLC Accreditation, Lab ID "t 10 1629) Client ID: 5105 Report Number: M232585 Date Received: 03/19/21 Date Analyzed: 03/24/21 Date Printed: 03/24/21 First Reported: 03/24/21 Job ID / Site: C12 1011-11; 339 Sheldon St., El Segundo, CA SGSFL Job ID: 5105 Date(s) Collected: 03/19/21 Total Samples Submitted: I Total Samples Analyzed: I Result Reporting Method Sample Number Lab Number Analybe Result Units Limit* Reference PB-29 LM201545 Pb 0.25 wt% 0.02 EPA 305013/700013 * The Reporting Limit represents the lowest amount of analyte that the laboratory can confidently detect in the sample, and is not a regulatory level. The Units for the Reporting Limit are the same as the Units for the Final Results. iqiosa, Labor �o y Beatriz 11fif4Supervisor, Carson Laboratory Analytical results and reports are generated by SGS Forensic Laboratories at the request of and for the exclusive use of the person Or entity (client) named on such report, Results, reports or copies of same will not be released by SGS Forensic Laboratories to any third party without prior written request from client. This report applies only to the sample(s) tested. Supporting laboratory documentation is available upon request. This report must not be reproduced except in full, unless approved by SGS Forensic Laboratories. The client is solely responsible for the use and interpretation oftest results and reports requested fi-orn SGS Forensic Laboratories. SGS Forensic Laboratories is not able to assess the degree of hazard resulting from materials analyzed, SGS Forensic Laboratories reserves the right to dispose of all samples after a period of thirty (30) days, according to all state and federal guidelines, unless otherwise specified. Any modifications that have been made to referenced test methods are documented in SGS Forensic Laboratories' Standard Operating Procedures Manual. Sample results have not been blank corrected. Quality control and sample receipt condition were acceptable unless otherwise noted. Note* Sampling data used in this report was provided by the client as noted on the associated chain of custody forrn. I of 1 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Agreement No. 6311 gale/iourda" asscciates, 'Inc. page... of ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES 'Iyr LProject Number LABORATORY SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQUEST Submitter Name (1, r-ev� 0 Date Submitted,, TURNAROUND V, Phone # Client Name /, 1 41, 12 / 24 / 48(72 hi Billing Address_ 4- ,—<-, /4 / 5 da Site Address 1 y "e, 5, PCM PLM: STANDARD POINT COUNT: 400 1000 TEM: BULK AIR MVAC QUALITATIVE QUANTITATIVE AHERA Level I II NIOSH METAILS:(�AMi` AA/FURNACE ICP ANALYZE TO FIRST POSITIVE Sample Number Material Description Volume Location Date Collected b 7.1 /M N VJ 0 0 O'� el 0 L/— ')ql Wcl) f-,relme- on 0A, Lvn(� 6, 14 Chain of Custody R 'eased B Received By Time Date �,J "156el( x 3858 CARSON ST., SUITE 200 • TORRANCE, CA. 90503-6705 • TEL. (310) 316-4377 FAX (310) 316-4558 0 Agreement No. 6311 mmmew ww w w. w ww w.. w ■w w% ■ ■ w J . ■ "�", a�ww --a",� ""11 " 1 7 wo r z. 1 1 w■ ■ ■INNOW M ■ ■ w ■ w w�ww ■w ■s ■ 103 104 ir AL w w w r 1 ■ w L ■ """" ■ 1 wr ■ ,'1J � w w 1 Pb-32 Pb-31 .. ■ 16 w Pb-33 ■ ww 11 ■, � � w ■ 106 1 Pb-30 Pb-29 107 w 1.9 ■ w■ w■ sin! as—1 1 w ■ ■ ■ www w w w M W r 1 ■ 112 11 i V4 Cr . ■ 114 1110 1' ■ 1 ,105. ■ w ■ 1 an so aw ; 10 109 ■ 111 w ■ w� 1 ■ ■ am w ■ ■� ■■ ■ Sol 1 w ww ■i wr1 on 1 w, r ■ 1�I w� = Bulk Suspect Asbestos Sample 0 = Suspect Lead Paint Sample — Identified by Sample Numbers 3858 Carson Street, Suite 200 Torrance, CA 90503 (310) 316-4377 (310) 316-4558 C121011-11 February 2, 2021 Joslyn Center Restrooms 339 Sheldon Street El Segundo, CA This Drawing is not To Scale Sample Locations Are Approximate Agreement No. 6311 1.2.:dire Station. #1. 314 Main Street, El Segundo estroo. �m �' IIIII'III � IlI ,AW)RA raImEs Final Report Agreement No. 6311 Bulk Asbestos Analysis (EPA Method 40CFR, Part 763, Appendix E to Subpart E and EPA 600/R-93-116, Visual Area Estimation) NVLAP Lab Code: 101459-1 Gale/Jordan Associates Client ID: 5105 Joanie Keiser Report Number: B315523 3858 Carson Street Date Received: 03/19/21 Suite 200 Date Analyzed: 03/25/21 Torrance, CA 90503 Date Printed: 03/25/21 First Reported: 03/25/21 Job ID/Site: CI21011-12; 314 Main St., El Segundo, CA SGSFL Job ID: 5105 Total Samples Submitted: 6 Date(s) Collected: 03/19/2021 Total Samples Analyzed: 6 Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Number Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer 115 51425032 Layer: Beige Mastic with Debris ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 116 51425033 Layer: Beige Mastic ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 117 51425034 Layer: Black/Beige Mastics ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) 118 51425035 Layer: Brown Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: Off -White Mastic ND Layer: Wallcovering with Tan Adhesive ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) Synthetic (7 %) 119 51425036 Layer: Brown Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: Off -White Mastic ND Layer: Paint ND Layer: Drywall Backing ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) Synthetic (7 %) 120 51425037 Layer: Brown Non -Fibrous Material ND Layer: Off -White Mastic ND Layer: White Skimcoat/Joint Compound ND Layer: Drywall Backing ND Total Composite Values of Fibrous Components: Asbestos (ND) Cellulose (Trace) Synthetic (7 %) 1 of 2 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 1 Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Agreement No. 6311 Report Number: B315523 Client Name: Gale/Jordan Associates Date Printed: 03/25/21 Asbestos -- Percent in Asbestos Percent in Asbestos Percent in Sample ID Lab Number Type Layer Type Layer Type Layer Tiffam Ludd, Laboratory Supervisor, Carsori Laboratory Note: Limit of Quantification ('LOQ') = 1%. 'Trace' denotes the prLsei)cc of as below the LOQ.'ND'='None Detected'. A jwityiicag resU It 5' and eq)1sLje euenacd;byS(3Senst-boyatoritw oeowY won. gw SOlifW ad h Rcsu'lks. mwoq OV C000 Of sallic %Ofl not be cele asew4 Kay s(jSi-'l- poi any third parry wiflwkl� prkn %vriltcll requc.&t' fiom chem. This repoo t,jppjic, rojnjy tot the s,rrtwgrlcgMl wsacd. Supporting labonnory is, avaflablc upon request -This, TqlOrl t1just im bu rqm)doccdv%,cvp� in fulL utdc�ss approvvd by S(jSFL The chon is solAv tile as -d fron) niateriaIs aiud),zed, %JS Fon�nlsic use and ulaeiprctaflon sal i"i resiflis and reports lcquk,,sivd froni S(`oSl`I— S(;SFL is not aWe ao � �,sess fliv degree 0' Nwai Laboratories rescivesdic right for samplesafter a 11criod ofilifily (30)� dav-�, =cc)rdbtg lo all slatc and federal guidelOws', All �sainplesmlcre received in acceptable condition unless otherwise noted. 2 of 2 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 / Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Agreement No. 6 ge 1 of I ' IHCS ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES Project Number LABORATORY SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQUEST Date Submitted m Submitter Nae MTURNAROUND `# Client Name Phone / 12 / 24 / 4 72 b Billing Address ,.P 4 / s day Site Address PCM PL° STANDARD OINT COUNT: 400 1000 L�= TEM: BULK AIR MVAC QUALITATIVE QUANTITATIVE AHERA Level I II NIOSH METALS: AA/FLAME AA/FURNACE ICP ANALYZE TO FIRST POSITIVE 3858 CARSON ST., SUITE 200 • TORRANCE, CA. 90503-6705 • TES. (310) 316-4377 • FAx (310) 316-4558 FORENSIC I ABORATOREES IjMML;ff= Agreement No. 6311 Gale/Jordan Associates Joame Keiser 3858 Carson Street Suite 200 Torrance, CA 90503 Metals Analysis of Bulks - TTLC (A]],,[,'\ -I�A P , L C Accreditation, Lab ID #101629) Client ID: 5105 Report Number: M232587 Date Received: 03/19/21 Date Analyzed: 03/24/21 Date Printed: 03/24/21 First Reported: 03/24/21 Job ID / Site: C121011-12; 314 Main St., El Segundo, CA SGSFL Job ID: 5105 Date(s) Collected: 03/19/21 Total Samples Submitted: I Total Samples Analyzed: I Result Reporting Method Sample Number Lab Number Analyte Result Units Limit* Reference PB-34 LM201550 Pb 0.29 wt% 0.02 EPA 3050B/7000B * The Reporting Limit represents the lowest amount of analyte that the laboratory can confidently detect in the sample, and is not a regulatory level. The Units for the Reporting Limit are the same as the Units for the Final Results. Beatriz Ifino'osa. Labora o y Supervisor, Carson Laboratory I f'sa L41b� Analytical results and reports are generated by SGS Forensic Laboratories at the request of and for the exclusive use of the person or entity (client) named on such report. Results, reports or copies of same will not be released by SGS Forensic Laboratories to any third party without prior written request from client. This report applies only to the sample(s) tested. Supporting laboratory documentation is available upon request. This report must not be reproduced except in full, unless approved by SGS Forensic Laboratories. The client is solely responsible for the use and interpretation of test results and reports requested from SGS Forensic Laboratories, SGS Forensic Laboratories is not able to assess the degree of hazard resulting from materials analyzed. SGS Forensic Laboratories reserves the right to dispose of all samples after period of thirty (30) days, according to all state and federal guidelines, unless other -wise specified. Any modifications that have been made to referenced test methods are documented in SGS Forensic Laboratories' Standard Operating Procedures Manual, Sample results have not been blank corrected. Quality control and sample receipt condition were acceptable unless otherwise noted. Note* Sampling data used in this report was provided by the client as noted on the associated chain of custody form, 20535 South Belshaw Avenue, Carson, CA 90746 1 Telephone: (310) 763-2374 (888) 813-9417 / Fax: (310) 763-4450 Agreement No. 6311 a Page --/—of L gale/judan , • ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES Project Number LABORATORY SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQUEST Submitter Name " ��. Date Submitted � TURNAROUND i Client Name Phone # - Billing Address �12/24/48 72h Site Address . 4/sday PC PL: STANDARD POINT COUNT: 400 1000 TE : BULK AIR MVAC QUALITATIVE QUANTITATIVE AHERA Level I H NIOSH METALS: �EURNACE ICP ANALYZE TO FIRSTPOSITIVE e,.. 1- u,,,, har I Material Descrintion I volume I Location Date Collected (L of Custody ]eased Received By Time Date 3858 CARSON ST., SUITE 200 • TORRANCE, CA. 90503-6705 • TEL. (310) 316-4377 • FAx (310) 316-4558 Agreement No. 6311 `„PANTRY.... _.. ,.�», Y J" tid;�rt Bh I�f kI�F S { d j to d,i „ya � °;;I , t�.RC!!�➢1 _ _' �" �I 1 117 r !" d �, ,.e. 144 } N nF 7 r M'4 "FYP7 ti N4 t P♦ Y 3 �Or � µ OPtr P:L r....® ........ ........ ,�,. _e 0 120 I TEN6ION C a wig. " Y '8 o 40116 rV , ,I CAP, LOR f L 04-&N DrN[GE L �( ii w OPEN O� 1'IAh MAIIU� hl � �. �•—•—•••— ..�::7Y � � ,If ie115 I18 �raooeT '� ;9.i S4 �Fa T `w P � I / hx = Bulk Suspect Asbestos Sample = Suspect Lead Paint Sample — Identified by Sample Numbers This Drawing is not 3858 Carson Street, Suite 200 Fire Station #1 To Scale Torrance, CA 90503 Front Offices 314 Main Street Sample Locations (310) 316-4377 El Segundo, CA (310) 316-4558 C121011-12 Are Approximate February 2, 2021 u U) w 0 Agreement No. 6311 a� o a) co cn m co N c — cu cn O o o � CO� c (n O C O p� j += 0 O U) U O cn — U p 3 0 U Y O E Q U _ O4-1 cQ cn a) A c a) U U) _ O 12 cn O co 0- a) Q 0c (o 0 L Q O p 0)= U U- Yo4- cD co 0) • �Q� O 4a- a) u) teaH i a•a) co p cn (o O E _ T E c a) a••, E U L O O —_ co (o t �' ._� ) "� (o (� fn 4— 0 a' U to O 3 c _ co c (o c Q a) a) c a) L O — O 4) a) co E C p Q Q"O (o �,r � D �� a a) �cQ C CO �— c - co co 6 C L co p= O " E Q E U c u� cn L- a) cn U c co co O O (o Q O-0 O cn" co a) _ O O cm p L� 0 U 0 c � w O J •E O -0 a) > �' .L L O E m •i m -0 c O a) p � 1 Q O 7 ,� p U +. cn a) D L U) co Q +. 0 a) N tf -p "O >. a) Q — U O 70 O co C.Q c (o c c (o U � c } � +� � a) } O m c co p C a) E � Q) N L U c O L N a) (o d CO C a)(o O co c U � co "p cn a) O Q0 E QUA cn aco a v+ °Ua) U 0. L co c Q p a) U 0) c c 'O L a) .N i� W Q) — 'zz i--� Q O cn W Q O ?� _0 UO c >. a) (o N U O a 0 a) N Q E L-C (D +r a) E (o � cn co .— p co co O c >, O a) 0 3 co c c o a) O W 0 0 L Q i— (o a--' O c -r- cn c co cn Q] E O p U. cn co a) N U) L cn c a) Y O c m m w W O m -c cn a) a) 3 �' C: > L •> CO �- 0- c a3 co - Q c c4- -0c— co -0 a Agreement No. 6311 Q U U W J W 0 Li-i S J w 0 O Z U W Q W O� = W J N W (/�LLJ wwF W �ZUCl- cn U')Cl U�W QUQL'J W I U W J Z� V) CnQz=DU ent No 0 6311tn Z 0 Q LLI J W ^ Iy 0 I / w F- Z 0 0 ^ Iy V) � U ^. Iy _V) Z LU L 0 n w o Q o N3l3VdVHO ~ w a_3111OVI 1S3HOIHHO JX _ -------- Q Li3NIIISVO Ol 33V 'XdW „09 O 00 o z cri QocnLirl, afz O d v o w N310dNbH0 � a Q Q 3N1�3Sd8�01 33b0,NIWo gt.._ 'XdW „ v � Ol 'NIW „X oDry 0 o �o w wCD 0ooC/i U ,n O0 J 0 w w O OU 7 0 �EDCn ryry d ry dFLLJ Fly-- w w f LLJ O U U U a 1 310N10 ]Hi HO �31N3O Ol AV „ 09-„ 29 AgrQ-ment I I N w J d U U) 7 O \Q LLJ w ry O O n F— LU J O F— 6311 T '...^^^^".. iV) d CD 0 N F- (n W F- O. IVVIN..G,r'I. 0 W O J ~ Lil W i io ol) O cn w xvo ov wcr- xvir� aL . .up w Q V.; w CWH er im U U C7 Li F-pWZO w o m Q� O O 0 C D QZK J>CD J Q W 2i - (n Q i Q Q N w Q 0�0� O d— d ~ W dL, Ld El O '- COL.L:Zj m YQ~QQO� Q w o o F m v� O a "=) 0- AO' 11' OM�Q WX fof N, JZ_QO {L.ii Q O� LLJ � w O Q S o N (n ZJWpS F- ��tn�iN�Q�0 Ofw� v^~a03: '1: Z W oCun U)m -- LO UJ O W N Z U Q OfO w U z CDQ IYL O Q p d LLJ S Z O O J O Q 0] N 0 W W (n Ui ¢ ,,, Q of O— J WQ Y > I O >< U W >JCJCkC.I .I.t( Q CD � cG U O F J w Z ff CL d JYI C�11�4.,R-,f::... 7-1.. ui O M U z ® O O LLJ O � c�, z CG O u� J) O Q Q C.D 0O m Z W 6 O F- 0- a; 0p O O ... M" , U M . -.. rs a O x W J. ¢i cr U)a J Zoe i Z Ix W O z FQ Z M w J ¢¢ .m _j 00 Uww z Y Q O w M U °° - f- z m O U J cq / ) LLJ pOw JF-is� �Qw �i zUj�H ~OF - a Z� Q J= W Q J m w a W W z p Z ==W Z�� zazQ� __ �QOr�mentl.FO1 _ C) J W — — = F- F- = w p F- - =Z>- JUW ww(/)Z z Wwa0 (new F- — a Z ry CO W p o Z W Z Z W J aWT F- U)�rn aJw� wz aWHw0 awa a<Z0> w0oZS �=�Q z2 �W0QLLL pF-W ly- w > LL N 0 LL Q a w LL Q=OQW 1:o �w�w �� wQZuj JF=.- Z) �F-LL U) < 0ryWz W0 ��pm� U)w� 2m2izLL ZZa =Ff>W� °°� F-(n2�0 U0 ZJ�aO JF-O Z>C) QO wUJQaw JNO W ZQz0 �0E- JJ(n�0 U)W aW�OO 0—� a� Qwz J(Y —Q� �O a�-f=Q= F-z (n =w LL Jw -i W �Q� W(n— w2F-Z ZZwO= QmW LLZWO� ��O QQDF-W a~JO -am0E- >c� wD=a0 2_0J Uzi = U�OF- co� J� 0�- F- F- LL OYW�U 0 JF-a O a J Z J J ~J==� aQw O��=a �02 NaF-0 ma2J �U(nF-LL a0U) mzQwF-W J Z (D 0 a U LL a z z U)a a �z(anOfm Q J�Qa> O WO iJ aLLI OQ OLL Cl) F-(/) U)aQ �U O=C7 aw Z Cl)�a a Q=LL O a= 0 F-W0E-�� Z�ZW ZJ� Cl) �U z�=- aF-(� ww w a � cn v) zz awcD�U)�z'.'-' �°°=can= F-=� v H ., a_ JF- 00 O U zp�Z U w Q �� oQW=wQUw Ocn00- w JCo w Q F-z ry F-Z�_jm m<z r--< LL<W o w Z c7� F-W LLOW J< zZp�ZF- LLZ� Q w z C� z0w00UwU_a- a0 ~Qm Ohm Ur pwz 0LuWJzw �Z�JF-w W0< w CY (n w>W �mF-ZF- OQa0(n� wQa LU w J=a U JOU)>mFa OQaZwO Na0E- F- J �Jp Q=J�aZ W� Q(A�(n ZwC)w LL V aaW LL�a Ja = LL,Z =W LL J Q U) (nm(=i)0�=w� ooWUZF_ ~Oar 0 O m Y2 F-L � F-zLLW �J=LL O 0w� Z�ZC7LLJ ��w—Oz (nU=O zLo Q QF-� (naaZ��±= J�=F-=Z Jw0= w w H JJm J=pUQa== OWU(n(D - aF-oLD J V Q QQZ awQzw�Dw F-Q=ww� �a2W O Q cn LLD c-i22a�C�a2 ri=J=p (n2 P W W U p a � a a Z Q W — ,W^ NV V I.L a Cl)Z Z ao U cn w WQ M W :L ca 6 a) a) N cn c v > • , ° E �4greement Neu);6311 Q. O � cn ° N y (U a) C m O O °U crr. +- 0 Q E 0 w E E a IL m� cn 0 N s Q C a N Q ~ c a� ++ 0 A-_ O — N a) a) _U O tz m m y L a - '0-0 c a) c=n c cc -0 cLa ++ O O O O` O O U Q7 U)V C �+ -0 O O U L O U L L — '0 d +� 0 0 (� Q f0 rr fn O Q 0 r-` 0 Oz Cc ca > C CLa ++ p .� m O c4 '0 O o � C m cvO 0 ca.cn v = p — N mac.' s = C m -0 O'r m te a) OL m a°i d cn. s Warn .O m �E Oda �C: a �. Oo "� 0cncn Qm Ew �� U a) so ai -0 CO r a) w O cn N y E m o_ O O p� a)a� E �� N'� m° }, ++ > a) a) a) C d d alit cn C U)� cn � n cn p &+ Ci Ca ='� m c°� 3m ..° U O co E0 0 30 c`n O(n C 0.� � c) Ems. a) a) O =OL ca co cn p 0. O tC yr L ° C 3 E m Q b n cl ca a) ,r ca M d N CD m la CD'� >, E E (U a`) °J L IC C L 0 O O 0 cn O a) C c0 m ai cc "' -p O O c a)a) � �' O CD y _0 -a a mU C ° E E �► C (a c0 �+ O C C M U L a) E E v ' N clyL.+ O ,qC O, .M L U 4) to 0> L '= N N U N 0 N O° - N.�? '� E 3 ,� -- cv cv Q) U 0 n3 ca Oo 0 �� 3� �c t E.E(n �O a. a) NNe� E O U) O to C .O U m a 0 y� 0 �O a)) O, m O, X L L O O C Qy i W cn U) w LL Z n W cn H U cn O d> QN Q W w N G LL � V. -.. •..•.......— O N N N N N N N N M M M z Agreement No. 6311 C W _ Q/ 1.�N 3 S �2p �p-1 83 L�i W a' OC N w v�c� g zF �"`J� �� m 5o O z E W =�O S W ��~ Q Y wU G W Q� � S%V Zv' � N O_Z W V OJy u W U 3ZN 1 Z W gO 2 p0—Z Z0W C=9p 3 m `UU UW W F U��W �M 0�m �Z 0LLI � O �C) 12 �Z CaJ Z(n N NU' = yr 6JZzpE N OpS Z ZZF 15 w FO �' W ��1 WW�a Op �p NO iR �ix � N W cQ.� W MZ ace F 3 Z� a c 3zQo �zzC �O J a C� w WO p Zuj p Id�j U O� = N W y� (n W O O � j OHO € W �� O _� _? �Lu FAUj UU ~Ww CC U-M S 3 m a0O O C7� WU aUNUm�U W NW O Q EJ Z (/W1 J� �w p�� pfl W�O W yy� wwu Ul cm W�Nvp0W � NZc �W - mJ O UR cn QQNC.)Wg xF U M wO VpW U O CD a. °od�N o��a C zcOWnomQQ� (A OFWU Zm N �<5p w 12 Uw NZ Nui a- pOUZ'QN 0En WmU O Z O FeO �WC W 3~�mWzWN mp um� cnWW cnNFC�Np=W O U _3� �o �Z•Uw EnM Z En m Z W S UZ0 N �E O� UOJU Ud Z Z W O W O� O G W WIZ �l1W J WUO W - CV I+M 1n tG 00 0; a Agreement No. 6311 p 2 L, LIJ CP CJ an rD UO U:1 Lj Cl an 7. Is UJ ul .-J 7- 0 Z, CJ u Eli L 0 5 e' 7- U 0 W Agreement No. 6311 ci E_ c; F- o (U N .. M C 0 0 c � 0 0 v m at W W in `w E z' r 0 :r m cc Agreement No. 6311 Lel u a o0 E a "> t o� Gl N .. 0 C � O O O y � ` >t E O y w aL aj z arc in I 4 2 o Poo cr Agreement No. 6311 < uo V� cn r) cn > cn CIO un UJ Cn U-i Z LU > >W aj aj z w vu QW C/) Con w ;D Con cn -c 4 0 w C-0 cl-, CID cn < 0 W. cn z — U� Z � uj 7— uj ED V) coo CD ;z --,< pe CA :iE z a;Z CO) CY F— U w 0 un I— P- 0 0 0 Z w 0 �z u 0 CIO Z 0 Lu p cn cn cn unfx 00 0 h x uj > ® cn C'n cn 0 C) 0 M ul < "2 :5F -<, ::D cn CD z Z Z r�� 0 0 2 u _3 uj ry. C) rn > �? EL- F— < Cf] C) Q CIO -j < 0 0 Q vi Q> E �< < 0 CIO z �- >—� 0 r0:� U —, C,) < -4 0 -j 0 < Agreement No. 6311 c w N O zo c W Y a C) W Z GW N W jj W S Q� >� W N' XaZ � �g� U �o z C/) �p a Wp 3Y OZuj U- W ]CZ\ Z d0 �U = W � 4 Oa m WU- a S a'O ~U Z a� Cl N3O U U c N OF a tn� 00 O �` zZ O sL- cn m Z p 0 Q p U N O U O a N a E0 3 � zdoc� Z �CL Nw Cl Z z a z NN U G . O S Q OZ WU C9 Np O Q U OU NG C F O OF �� ZIn FR iw� LUa z < g = o C 0 0 UJ p 0 V F W n a� O O Z N CD 0 Z a Cn Cn O N � - � z oN Npp Op0 z N p0 w Qfn Uw W IIX 3 W O a W U L' �E W m ui CD M w U3� z p N29,aUIx- QQ W� Jd0 0auj = d 9 � pw ? 'OZG ?ZD w 8� �O ZE 0 w� w0L UGS �pNrjO Z3Z N LLJ Ca Y Z 2- N Q CLcr— W LU N W O W O Z O a a Cl O w Z� J C Q t�Wnop � U N > LLJ w �p O p ro aZ W C Lu a G QN W < O� Q W N I O W a' a S U C.9 1..1.E W C W LL- ac aLLI ) Z00U O W 30 c LLJ U Y= a~ Z N_ O Z ZCL m 3 Z Z W am ZN nn W Zp 0FM wa p� a 0 az a Ua j3 Z J w0 5 C a FUz ULLJ �tL w- Z � O O V V �F W GNU € W O CD G� U� U """ pZ O C: Z wZ� NOz 30ZM O 7d' a w o W a �� ,nZC9ID-) �QS �U Za Q Z CC ZOC J Z NO CnCL ZC � C wV Nw w 0U CLM O�OW Lu CN a0a � ZO OU mQ O� 3 w LL. O Cn0 UO� U� Ua U Z Z H LLJ N Z a ��- CN.�O� pW ZCU L0i O WO i=LLJw mZ\UC�9 J U O z_ 7d- WO mF a- A�j v� UW 3MOW ZwLL NQO U`� UO t! o (n Ofi a0 ��m aZ� F�wo U UU W �V O NS w LLJ �J O z-off ��UCjaLLJ�ocn oLL. Z C'D I=uLM o�dNS oZ0a2 � LU 0(lUOQV �LLJUai zm OOU � mck:� U MMU 0C WGn93cz WQU w �'OOL=_O m OW z m aC.) �ma 3C a U� O � CV P7 In C4 I-Z 06 6 d � �3 cLLIN a wow ZW �m L1ZN Z QQ� O Z F CD vCW�o Z W a 0° CVO cnQJ J z� U W LL,O m C Z U Z U p � U z Q Z W U G �/p U ILdl1 I C�CT� ,J E f4V O. ZZ W 17CL1 �' W 0D Z d WW ~ Q Cn Z } W m W Cw.D I=i Z D SUJ Q<O U 5 Jm C<Cn G ��fN W Q X CL=� U� Cn 3� U� Qa ZQ m �� 5viIn G �< g= O �000 _' O �� U Fv-Z G W Dd� LLQ� W �z CC _1 Q, Od H wm Q Q R ui cn m 0 v7N W 0 J LuE Lw m0 W w LU Z W Um3 Z < �, cnF-m W x cn �Q U W N mz �`'a v) wm c wa Q Yc� maw �Z 5F oo W U 5Na zw OZN CD m G 5w omz Q x�? c�Qx m o z� a wW m W cn WW X�� UQ Z �- �� a z we �a PCCA a2 CLOM E? m ��Sm a Um MuQ mm m `J CV ►7 4 ui 00 C ; 8 � O m 0 W o Q mFS O 3 O ~ w US P z z c'' m m m Q 30 z0 wm � U 2 Z U Q N cn m y Q Z Q Z CL wm W CL' Li m m O D O O C.) LaW C Z Q N Z C Q Z Q W N u W [L' O CL o x ,Q'�, mj W m Z Z Z Z a Q � n I� p d C LLJ W a a� Z Z N ��nn m C� C) O V) Z ui 3>> 3 c w w m a c w w V O 0 c~i� C°§ CS f5 N i J J m z T ' 0- �/�/'� VJ I V w O m m z W 0 Z m 0 a a EJ o Lu > .. m m m O m 0 N m m Z Z O C O o� m F 3 c Z Z o C a = y J Iq L DC [L 6 o Z ZQ a U J, m Q CQ9 C3 N y�� LLJ nJ m m W W >> w o w m m 3 Q< W 9 CD cD I..L C9 C.9 Z Z C9 Z C.D Z Y W c� Z Z w c W m UJ y3y,�� N w Q Cr ZEn Z Z cn a a a a 0 m Q Q O Q Q 3 0 O U m Q CD z Q Q W z N o X X w W a a CL a c� a m m y� U x V I I > 3 W 4 I I C4 WS 3 a z z3 �=MCLWo ,Agreement Na; 6311 o< 0 N S s 9 F5 W O c N O F G 0 U W N I N O F C O U R �]CLY3� Z F~Z� Y v~ia�3 Z W W Z 33 g U U Eq LLJ ~ p p p Z_ W N Z < z L �j W �miy�z Fix 0= <p Z G. W i O �XriZLJ8 US W Z W d' F�� IN d' :Z; ZN<<C=f eZjV�fg ? CL LE Y a_ a CL L3 m I cm Z > O a� pF z O m Z O O F jr w ZZ p < Z m m W W O O Z W 12 Z p W g w W CL c4 NM u �U dlai66WLL:di Agreement NO.63]7 � .... �. b b A 2 2 � � � b s k� o m%M 0 Mz 3q �ozR R J %g2S �M z �k k �� Lj M b K & 4 q� �L w9 In �� cnLa �E E C> a �ui��z��k �zM K o o cn @o can�� in 2�M 0,a 'aw dE cz �� k 2�� u� v� 2 kw kL" US U e O MK 3��E2 �q �w o w ow �R o 2 22g�� roc ui v u a- C w M 0 CL V � �� L�) LOD� Agreement NO.631 Q cn � w k72 co oo �� 2 ¥ kMM k3k k3k o �ui I'Mk �Mk kZz Kz� K�� OW � K� w� w M2E W® �� LJ ¥a UJ cn �k cn 2M� k 2� 05 2M � S�-0� �ca vt2 � 0 Sq� cn SS0 o�o�z o�2 o� CA 2�2 8� 2�� 2�� q� 22 0-oQ a-oW CLo� 0- a- � L u � LV Agreement -No. 6311 9 W 9 Z uj W N Z Z Z �Z WN E v N W H N 43J p N z E zLai c� W C, pJJ Jp :3 xx Z xx N Z 3 Z 3 Z a3 JJx p9 Ej WF WF O L) liW q a N Z W W� m m m J N J N J Z W O m O d a Z N p qt * p Z ]C LLJ W v v N N LLI v a: pp ZpZ �j 9 H ^ y W c Z Q Q ^ pace CFOD cc N O O OU~ N N inpZJN N~U0 N v %-N Zp ppZ �� i� r yfjF �NN NN inNN N W Q Q N J OOJ N3 W W Ca.1 E ?O Z UQ 0 �+3.� Z E E E N N Q W^ W^ W^ m W m Cc> i K, 0 0 N U U pZ Ov Ov Ov O O N 3 3 ?Q c) u� M u� 0� a� as Agreement No. 6311 9 W®,....., p N z Z W p N O N 3 L w 0 [ V z > W N vN ri 9 � N xr3 Z z W v = E LLJ O N G U U v � \ l N W w Z C C p z < W z a o vz 9 p 3 W U ^ p z U w W Z O k V ELI csn 3 p d O VV) V) GJ � N N �'p 3 M J wWj 3 in i 3 Zp G3J U p 2 N N Q z cVN U� F ZUj U ? LL Z \y�j W� JO 33 M Z F Z =o p� zp 3 . Fj z z i in v 2 R M U Z �C Z OaO Z at `L` U= � v Wv W U ��F Mn- C9F WJ mQ F Z Z z p p N i N U ? 'T. OJ Z RE OJ U Of O O L 81 O 0 C N � ;:gin N ;NN c Nl N �n NN %ll N Ip V I RN � NN � pl N II n NN � II � lu � Nl a SIN C 11 N �G q 1�I NB �I q ll G Np B Agreement No. 6311 =1 WM ELSEGUNDO December 14, 2021 ADDENDUM NO. 1 to THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS for CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOMS IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 21-09 ATTENTION BIDDERS: The following additions, modifications, and clarifications to the specifications shall be included in, and become a part of, any contract which may be executed for the above project in the City of El Segundo: 1. The bid due date and time is changed to Tuesday, January 11, 2022 at 11:00 am. In response to contractor questions: 2. The Engineer's Estimate for this project is $477,200, 3. On Page I-A-3 of the specifications, in the Notice Inviting Sealed Bids, this sentence, "For these projects, those acceptable classes of license shall be "A" and "B." has been revised to replace the word "and" with the word "or." The sentence now reads: "For these projects, those acceptable classes of license shall be "A" or "B." Please be advised that proposed concrete and asphalt work, required in the parking lot outside the Checkout Building, may require a subcontractor with an A or other license. As evidence that the BIDDER has read this Addendum, the BIDDER must acknowledge same in the space provided below and submit this completed Addendum page with the Bid Proposal. Failure to provide such acknowledgement shall render the bid as non- responsive and subject to rejection. Signature: Print Company Name: Page 1 of 1 Date: 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245-3895 (310) 524-2300 Fax (310) 640-0489 Agreement No. 6311 CRif Ir Ok ELSEGUNDO January 5, 2022 ADDENDUM NO.2 to THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS for CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOMS IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 21-09 ATTENTION BIDDERS: The following additions, modifications, and clarifications to the specifications shall be included in, and become a part of, any contract which may be executed for the above project in the City of El Segundo: 1. The bid due date and time remains Tuesday, January 11, 2022 at 11:00 am. 2. Please see this project's attached Supplement to Addendum 2 forbid opening instructions, bid -related questions and the responses to them, as well as additional specifications for project clarification. As evidence that the BIDDER has read this Addendum, the BIDDER must acknowledge same in the space provided below and submit this completed Addendum page with the Bid Proposal. Failure to provide such acknowledgement shall render the bid as non- responsive and subject to rejection. Signature: Print Company Name: Page 1 of 1 Date: 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245-3895 (310) 524-2300 Fax (310) 640-0489 Agreement No. 6311 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO CHECKOUT BUILDING RESTROOMS IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 21-09 ADDENDUM NO.2 SUPPLEMENT DATE: January 5, 2022 TO: All Prospective Bidders Clarifying information and answers to bid questions have been provided below. The information in this Addendum has been made available to all prospective bidders and shall be considered as incorporated into the above -referenced project specifications. All other portions of Contract Documents and previous Addenda not specifically mentioned in this Addendum remain in force. A. CHANGES TO THE BID OPENING PROCEDURE:. City Hall is located at 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245. Please follow the procedure below for the Tuesday, January 11, 11:00 am bid opening: Each bidder's representative is required to wear a mask and maintain a 6-foot distance when interacting with City staff and others, and when they are inside the building. 2. Instead of the City Clerk's Office, the bid opening will be held outside the City Hall Council Chambers lobby. The lobby area is accessible through the double automatic doors on the Main Street side of the City Hall Building. The double doors will be unlocked and opened 15 minutes prior to the bid opening. 3. Bidders are more than welcome to submit their bid by the US postal service or other carrier service. However, llre bidder- is responsible for vcrljying their laid has been received in the City Clerk's Office prior to the bid o aearia. The City Hall number is 310-524-2300. 4. Bidders can also choose to submit bids in person. The City Clerk's Office will open the doors 15 minutes before the bid opening and will accept bids at that time. Please plan to be there early enough so that your bid may be received well before 11:00 am, in case there are multiple bidders there to do the same thing. The City Clerk's Office will collect bid packages and record them on a log sheet. Having submitted their bid, bidders will wait outside the double doors in the Civic Center area until the bid opening. 6. Bid packages will either be opened outside the building or in the Council Chambers foyer. Bid amounts will be recorded on the log sheet and the log sheet will be signed by representatives from the City Clerk's Office and the Public Works Department. 7. The Public Works Department will email the completely -signed bid log sheet to all planholders once received from the City Clerk's Office, the same day as the bid opening. Agreement No. 6311 B. BID QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS Question 1: Does the City want a restroom trailer or a portable restroom to be used to replace the restrooms during the construction? Answer: An ADA compliant portable restroom, handwashing station and regular maintenance service for the portable restroom and station will suffice to replace the restrooms during construction. The contractor shall coordinate with Checkout Building staff for restroom and handwashing station placement. All costs to provide these items shall be included in the Bid Item 21 cost. Should the Contractor find that a trailer is needed to serve a greater amount of users instead, they shall bring it to City staff's attention during the project and include a complete estimate to provide the trailer and regular service for it. City staff will review the costs and determine if budget is available for them. Question 2: What state license is needed by a subcontractor working on the parking lot concrete and asphalt? Answer: The parking lot work requires a Class A, C-8, C-12, or C-32 Contractor's license. Question 3: Will the City still hold to the end -of -May completion date if construction supplies are not available for weeks? Answer: The Contractor shall make a good -faith effort to order all construction supplies and materials in a timely manner and provide documentation they have done so. In the event of supply delays the City project manager will use the documentation to convey this to the project's City stakeholders and request additional construction days without liquidated damages being assessed. There is the possibility that the end -of -May completion date might be moved; however, at this time that remains to be seen. Question 4: What are the painting requirements for the project? Answer: The Contractor shall include painting of exterior stucco ceiling, wood posts and fascia, and metal elements and gutters. Paint color shall match existing. All costs for painting shall be included in the Bid Item 15 cost. Question 5: Are louvered windows going to be part of the project? Answer: No, but louvered doors will be. The option to provide metal louvered windows would involve changes to Mechanical design and is not recommended by the mechanical engineer. The Contractor shall provide 12"xl2" heavy duty metal louvers in the four exterior metal restroom doors. See Note 1 of Mechanical Key Notes Sheet M-1.0. All costs to provide louvers shall be included in the Bid Item 14 cost. N